Turk in DAREDEVIL #202/2
Posted by RLG on October 01, 2003 at 20:17:44:
Turk appears in this story as he and Daredevil disrupt a classroom during a fight.

TURK
DD 200
** DD 202/2
DD 203

- RLG

			*	*	*

Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Jeph! on October 01, 2003 at 20:24:47:

According to this week's "Thanos" #1, the events of "Marvel: The End" actually DID HAPPEN.  It's canon.

So, here's a rehash of some notes I posted earlier about it.

Northstar appears in his Alpha Flight uniform, placing this before UX #416 -- and, since he's not shown in the grouping of all the X-Men in "The End" #1, probably before he's asked to join in UX #414.

Speaking of that group, Angel Salvadore's presence places it after X #118, and since Prof. X is no longer impersonated by Cassandra Nova, after X #126 as well.  Since he's seated, it probably falls into the gap we created between X #126-127 where, although his spine was healed, his legs weren't yet powerful enough to allow him to walk.

Also, Red Lotus appears in the grouping in #1, placing it after XX #9.

Since I don't own the series, I'm working from memory -- can anyone else provide more placement details?

-Jeph!

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by En Sabah Nur on October 02, 2003 at 09:02:48:
In Reply to: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Jeph! on October 01, 2003 at 20:24:47:

> According to this week's "Thanos" #1, the events of "Marvel: The End" actually DID HAPPEN.  It's canon.

Unless of course Thanos's series isn't canon.  Remember that in the las tissue of The End he sacriificed his own life to save the universe and make it so no one would ever come back to life again.  I know Marvel doesn't care for continuity much anymore, but they can't let that happen.

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Jeph! on October 02, 2003 at 12:49:09:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by En Sabah Nur on October 02, 2003 at 09:02:48:

> Remember that in the las tissue of The End he sacriificed his own life to save the universe

Yeah -- but in Thanos #1, they explained it away.  "It was only what Thanos wanted the universe to see", or something.  Check it out.

I'm inclined to think that both "The End" and "Thanos" are INTENDED by Jim Starlin to be canon...

-Jeph!

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 02, 2003 at 17:41:03:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Jeph! on October 02, 2003 at 12:49:09:

Okay, Jeph...

I didn't pick up Thanos #1, as Dan Spears agreed to do the analysis of this series. 

I'm willing to go back over The End (which I do have) and find an appropriate spot for that story IF you give me the REASONS you believe it to be canon.  I remember reading somewhere (before the mini-series came out) that it was not intended to be canon.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Jeph! on October 02, 2003 at 19:50:15:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 02, 2003 at 17:41:03:

I didn't buy Thanos #1 either, so I'm working from memory here.  But--

In the beginning of the issue, Adam Warlock finds Thanos brooding on a distant planet.  They talk, and Thanos does the obligatory issue #1 recap of his entire life.

Thanos glosses over the events of Infinity Gauntlet, Infinity War, Infinity Crusade, Infinity Abyss -- and finally, "Marvel: The End".  Thanos speaks of how, recently, in order to battle a cosmic threat, he became this reality's supreme being -- and how he completely destroyed and remade the entire universe, without anyone's knowledge.

He then goes on to say how, with the last bits of his fading godly power, he faked his own death and went off somewhere remote to brood -- which is where Adam Warlock finds him, having used his soul gem to track Thanos down.

Sounds like "The End" to me, doesn't it?

> I remember reading somewhere (before the mini-series came out) that it was not intended to be canon.

I remember reading that too -- that "The End" takes place in a universe "identical to the MU, but not" -- but what I think this was Jim Starlin's confusing way of saying, the Marvel Universe doesn't actually get destroyed in this series.

And, technically, it doesn't -- in "The End" #5, Thanos reboots the MU at a point *prior* to "The End" #1-4.  In effect, the events of "The End" #1-4 have now occured on a *divergent* timeline from the MU -- one that is destroyed -- and Jim Starlin's interview, explaining that it's not the "real" MU that ends, is technically accurate.

See if you can flip through "Thanos" #1 on your next trip to the comic shop.  It'll probably explain things better than I could.

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 02, 2003 at 21:28:24:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Jeph! on October 02, 2003 at 19:50:15:

> See if you can flip through "Thanos" #1 on your next trip to the comic shop.  It'll probably explain things better than I could.

Probably no need to.  If reference is made to The End in Thanos #1, then the closing pages of The End #6 are canon.  At the end of End #6, Thanos reboots the universe.  In his reconstruction, time is reset to a point just prior to End #1.  As Adam Warlock explains, "in this newly minted reality, such horrors [the events of the End] NEVER HAPPENED."  The events of the End, with the exception of the last few pages of issue #6, are relegated to an alternate reality and should not appear on an MU calendar.  The only characters whose MCP chronologies should include the entire End series are Thanos and Adam Warlock, who actually lived through the alternate reality and were deposited back to the rebooted world.

That having been said, we DO have to deal with placement of the last few pages of End #6.  Why?  Because we see scenes of the rebooted reality, the reality that Thanos #1 establishes as the mainstream MU.

In those scenes, which all occur simultaneously, we see Eternity, Spider-Man swinging over Manhattan, Lord Thor sitting on his throne, the Watcher standing on the moon, and Adam Warlock musing about Thanos' presumed sacrifice.  We also see disembodied headshots of Daredevil, Sub-Mariner, Wolverine, Thing, Hawkeye, Captain America, Captain Marvel, Storm, Iron Man, and Vision.  Whether those headshots constitute "appearances" for these characters is questionable.

Now, when DO the characters listed above appear in these final pages of The End #6?  That's where the rest of the series provides clues.  By analyzing the circumstances, costumes, etc. in which characters appear in The End #1-5 and most of #6, we can determine when a "just prior" point in the MU calendar would be for the end of #6 to occur.

I'm on it.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 12:51:47:
In Reply to: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Jeph! on October 01, 2003 at 20:24:47:

> According to this week's "Thanos" #1, the events of "Marvel: The End" actually DID HAPPEN.  It's canon.

And here's my stab at chronological placement...

MARVEL UNIVERSE: THE END #6 (20-22)
One day.  The Marvel Universe is rebooted to a point in time just prior to END 1-5, which becomes an alternate reality in the process (actually, two alternate realities, since Thanos reboots the universe twice, once in ORDER 4 and once in ORDER 6).  Adam Warlock muses about Thanos supposed sacrifice of his life.  Green grass and trees.

Placement of these three pages is determined by references in END 1-5: 

The Surfer refers to Strange, Namor, and the green-skinned Hulk as his once-fellow Defenders, an indication that this segment occurs after ORDER 6; 

Beast is cat-like and the X-Men are in their Morrison outfits; 

Xavier is in a wheelchair, which seemingly places this segment before X 126  however, since this is probably the real Xavier (not Cassandra Nova) and Angel is with the X-Men, that places this segment after X 126, and since Chamber and Stacy X are with the X-Men, that places this segment after X 400  Xavier may still be using the wheelchair at times, as he did in ORDER 5-6, during weeks of physical therapy (helping him get used to the use of his legs), but this segment must definitely occur before X 127, in which Xavier walks without difficulty; 

Peter Parker is in the apartment into which he moved in PPSM2 30; 

Ant-Man is with the Avengers and Yellowjacket and Wasp are present as well, so this segment must occur after A3 60 (1-24)  and since a bearded Lord Thor is shown on his throne in Asgard, this segment must occur after his departure from the Avengers in A3 61; 

Gambit is with the X-Treme team and Sage is not catatonic, so this segment must occur after XX 9; 

Storm is not in a wheelchair in the few panels in which she appears, but even more significantly, Rogue and Gambit have their powers (Rogue is hovering in air and Gambit has a deck of charged cards in one two-page spread in END 1), placing this before the Khan storyline in XX 10, but the problem with this is Thors chronology because he appears in the Khan storyline before he becomes Lord of Asgard  we could call Storms health as partially recuperative (brief upright stances between wheelchair stints), Rogue as being in mid-leap from the balcony above, and the lighted cards in Gambits hands as a coloring error; 

TChalla still has the Panther identity, so this segment must occur before his future self is slain in BP3 48FB (2p3-2p5); 

Captain Marvel is not insane, so this segment must occur before CM6 1; 

Aurora is in her classic costume, suggesting that she appears here before her admission to the asylum in which she is found in WX:WC 1 (10-17); 

Jolt is probably summoned from Counter-Earth, which would make it possible Hawkeye to appear here after TB 75.  

All these clues lead me to place this segment on July 11, right after the Things return to the FF from T:F 4, right after the X-Mens return from the Alps in UX 407 (16-23), and right before the slaying of TChallas future self in BP3 48-FB (2p3-2p5).  This would mean that both Xavier and Storm have been in physical therapy for more than a month by this point.

The following characters actually appear in END 6 (20-23):
Adam Warlock (between Infinity Abyss #6 and Thanos #1)
Eternity (after Infinity Abyss #6; is he in Thanos #1?)
Spider-Man (between Tangled Web #18 and #19, according to my forthcoming Spidey chronology re-do)
Thor (between Avengers v3 #61 and Marvel Double-Shot #2/2)
Watcher (after Thor v2 #38)

Head shots of the following characters appear in END 6 (20-23), and their qualification as an appearance is debatable:
Daredevil (between pages 4 and 5 of Daredevil v2 #36)
Sub-Mariner (between Avengers v3 #61 and Get Kraven #2)
Wolverine (between Uncanny X-Men #401 and Uncanny X-Men Annual 2001)
Thing (between Thing: Freakshow #4 and Fantastic Four v3 #57)
Hawkeye (between Deadline #2-BTS and Marvel Double-Shot #2/2)
Captain America (between Avengers v3 #61 and Marvel Double-Shot #2/2)
Captain Marvel III (between Captain Marvel v5 #35 and Captain Marvel v6 #1)
Storm (between X-Treme X-Men #18 and #19)
Iron Man (between Avengers v3 #61 and Marvel Double-Shot #2/2)
Vision (between Avengers v3 #61 and Marvel Double-Shot #2/2)

Thoughts?

Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Dimadick on October 03, 2003 at 15:43:33:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 12:51:47:

> Aurora is in her classic costume, suggesting that she appears here before her admission to the asylum in which she is found in WX:WC 1 (10-17);

Some notes on Aurora's recent continiuty. She first encountered Mauvais along with the rest of the Alpha Flight in Wolverine II #171. She was traumatized from the battle with him in issue #172. Alpha Flight arranged for her to be transported to an institution in the second story of issue #173. During transport she was captured by agents of Weapon X and sent "to the designated facility". The Director and Agent Jackson discussed her fate and commented that they will eventualy "send Wild Child in to retrieve her".

So she seems to be already admitted to the assylym in Wolverine II #173/2 and her appearance should occure before Wolverine II #171. Does this work with your placement?

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 22:19:40:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Dimadick on October 03, 2003 at 15:43:33:

> > Aurora is in her classic costume, suggesting that she appears here before her admission to the asylum in which she is found in WX:WC 1 (10-17);

> Some notes on Aurora's recent continiuty. She first encountered Mauvais along with the rest of the Alpha Flight in Wolverine II #171. She was traumatized from the battle with him in issue #172. Alpha Flight arranged for her to be transported to an institution in the second story of issue #173. During transport she was captured by agents of Weapon X and sent "to the designated facility". The Director and Agent Jackson discussed her fate and commented that they will eventualy "send Wild Child in to retrieve her".

> So she seems to be already admitted to the assylym in Wolverine II #173/2 and her appearance should occure before Wolverine II #171. Does this work with your placement?

To tell you the truth, I don't have the run of Wolverine from around that time, so I haven't actually placed the comics you mention.  But now you've given me a clue for placement, Dimadick!  

Jeph, I may have some old notes from you about these issues of Wolverine buried somewhere, but would you mind providing some insight on how W2 170-176 tie into the X-chronology?  I have W2 169 in January and W2 177 in September.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Dimadick on October 04, 2003 at 03:16:48:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 22:19:40:

> Jeph, I may have some old notes from you about these issues of Wolverine buried somewhere, but would you mind providing some insight on how W2 170-176 tie into the X-chronology?  I have W2 169 in January and W2 177 in September.

Hmmm... actualy those issues follow an earlier storyline introducing Mauvais and the new Weapon X.

Issue #170 seems to follow directly from the Wolverine 2001 Annual where Mauvais recruited Bloodscream and Vermin as his personal servants.

The opening scene of the issue features "Stay Alive" a reality series: "Sixteen Contestants braving the Frozen Tundra of the Canadian Arctic."

Scene 2:(Pages 2-3):TV executives Mr. Stone and Mr. Bartlet arguing over the series' Fourth installment receiving Low Nielsen ratings.

Scene 3:(Pages 4-5) Mauvais assums the form of a contestant, effectively replacing him in order to gain free transportation to the Canadian Arctic. Their "master" allows Bloodscream and Vermin to eat the original contestant alive. Mauvais comments "I leave you now. But the amassing of human flesh for my consumption will continue while I am away, non?". He never returned and his servants haven't been seen since. Persumably they are still out there amassing human flesh until receiving new orders.

Scene 4(pages 6-7):Wolverine is eating in a Canadian diner. He is thinking privately "It's been a rough few weeks. First, I fail to nab the dirtbag pulling the strings fer Bloodscream and Vermin during that "Homeless Murder" caper. Then I find myself back up North here dukin it with an alien". The television is on and people watch as Mauvais reveals his true form and starts killing the other contestants in live broadcast. Wolvie starts asking where he could charter a plane.

The references are to the Annual's first and second story respectively. The dirtbug was onviously Mauvais. The alien he references was a Plodex and as Wolvie commented "Marrina was a lot easier on the eyes and nose than this thing here". When last seen in the later story Wolvie had to find medical search for Holly, Canada's last two serviving residents:Deputy Sheriff Peter Grant(?) and Catholic Father Braun, a sword-wielding priest who brought judgement and death to sinners.

Scene 5 (pages 8-10):"The Pyramid Nightclub, Brooklyn". Nikolai Vernoff, is drinking Vodka, escorted by two young women and comments that "Money is no longer problem". He is a relatively succesful drug dealer , selling drugs in the General's territory while the later "is rotting away in jailcell somewhere". The General however is still running business from his cell. He has sent Omega Red to kill him, which he does easily. Red is unaware that Sabretooth is also at the bar and apparently stalking him.<p>Scene 6(Pages 11-12):Wolvie and his mechanical sleigh are parachuted somewhere in the arctic. Wolvie is contemplating revenge on Mauvais for having taken his eye in thir last confrontation.

Scene 7(page 13): Mr. Bartlet is shocked at Mauvais' activities still being broadcasted. Mr. Stone however rejoices as he expects ratings to rise. They get into an argument and Stone orders his bodyguard to kill Bartlet, which he does.

Scene 8(pages 14-22):Mauvais begins a ceremony that will supposedly gain him revenge over his enemies, Nelvanna and Hodiak. According to his comments they first clashed during the so-called French and Indian War(1756-1763) and they played a role in his eventual downfall in the midst of the French Revolution (1789-1799). Apparently his two foes have noticed this challenge and answer it by sending Wolverine. They briefly fight but before long the person that Mauvais summoned with his ceremony arrives:Wendigo. End of the issue.

The French and Indian War was a term coined for the American front of the Seven Years' War. The war placed Great Britain, Hanover and Prussia on one side against the combined forces of Austria, France, Russia, Saxony and Sweden on the other. The European and African fronts resulted in a stanstill. In the American front Britain managed to capture Canada and all French colonies North of the Mississippi as well as Spanish Florida, since Spain was a supplier for the French. In India the British drived out both the French and the neutral Dutch in an attempt to contror the region. Mauvais is presumably French but I have no idea why were the Canadian Gods involved in the War. Their worshippers sure didn't gain from it.

Issue #171. The silent issue.:

Scene 1(Pages 1-5):Continuing directly from the previous issue. In the Canadian Arctic, in the middle of a Blizzard Mauvais, Wendigo and Wolverine begin a three-way battle between them.

Scene 2(Pages 6-9). In Japan, Lady Deathstrike is peacefuly praying in a temple. She is dressed as a geisha girl. Five armed men enter the temple and attempt to murder her while her back is turned to them. Instead she turns and kills them all. Her kimono is full of blood. She tears it off in disgust. The cyborg is naked for a while then she puts on her fighting uniform and exits the temple. She is apparently unaware that Sabretooth is nearby and stalking her through his binoculars.

Scene 3 (Pages 10-22): The battle is still going. Eventualy Mauvais literaly tears out Wendigo's heart and swallows it. In the process he becomes the new Wendigo. Then he turns on Wolverine to finish him off. Before he is able to he is attacked by other representatives of the Canadian Gods that have just arrived. The Alpha Flight consisting of Aurora, Guardian, Puck, Sasquatch, Shaman and Snowbird. End of the issue.

Issue #172.  Continues directly from the previous issue. One long battle between Mauvais-Wendigo (Puck nick-names him Pepe Le Pew) on one side and Aurora, Guardian, Puck, Sasquatch, Shaman, Snowbird and Wolverine on the other. Mauvais comments that he can smell the stench of his ancient enemies upon Snowbird. At some point he overpowers Sasquatch and attempts to eat him. Before he can do it, Aurora attacks him. As she comments: "Walter and I have just gotten back together, Monsieur le Monstre and Aurora prefers her men all in one piece - comprenez-vous?" Mauvais, who is a sorcerer, is agile enough to capture her in mid-flight and messes up with her mind. She collapses on the ground in an apparent shock. While Mauvais was distracted with the Gods' messengers, the Gods themselves had time to complete a ceremony of their own. Mauvais is transported to another dimension. He is the Canadian Gods' gift to the Great Beasts consisting of Kariooq, Somon, Tolomaq and  Tundra.

Issue 173: Sabretooth has apparently contacted both Lady Deathstrike and Omega Red and has formed an alliance with them. He is feeding them information on the persons closer to Wolverine and they proceeed in hunting them down.

Scene 1(Pages 1-3):Their first assignment is "Kurt Wagner aka Nightcrawler of the X-Men. Wolverine's best friend". They find him praying in St. Ann's Church, the Bronx. According to Kurt's comments his days as a man of the cloth are behind him. They easily defeat him and throw him in the river to drown.

Scene 2(Pages 4-7).:Continuing directly from the previous issue. Before leaving Mauvais had warned Wolverine that "the Dark Path your life is about to take is far worse than any place I can take you". Wolvie and Shaman are in Alpha Flight's headquarters try to learn which of his enemies is responsible for this threat. Shaman's flame can only reveal the faces of ten of Wolvie's recent adversaries: Bloodscream, Director/Malcolm Colcord, Lady Deathstrike, Mauvais, Mister X, Ogun, Omega Red, Sabretooth, Vermin and Wendigo. He can not tell which of them if any of them poses the threat. They comment on "Aurora's Mental Relapse". Then they are contacted by the Hudsons, who are flying by plane. Heather has an announcement to make:she is pregnant. Wolvie is happy to hear it but at this moment engine trouble appear and the plane crushes. Those responsible are Lady Deathstrike and Omega Red completing their second assignment: "James McDonald and Heather Hudson. Wolverine's surrogate parents".

Scene 3(pages 8-10):In Japan an angry Yukio is out to locate Amiko who has gone out for the night withought permission. She doesn't want her to associate with those hooligans, she calls friends. While they argue, they are attacked by Lady Deathstrike and Omega Red in their third mission. "Yukio, Wolverine's friend and sometime lover and Amiko, Wolverine's foster daughter". Lady Deathstrike cripples Yukio while Red captures and abducts Amiko.

Scene 4 (page 11):Wolvie contacts Cyclops. The later had been searching for him. The mansion has been on high alert since Kurt was "fished out of the East River". The Beast has him on life support. Wolvie asks Scott to send to check on Kitty, Jubilee, Carol Danvers and anyone else he can think of to be close to Wolverine. Wolvie himself is heading to Japan to personaly chech on Yukio and Amiko.

Scene 5(Pages 12-14):In the Weapon X facilities the Director and Agent Jackson are checking on one of their latest acquired mutants acquired:Leech. With him they can stop the powers of selected targets from working. Suddenly the cannon he is attached to fires and removes Wolverine's powers. Sabretooth has stolen the Director's codes and gave the orders.

Scene 6(Pages 15-16): Wolvie is about to leave Alpha Flight's headquarters when he discovers his powers are gone. Shaman has to support him to prevent him from falling to the ground.

Scene 7(Page 17). "The Bellagio Hotel, Las Vegas". Sabretooth is contemplating that he almost feels sorry for Wolverine. End of the story.

The issues second story starts (pages 18-22). In an Alberta Medical Clinic Puck, Sasquatch and Snowbird prepare to sent Aurora to institution for treatment. During transportation she is abducted by agents of Weapon X. Agent Jackson informs the Director of the Succesful capture and that they are sending her to the designated facility. Eventualy they will sent Wild Child to retrieve her. As the Director comments: "The Game, Agent Jackson. It's all about the Game.

Issue #174:Scene 1(Pages 1-7). Wolvie is in Japan. He first visits Mariko Yashida's grave and then Yukio in the hospital. She has a message carved in her back that Wolvie should meet .R and L.D in Bellagio Hotel, NV.  Yukio asks Wolvie to use his claws to kill her. She is unwilling to conbtinue to live if she can't even walk. Wolvie seems shocked and asks for some time to think about it. We havenm't seen Yukio since. 

Scene 2(Pages 8-9):In the Weapon X facilities the Director and Agent Jackson are having an argument. Sabretooth has escaped with files containing information "on just every freakin' mutant on the damned planet". The Director had apparently underestimated Sabretooth and considered him a Neanderthal. Victor was actualy smarter than that.

Scene 3(Pages 10-14). Wolvie is traveling to Las Vegas by plane. As soon as he arrives he proceeds in storming the hotel. He is welcomed by Lady DEathstrike and Omega Ride and their battle beggins. Since he has lost his powers, Wolvie is equiped with one of Guardian's spare suits.

Scene 4(Pages 15-16): The argument between the Director and Agent Jackson has turned into a fistfight. The Director knocks him out. He wants to locate Sabretooth as soon as possible.

Scene 5(Pages 17-22): The battle continues and Wolvie prooves an easy prey for his opponents. He is knocked out . When he awakes he is kneeling in front of Sabretooth, who is holding Amiko.

Issue 175:Scene 1(Pages 1-7). Continuing directly from the previous issue. Lady Deathstrike, Omega Red and Sabretooth are happily playing with captives. When they get into an argument , Victor double-crosses his allies and teleports along with Wolverine and Amiko. He has with him the Weapon X files, their money and Wolverine. The other two are left empty-handed and furious.

Scene 2:(Pages 8-9). Wolvie awakes to find himself with Sabretooth under the full moon. Victor challenges him to a game of hunting each other in the Canadian woods. The winner gets to keap Amiko and the Logan Files, sipposedly Wolvie's Origin revealed.

Scene 3(Page 10). The Director finaly locates Sabretooth. He is next to the ambandoned facilities of the old Weapon X.

Scene 4(Pages 11-24). The game takes the two rivals to the old facilities. Victor reveals that Amiko is dead and the Loan files are a hoax. By this point both opponents are about to collapse and the Director arrives to collect them. Sabretooth teleports away and Wolvie has a near-death-experience. 

Story 2 of this issue features Matsuo Tsurayaba in Japan signing his last will and testimony. He remembers of the past years of his life. This story is more of a series of flash-backs.

Page 2, panels 2 and 3. Flash-back to the Wolverine holding Mariko's dead bofy in his hands. He swears to take a piece of Matsuo every year on the anniversary of her death.

Page 3: First anniversary of Mariko's death. Wolvie arrives and takes Matsuo's hand.

Page 4:Second anniversary of Mariko's death. Wolvie arrives and takes Matsuo's right ear.

Page 5:Third anniversary of Mariko's death:Wolvie arrives and takes Matsuo's nose.

Page 6:Fourth anniversary of Mariko's death:Wolvie arrives and takes Matsuo's bladder.

Pages 1, 7, 8. Fifth anniverary of Mariko's death:Matsuo awaits Wolverine to ask him a favor. To kill him and spare him of the tormeny. Wolvie never arrives. In Canada Weapon X places him in a body-sack. Matsuo hasn't been seen since.

Story 3. Eight Pages. Wolvie is in Alabama hunted down by three hunters and their dogs. He kills them the end. No idea when this is supposed to happen.

Issue #176(Pages 1-19). Wolvie is still having his near-death-experience. The pages reflect on his past and visions of many friends and enemies.

Scene 1:(Page 20):Wolvie wakes up and finds himself in a bodybug. He celebrates his return to life by butchering two Weapon X pilots.

Scene 2(Pages 21-22). Wolvie is back at the mansion. Its night and a full moon, Wolvie is contemplating that he was pushing daisies for twenty-three minutes. Heb is awake meditating. The mansion is either empty or everyone else is sleeping. When the door-bell rings, Wolvie is the only one answering it. It is Amiko. The Director had her returned to life and completely healed. He sents her to Wolvie as a gift "from one father to another". Wolvie is relieved to see her. He lets her enter the mansion and offers to find her something to eat. That is the last time we see Amiko as far as I know.

I hopes this gives some idea about these stories.

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 04, 2003 at 07:19:20:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Dimadick on October 04, 2003 at 03:16:48:

This is great, Dimadick.  Thanks.  I'll try to place all this on the calendar.  Hopefully putting these issues after July 11 will work.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Jeph! on October 04, 2003 at 12:48:29:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 22:19:40:

As Dimadick says, W2 #170-176, along with W2 @'01, are one continuing story arc.  In my last version of the X-books' chronology, I had placed W2 #162-166, which guest-starred the pre-cat Beast, between X #110 and UX #391.  And, since Wolvie loses an eye in W2 #164, which doesn't grow back until after W2 #169, I placed W2 #167-169 shortly thereafter  also before UX #391.

I placed W2 #177 after XU #39, which in turn follows X #133.  Also, I placed W2 #183/2, which is a sequel of sorts to W2 #173-175, between X #130-131.

So, there's a great big gap between X #110 and #131 where the events of W2 @'01 and #170-176 can go.

I had originally placed them as early as I possibly could, because of a single line of dialogue from Nightcrawler in #173 that made no sense  he claims he's no longer a priest.  Since Nightcrawler doesn't give up the preisthood until UX #420, which comes after X #131, we can't place this storyline FORWARD  so my option was to place it BACK, and claim that Nightcrawler was suffering a lapse of faith after Colossus' death.  (Remember, he also briefly quit the X-Men because of Colossus' death.  That Nightcrawler, what a quitter.)

I placed the story between Wolvie's appearance in CA3 #50/6 (at Cap's funeral), and the beginning of the Kang War Proper in A3 #45.

Now, that placement means that Aurora would already be in the asylum by the time of "The End"  or possibly recently removed by Wild Child, as seen in "Weapon X: the Draft  Wild Child".  But either way, as you've pointed out with the appearances of Jolt, Harrier, and Mach-III  if prison walls and Counter-Earth didn't stop the Living Tribunal, Aurora being in an asylum wouldn't either.

-Jeph!

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 04, 2003 at 22:13:19:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Jeph! on October 04, 2003 at 12:48:29:

> As Dimadick says, W2 #170-176, along with W2 @'01, are one continuing story arc.  In my last version of the X-books' chronology, I had placed W2 #162-166, which guest-starred the pre-cat Beast, between X #110 and UX #391.  And, since Wolvie loses an eye in W2 #164, which doesn't grow back until after W2 #169, I placed W2 #167-169 shortly thereafter  also before UX #391.

Don't you mean UX 392?  Logan did not appear in UX 391.

> I placed the story between Wolvie's appearance in CA3 #50/6 (at Cap's funeral), and the beginning of the Kang War Proper in A3 #45.<p>Why not before Cap's funeral (April 5)?  I find that the story arc fits nicely there, to accommodate the "few weeks" between the Annual stories and X 170, plus the time that elapses from X 170 through 176 (which I end on April 3).  Temporal references, including the Canadian blizzard and full moons, are nicely accommodated as well.

> Now, that placement means that Aurora would already be in the asylum by the time of "The End"  or possibly recently removed by Wild Child, as seen in "Weapon X: the Draft  Wild Child".  But either way, as you've pointed out with the appearances of Jolt, Harrier, and Mach-III  if prison walls and Counter-Earth didn't stop the Living Tribunal, Aurora being in an asylum wouldn't either.

True, true.  And yes, Jolt was summoned by the Tribunal just like Aurora, Mach-3, and Harrier.

Thanks to you and Dimadick for all this data.  It worked pretty well in the calendar and gave me more backstory for the Weapon X series.  And Sabretooth's appearances in W2 170-175 actually end up occurring shortly after his Weapon X assignment in DP3 61!

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Dimadick on October 05, 2003 at 01:40:43:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 04, 2003 at 22:13:19:

> Why not before Cap's funeral (April> Thanks to you and Dimadick for all this data.  It worked pretty well in the calendar and gave me more backstory for the Weapon X series.

Glad to be of assistance. The most recent version of Weapon X was actualy introduced in Wolverine II #160-#166. After the Bloodsport in issues #167-#169 serving as a break, Tiery just returned to the subject. In issue #166 the Director explained that his plan to recreate the Weapon X project was approoved following the then current state of Mutant affairs: "After what happened with Magneto in Genosha, Senator Kelly being assassinated...Even those sympathetic to the mutant cause had to admit the battle lines had been drawn." The mutant threats he had in mind to face seem to be five: Apocalypse, Magneto, Mystique, Sabretooth and Toad. In this same issue Sabretooth was seemingly killed in an explosion while fighting Shiver Man. Well he was heard screaming in pain but he sure seems to be a survivor.

>And Sabretooth's appearances in W2 170-175 actually end up occurring shortly after his Weapon X assignment in DP3 61!

Hmmm...what assignment would that be? Since I don't collect Deadpool I was not sure what you were referencing. I searched for some summary of this issue and apparently it was Deadpool's funeral with Sabretooth among the many attendants.

The summary had a list of recognized attentants at the funeral:

1)Agent Brent Jackson (Weapon X).
2)Big Bertha
3)Black Panther.
4)Blind Al.
5)Bullseye
6)Cable.
7)Constrictor
8)Zoe Culloden
9)Deadpool(in ghost form).
10)Door Man.
11)Flatman.
12)Juggernaut.
13)Kid Deadpool.
14)Mesmero (Weapon X).
15)Mr. Immortal 
16)Monty
17)Sabretooth (Weapon X).
18)Sasquatch.
19)Sauron (Weapon X).
20)Dinah Soar
21)Syrin.
22)Typhoid Mary.
23)Warpath.
24)Weasel.
25)Wild Child (Weapon X).
26)Wolverine

Victor seems to be attending the funeral as an old acquaintance of the deceased rather than an assignment by the Director.

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 05, 2003 at 07:29:42:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Dimadick on October 05, 2003 at 01:40:43:

Well, it may not be an "assignment," but it's clear that Victor is there as part of the Weapon X contingent, and none of his teammates seem anxious to capture him.  So this must occur before W2 170.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Jeph! on October 03, 2003 at 19:09:20:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 12:51:47:

> MARVEL UNIVERSE: THE END #6 (20-22)

Is the series really called "Marvel Universe: The End"?  As far as I can tell, from the cover it's titled "The End: Marvel" -- I don't see the word "Universe" anywhere.  What does the indicia say?

> (actually, two alternate realities, since Thanos reboots the universe twice, once in ORDER 4 and once in ORDER 6).

I assume you mean "The End" #4-6.

> since this is probably the real Xavier (not Cassandra Nova)<p>It's definitely the real Xavier, isn't it?  he attempts to telepathically communicate with the Pharaoh and gets the entire mansion blown up.

> Rogue and Gambit have their powers ... placing this before the Khan storyline in XX 10, but the problem with this is Thors chronology because he appears in the Khan storyline before he becomes Lord of Asgard  we could call Storms health as partially recuperative (brief upright stances between wheelchair stints), Rogue as being in mid-leap from the balcony above, and the lighted cards in Gambits hands as a coloring error

Another way of looking at it is that -- we don't learn that Gambit's powers are gone until XX #19 (which you've placed AFTER "The End").  I'd buy your Rogue and Storm excuses, but Gambit COULD have had just a little power left in him in this scene ... power which faded completely by XX #19. 

> Jolt is probably summoned from Counter-Earth, which would make it possible Hawkeye to appear here after TB 75.

What about the other T-Bolts?  Harrier and Mach-III are back in jail at this point, aren't they?  Did they appear in this series?  

> Eternity ... is he in Thanos #1?

I don't believe so, no.

> Wolverine (between Uncanny X-Men #401 and Uncanny X-Men Annual 2001)

I think this is inaccurate -- you said above that this series takes place after UX #407.

By the way -- how many times do I have to suggest that UX@'01 take place between UX #400-401, where it was published?  Can you comment on why you've placed it farther ahead?

> Thoughts?

My only other thought is -- shouldn't all of "The End" be included on the MCP anyway?  Technically, the events DID HAPPEN, even though they were unmade.  A similar situation occured in "Infinity Gauntlet", when Nebula erased the events of #1-5 -- those issues were made to un-happen, and yet they're still included on the MCP.

I think that, even if they're not reflected on your calendar, "The End" #1-6 should be included in its entirety on the MCP.

-Jeph!

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 22:13:59:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Jeph! on October 03, 2003 at 19:09:20:

> > (actually, two alternate realities, since Thanos reboots the universe twice, once in ORDER 4 and once in ORDER 6).

> I assume you mean "The End" #4-6.

Oops. Yup.

> > since this is probably the real Xavier (not Cassandra Nova)

> It's definitely the real Xavier, isn't it?  he attempts to telepathically communicate with the Pharaoh and gets the entire mansion blown up.

Hey that's right.  It IS the real Xavier.  Hooray!

> > Rogue and Gambit have their powers ... placing this before the Khan storyline in XX 10, but the problem with this is Thors chronology because he appears in the Khan storyline before he becomes Lord of Asgard  we could call Storms health as partially recuperative (brief upright stances between wheelchair stints), Rogue as being in mid-leap from the balcony above, and the lighted cards in Gambits hands as a coloring error

> Another way of looking at it is that -- we don't learn that Gambit's powers are gone until XX #19 (which you've placed AFTER "The End").  I'd buy your Rogue and Storm excuses, but Gambit COULD have had just a little power left in him in this scene ... power which faded completely by XX #19. 

Okay, I'll buy that.  Consider it the new "official" explanation.

> > Jolt is probably summoned from Counter-Earth, which would make it possible Hawkeye to appear here after TB 75.

> What about the other T-Bolts?  Harrier and Mach-III are back in jail at this point, aren't they?  Did they appear in this series?  

Mach III and someone who appears to be Harrier appear in END 5, among a whole horde of superbeings summoned by the Living Tribunal from wherever they happened to be.  In Mach's and Harrier's cases, that would be from prison.  If Jolt can be summoned from Counter-Earth, prison walls wouldn't stop the Tribunal.

> > Wolverine (between Uncanny X-Men #401 and Uncanny X-Men Annual 2001)

> I think this is inaccurate -- you said above that this series takes place after UX #407.

You're right.  Wolverine is in The End between YX #407 and #408.

> By the way -- how many times do I have to suggest that UX@'01 take place between UX #400-401, where it was published?

Um...how many times has it been?  Consider UX '01 moved to several days after UX 400 and before UX 401.

> My only other thought is -- shouldn't all of "The End" be included on the MCP anyway?  Technically, the events DID HAPPEN, even though they were unmade.  A similar situation occured in "Infinity Gauntlet", when Nebula erased the events of #1-5 -- those issues were made to un-happen, and yet they're still included on the MCP.

> I think that, even if they're not reflected on your calendar, "The End" #1-6 should be included in its entirety on the MCP.

Ah, good point.  And a drawback to the calendar approach...time travel and reality reboots can't be recorded adequately on a calendar, but certainly do have an impact of a given character's chronology.

The question is whether:
1) the reboots of END 4 and 6 take the entire population of the universe and deposit them at a point in the space-time continuum just before END 1; OR
2) the reboots involve time travel back to a point just prior to END 1 and the changing of events so that The End happens in two alternate futures rather than in the mainstream MU.

The former would merit inclusion of END in everyone's MCP chronology.  The latter would merit inclusion of only the last three pages of END 6 in the chronologies of only several characters.

It's hard to interpret which is true for END.  On the one hand, "all who fell are ONCE AGAIN whole" and "what has transpired is REMEMBERED BY NONE" -- these comments suggest #1.

But the statement, "in this newly minted reality SUCH HORRORS NEVER HAPPENED," strongly suggests #2.  How can END appear in a character chronology if IT NEVER HAPPENED to that character, but rather to an alternate reality version of him/her?

Let the metaphysical discussion begin...;)

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Don Campbell on October 03, 2003 at 23:26:23:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 22:13:59:

> > My only other thought is -- shouldn't all of "The End" be included on the MCP anyway?  Technically, the events DID HAPPEN, even though they were unmade.  A similar situation occured in "Infinity Gauntlet", when Nebula erased the events of #1-5 -- those issues were made to un-happen, and yet they're still included on the MCP.

> > I think that, even if they're not reflected on your calendar, "The End" #1-6 should be included in its entirety on the MCP.

> Ah, good point.  And a drawback to the calendar approach...time travel and reality reboots can't be recorded adequately on a calendar, but certainly do have an impact of a given character's chronology.

> The question is whether:
> 1) the reboots of END 4 and 6 take the entire population of the universe and deposit them at a point in the space-time continuum just before END 1; OR
> 2) the reboots involve time travel back to a point just prior to END 1 and the changing of events so that The End happens in two alternate futures rather than in the mainstream MU.

> The former would merit inclusion of END in everyone's MCP chronology.  The latter would merit inclusion of only the last three pages of END 6 in the chronologies of only several characters.

> It's hard to interpret which is true for END.  On the one hand, "all who fell are ONCE AGAIN whole" and "what has transpired is REMEMBERED BY NONE" -- these comments suggest #1.

> But the statement, "in this newly minted reality SUCH HORRORS NEVER HAPPENED," strongly suggests #2.  How can END appear in a character chronology if IT NEVER HAPPENED to that character, but rather to an alternate reality version of him/her?

> Let the metaphysical discussion begin...;)

I have just two comments.  Paul keeps mentioning how the events of THE END might have taken place in two different alternate realities diverged by the machinations of Thanos.  That didn't happen.  Using his supreme power, Thanos was able to retroactively alter the past of the mainstream timeline WITHOUT causing any divergences (as would normally be the case).  It's just like when Warlock prevented his future-self, the Magus, from travelling back in time 5,000 years to found the Universal Church of Truth.  By doing so, Warlock retroactively altered the past five thousand years of the mainstream universe's history.  No alternate realities were created during either of these reboots.

As for the canonicity of the limited series, I remember it progressing through three stages.  First, there were rumours that Marvel was planning to cancel all of its long-time series and only keep publishing the new Ultimate titles.  In that case, THE END was meant to actually be the end of the classic Marvel Universe we've known and loved for years.  I don't know if there ever was any truth to those rumours.

Second, Jim Starlin made some comments to the effect that the events depicted in THE END would be taking place in an alternate timeline which was definitely NOT the mainstream timeline (just one that was almost identical to it).  This was presumably to account for the fact that the INFINITY ABYSS contained some hints that Thanos was even then searching for some new power object that, in his hands, would be a danger to the universe.

Third, the current situation seems to be that the events of THE END did occur in the mainstream timeline but that Thanos used his divine power to retroactively alter history on at least two occasions: once to eliminate those aliens who had tapped into the Heart of the Universe millennia ago, and again to destroy the flawed universe and recreate it as it would have been if the events of THE END had never happened.

Don Campbell

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Jeph! on October 04, 2003 at 12:32:42:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 22:13:59:

> > Is the series really called "Marvel Universe: The End"?  As far as I can tell, from the cover it's titled "The End: Marvel" -- I don't see the word "Universe" anywhere.  What does the indicia say?

Still asking

> > > Jolt is probably summoned from Counter-Earth, which would make it possible Hawkeye to appear here after TB 75.

When does Jolt appear?  Is it during the scene where all the heroes are summoned by the Living Tribunal?  If so, I'd buy this rationale.

> > By the way -- how many times do I have to suggest that UX@'01 take place between UX #400-401, where it was published?

> Um...how many times has it been?

Lots.  Sorry to snap.  :-(

> Consider UX '01 moved to several days after UX 400 and before UX 401.

Thanks!

> The question is whether:
> 1) the reboots of END 4 and 6 take the entire population of the universe and deposit them at a point in the space-time continuum just before END 1; OR
> 2) the reboots involve time travel back to a point just prior to END 1 and the changing of events so that The End happens in two alternate futures rather than in the mainstream MU.

Don Campbell's explanation that Thanos caused a retroactive change within the MAIN timeline, rather than causing an ALTERNATE timeline, works for me  and it in turn tells us that "The End" DID occur within the main timeline  then it was erased from the main timeline.

I'd call that grounds for including the entire series in everyone relevant's MCP chronology.

-Jeph!

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Peter Fabricius on October 04, 2003 at 14:42:13:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Jeph! on October 04, 2003 at 12:32:42:

> > > Is the series really called "Marvel Universe: The End"?  As far as I can tell, from the cover it's titled "The End: Marvel" -- I don't see the word "Universe" anywhere.  What does the indicia say?

> Still asking

It says 'Marvel Universe: The End'

Peter

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Jeph! on October 04, 2003 at 16:50:40:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Peter Fabricius on October 04, 2003 at 14:42:13:

> > Is the series really called "Marvel Universe: The End"?  As far as I can tell, from the cover it's titled "The End: Marvel" -- I don't see the word "Universe" anywhere.  What does the indicia say?

> It says 'Marvel Universe: The End'

Oh, i HATE when the indicia doesn't match the cover title.  Grr!

Let's just call it "The End".

-Jeph!

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Paul O'Brien on October 05, 2003 at 09:59:08:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Jeph! on October 04, 2003 at 12:32:42:

> Don Campbell's explanation that Thanos caused a retroactive change within the MAIN timeline, rather than causing an ALTERNATE timeline, works for me  and it in turn tells us that "The End" DID occur within the main timeline  then it was erased from the main timeline.

Aren't there numerous precedents for this sort of thing?  It seems to me that we're effectively just looking at another version of the Age of Apocalypse, or that story where Kulan Gath transforms New York but Dr Strange hits the reset button at the end.  Traditionally, I think the approach has been to list appearances in those stories as taking place.

			*	*	*

Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 05, 2003 at 15:16:24:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Paul O'Brien on October 05, 2003 at 09:59:08:

> Aren't there numerous precedents for this sort of thing?  It seems to me that we're effectively just looking at another version of the Age of Apocalypse, or that story where Kulan Gath transforms New York but Dr Strange hits the reset button at the end.  Traditionally, I think the approach has been to list appearances in those stories as taking place.

Yes, I now believe that to be the case here.  From the perspective of a calendar, we can treat it as if all the characters were transported outside the space/time continuum and were deposited back at the exact point in time they left.  The only real calendar time that passes in END is the few moments in the last three pages of END 6, but for the characters involved, the events of the entire series count as appearances in their respective chronologies.

I'm inserting the entire six-issue run into a moment of the day on July 11.  We can figure all the last and next appearances of all the characters at a later point, assuming this July 11 placement works.  I think (or at least I hope)I considered all the saliant clues that helped pinpoint this date as most appropriate.

--Paul

			*	*	*

From my little corner of the MU...
Posted by BobMM on October 20, 2003 at 15:34:38:
In Reply to: Re: Marvel: The End -- CANON
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 22:13:59:

... which is THUNDERBOLTS-centric:

> > > Jolt is probably summoned from Counter-Earth, which would make it possible Hawkeye to appear here after TB 75.

> > What about the other T-Bolts?  Harrier and Mach-III are back in jail at this point, aren't they?  Did they appear in this series?  

> Mach III and someone who appears to be Harrier appear in END 5, among a whole horde of superbeings summoned by the Living Tribunal from wherever they happened to be.  In Mach's and Harrier's cases, that would be from prison.  If Jolt can be summoned from Counter-Earth, prison walls wouldn't stop the Tribunal.

Moonstone appears in her black costume and Atlas appears as the combined Erik Josten/Dallas Riordan. That places the story firmly between T-BOLTS #68 and #74, which means that MANY Thunderbolts (including Jolt) were drawn from Counter-Earth. Cyclone's appearance with the heroes implies it occurs right around #69. Given the nature of THE END appearances, I would say the T-Bolts and miscellaneous hangers-on were pulled out of issues #69 and #70.

Thunderbolts:The Complete History:
http://www.geocities.com/bomymo

			*	*	*

The last several MU weeks of X-world
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 02, 2003 at 17:34:55:

Here's my most recent edition of the tail end of the X-calandar.  Note that current and recent storylines of X-Treme, Mystique, New X-Men, and New Mutants are accommodated here.  Where's Uncanny, you ask?  Still way back in late November.  Wolverine?  Back in February.  Spider-Man & Wolverine?  March.  Wolverine/Doop?  April.  Hulk/Wolverine: Six Hours?  Further ahead in June, at the start of "summer camp."

The gap in X 138 survives, as it helps address so many nagging issues.  (Sorry, Harrison.)

Thursday, May 15

X-TREME X-MEN #31 (1-2)
One night.  A group of young mutants in Los Angeles causes a car accident in which a girl named Marie is seriously injured. Mention is made of the state championship for cheerleading, so it is probably late in a school year.

Friday, May 16

X-TREME X-MEN #31 (3-22)
Probably the day after XX 31 (1-2).  A Genoshan survivor slays a group of black marketeers in east Africa, and Marie recovers in a Los Angeles hospital.  Val Cooper gives a presentation on the mutant threat at the presidential ranch in Texas, where Storm and Remy are undercover and we see green grass and trees and a barbecue.  On assignment for the L.A. Division of X-Corp, Bishop and Sage deal with a dangerous mutant, then the duo check in on Rogue and the new life shes adopted in L.A., where we see green grass and trees as well.  That night, they go to a club and meet up with Sam, Lila Cheney, and an anti-mutant terrorist with a bomb.

X-TREME X-MEN #32
The same night as XX 31 (3-22). 

Saturday, May 17

Sunday, May 18

Monday, May 19

MYSTIQUE #1 (1-8)
One night.  It must be a weeknight, as Charles Xavier appears on Nightline.  Jean is at Xaviers.  We learn that Xavier has covert operatives in the world and that one has been killed on a mission.

Tuesday, May 20

MYSTIQUE #1 (9-23)
The early morning after MYS 1 (1-8).  At 2:54 AM, Xavier arrives at Forges apartment in Baltimore to ask him to find Mystique.  From the dialogue, it appears that Xavier and Forge have been out of touch for quite a while, an indication that this segment occurs quite a while after Forges attendance at the wedding in UX 425 (17-23).  At 3:12 AM, Mystique is on a mission in Washington DC.  She must appear here following the Draco storyline in UX 432.

MYSTIQUE #2
The same early morning as MYS 1 (9-23).  At 3:27 AM, Forge discovers the whereabouts of Mystique, who is captured by government agents at 3:29 AM.  At 4:36 AM, the captive Mystique awakens in a DHS flying justice unit, where she faces Johnny Kitano, a mutant whose mission is to eliminate mutant threats to the government.  Mystique is rescued by Xavier, who is disguised as Magneto.  Full moon.

MYSTIQUE #3
The same day as MYS 2.  Xavier and Forge send Mystique to Cuba on a clandestine mission to destroy two mutant-killing robots. Once there, she meets her handler, Shortpack.  Green vegetation in New York.

MYSTIQUE #4
The same day as MYS 3.  Mystique insinuates her way to Luis Disovil, the man who purchased the Sentinels and is conducting experiments on Cuban mutants.  She assumes his identity, only to face a band of freedom fighters, led by Lazaro Rivera.

MYSTIQUE #5
The same night as MYS 4.  Mystique sides with the freedom fighters and battles Disovils soldiers.  She finds the kidnapped children, only to learn that she must kill Lazaros little sister Evangelina to stop the Sentinels.

MYSTIQUE #6 (1-15)
The same night as MYS 5.  Lazaro kills Evangelina and kills himself.  Mystique, the rebels, and the freed mutants evacuate Disovils base before the Sentinels destoy it.  Mystique reports back to Shortpack.

Wednesday, May 21

MYSTIQUE #6 (16-22)
The morning after MYS 6 (1-15).  At 12:31 am, Mystique is asked to be a double agent by a man in a bar in Santiago de Cuba.  Later that morning (the next morning), Mystique arrives at her safehouse in Brooklyn, where Xavier congratulates her on a job well done.  Xavier is standing here, so this story must occur before X 146 (and thus before X 142).  Green vegetation in Brooklyn.

Thursday, May 22

NEW X-MEN #138 (10-14)
A Thursday.  Xorn helps Quentin Quire cast off his physical body and achieve another plane of existence; it is not known how long Quire may have spent at Xaviers in a catatonic state.  Xavier notes that the school will be closing for the summer in exactly six days  this may be the date that all students who attend Xaviers during the regular academic year should be gone; as we see in NM2, the school does remain open for relatively few students in the summer.  He also notes that after the break, he will step down as headmaster.  Green grass and trees in Westchester.

Friday, May 23

NEW MUTANTS v2 #1 (10-25)
One school day.  Rejected on her sixteenth birthday by her father and her classmates, Sofia Mantega destroys one of her fathers supermarkets and is thrown in jail.  Dani Moonstar shows up to take Sofia to Xaviers, which is publicly known as a school for mutants with bad publicity, a clue that this segment occurs after the riot in X 138 (1-6).  It is clear that Dani does not live at Xaviers, but rather in Colorado.  It is a Friday in May.  We see green grass and trees in Boulder.

NEW X-MEN #138 (15)
The day after X 138 (10-14), a Friday.  Emma Frost goes clothes shopping with Angel.  According to X 140, this segment occurs a few days before X 139 (21-22).

X-STATIX #11 (18)
One day, two weeks after XS 11 (17).  El Guapo cheats on his girlfriend and Doop takes pictures of the infidelity.

Saturday, May 24

NEW X-MEN #138 (16-23)
The day after X 138 (15), a Saturday.  We see a prize-giving ceremony at Xaviers  this is a year-end ceremony that probably occurs between the end of the spring session and the beginning of the summer session shown in NM2 2.  Angel informs Beak that shes pregnant with his child; this revelation so soon after their apparent first sexual encounter in X 136 (1-21) is an indication that Angels physiology is radically different from a normal humans; this is confirmed by Beaks statement in X 141 that there is a life cycle of, like, only five days between the sex and the birth, but this doesnt mean that Angels pregnancy lasts only that long  it cant be less than five days after X 136 (1-21), given the other temporal references in this run of issues.  That night, Jean Grey returns to Xaviers with Dust, who she may have retrieved after Dust spent some time in India after X 133).  Jean finds Scott and Emma in a compromising situation.  That Jean is fetching mutants for Xaviers may be a clue that this segment occurs before NM2 2, where Dani gets the job of recruiter.  Green grass and trees in Westchester.

NEW MUTANTS v2 #2
The day after NM2 1 (10-25).  NM2 2-FB is noted as having occurred last year, although this may be a reference to last school year.  Dani and Sofia arrive at Xaviers, where they meet Professor X, who notes that it is the start of the summer session and that some students have gone home for the summer.  This is an indication that this issue occurs after the prize-giving ceremony in X 138 (16-23).  The fact that some students remain for classes appears to contradict the statement in X 138 (10-14) that the school would close for the summer.  Xavier is still here, apparently before the time he planned to leave the school, as noted in X 138 (10-14).  And we do have confirmation that classes do not observe a conventional schedule, as it must be Saturday, since NM2 1 (10-25) is noted as having occurred yesterday.  Dani is no longer a teenager, but it wasnt long ago that she was.  Dani arranges for Sofia to room with Laurie Collins and agrees to be Xaviers recruiter  presumably after Jeans assumption of that role through X 138 (16-23).  Northstar appears here.  Green grass and trees and jacket weather at Xaviers.

NEW X-MEN #139 (1-20)
The same night as X 138 (16-23).  An angry Jean mucks around with Emmas mind and the X-Men grow concerned about Jeans Phoenix power.  Cyclops takes off.  The Stepford Cuckoos state that school is over for the summer, implying that, while the school itself is to close on the upcoming Wednesday, classes are already over.  We see green grass and trees at Xaviers.

Sunday, May 25

Monday, May 26

NEW MUTANTS v2 #3 (1-19)
One day.  While Magma lays in a coma (where shes been since just after UX 423), Dani recruits a mutant with decaying power in Atlanta, where we see green grass and trees.  School is in session, both at Xaviers (where Beast is teaching as part of summer session) and at a public high school (not summer vacation yet), where student Kevin Ford hasnt reported for the last two days.  There is a reference to finals at the high school, and Dani claims to represent a summer program.  We see short sleeves at Xaviers.

Tuesday, May 27

NEW MUTANTS v2 #3 (20-22)
The day after NM2 3 (1-19).  Kevin Ford is examined at Xaviers and Xavier reveals the comatose Magma to Dani. 

NEW X-MEN #139 (21-22)
One night.  According to X 140, this segment occurs a few days after X 138 (15).  Beast finds Emmas diamond body smashed to pieces.

Wednesday, May 28

NEW X-MEN #140 (1-14)
The day after X 139 (21-22).  It is sometime after XX 23 (17-22).  Summer vacation is cancelled until further notice, while Bishop and Sage are called in to investigate Emma Frosts murder.  Late this day, the Stepford Cuckoos note that school ought to have closed for summer by now, so it is likely that this is the day the school was scheduled to close, six days after X 138 (10-14).  Scott is still absent and Nightcrawler is here.  Green grass and trees at Xaviers.

Thursday, May 29

NEW X-MEN #140 (15-22)
The day after X 140 (1-14).  Bishop and Sage continue their investigation, and Angels brood of larvae are discovered.

NEW X-MEN #141
The same day as X 140 (15-22).  Angels brood hatches.  The X-Men discover that Angel and Beak were set up to take the fall for Emmas murder by Esme and a partner whose identity remains unknown, as Esme mindwipes Bishop and Sage to escape.  Phoenix fuses Emmas diamond pieces back together, allowing Emmas disembodied spirit to return to her body.  The missing Scott is now the prime suspect.  Although not shown, presumably the lockdown at Xaviers is lifted at this point, and Xavier may relieve Bishop and Sage of their services.  Green grass and trees at Xaviers.  Esme makes another reference to summer.

X-STATIX #12 (1-10)
One day.  Dead Girl becomes a fashion model and faces protesters while her teammates start a mission on the India/Pakistan border.  Tike fetches Dead Girl for the mission and finds her at X-Statix morgue, where they encounter a mortician with necrophilia.  Green grass and trees in California.

Friday, May 30

X-STATIX #12 (11-22)
The day after XS 12 (1-10).  The morticians daughter goes on a shooting spree at her high school and ends up being shot dead by police.  Dead Girl kills the mortician to protect the daughter and X-Statix finishes its work in Asia.  Green grass and trees in California.

Saturday, May 31

NEW MUTANTS v2 #4 (2-11)
One day.  Xavier sends Dani to Chicago to recruit David Alleyne, who turns out to be an acquaintance of Karma.  (It must be after the lockdown from X 140-141 has been lifted.)  Shan graduates from the University of Chicago, where we see light clothing and a commencement ceremony.  Xavier checks up on Magma, who is still in a coma.  Kevin Ford is given a clean bill of health; it may be quite a while after his arrival at Xaviers, given the comment, Its about time we got you into class.  Green grass and trees and light clothing at Xaviers.  Shan notes that summer session starts Monday.

Sunday, June 1

Monday, June 2

NEW MUTANTS v2 #4 (12-24)
The Monday after NM2 4 (2-11).  It is the first day of class during summer session at the University of Chicago.  David is outed as a mutant and decides to accompany Dani back to Xaviers.  Shan and her siblings decide to join them.  Green grass and trees in Chicago.

NEW MUTANTS v2 #5 (1-4)
Probably the same night as NM2 4 (12-24).  Donald Pierce has a meeting of the Reavers, now a group of mutant-hating humans. Among their recruits is Josh Foley.  Sofias father is in New York on business and wants no contact with his daughter.

Tuesday, June 3

NEW MUTANTS v2 #5 (5-24)
The day after NM2 5 (1-4).  Since Xavier is walking here, this segment must occur before X 146, and Logan instructs a class in self- defense here, so it must be before X 142.  Xavier offers Shan a job at the Institute.  Shan suggests that her siblings get the summer off before returning to school and Xavier notes that things are fairly quiet during the summer.  Dani and Shan take Sofia, Laurie, Kevin, and David into Manhattan and the four kids are lured into an ambush by the Reavers.  Green grass and trees at Xaviers.

NEW MUTANTS v2 #6
The same day as NM2 5.  

Wednesday, June 4

NEW X-MEN #142
One night, probably within several days after X 141.  As this issue leads to Xaviers crippling in X 146, it must occur after MYS 6 (16-22) and NM2 5.  Wolverine (sans goatee, and probably wearing the new outfit with yellow stripes under his jacket) happens to find Scott at the Hellfire Club trying to get drunk.  He tells Scott the right after he left [actually it was a few days after, as noted in X 139 (21-22)], Emma was shot, and that Scotts the prime suspect.  Sabretooth is also at the club, and it appears that hes on his own reconnaissance  he may be here after WX2 12.  Logan is at the Hellfire Club to meet with Fantomex to begin a mission to take down the Weapon Plus program, and he tries to get Cyclops to join them.  The narration notes Emmas murder in X 139 (21-22) as having occurred last month, and my placement has made this correct.

Thursday, June 5

NEW X-MEN #143
Probably the early morning after X 142; since Scott is expected to have a hangover, it is likely several hours after X 142, but it is still dark out.  Logan, Scott, and Fantomex infiltrate the evolutionary engineering facility, the World.  There they encounter AIM agents who have been attacked by Weapon XV.

NEW X-MEN #144
The same early morning as X 143.  Inside the World, Logan, Scott, and Fantomex encounter Weapon XV, who breaks free and heads for the Weapon Plus space station.  Full moon.

NEW X-MEN #145
The same day as X 144.  Logan, Scott, and Fantomex follow Weapon XV to the Weapon Plus space station, where Logan accesses files concerning his identity, then, desperate and disturbed, he blows up the station.

NEW X-MEN #146
The same day as X 145.  Having escaped the satellite in a spacecraft, Scott and Fantomex crash into the Pacific Ocean.  Beast and Emma head out to retrieve them, but their aircraft is sabotaged.  Phoenix departs for space to retrieve Logan, who she finds alive. Jean and Wolverine discover that the Weapon Plus space program is Asteroid M, which also is rigged to explode.  Xavier formally meets Dust, so this issue cant occur long after UX 138 (16-23).  Dust attacks and disables Cerebra at the order of Xorn, who cripples Xavier and reveals himself to be Magneto.  Xavier states that he still hopes to step down this summer as headmaster of the Institute.  Green grass and trees at Xaviers.

NEW X-MEN #147  FB (20-21)
The same day as X 146.  After taking Xavier prisoner, Magneto destroys the Xavier Institute.

Friday, June 6

NEW X-MEN #147  FB (2-3)
The day after X 147FB (20-21).  Magneto tears Manhattan apart.

NEW X-MEN #147
The same day as X 147-FB (2-3).  Magneto notes that its taken one day to take over Manhattan, a good bit of which he destroys in this issue at great cost of human life.  There is no sign of Asgard above Manhattan, and surely Thor would have opposed the carnage wrought by Magneto in this issue if he were around, so this issue must occur after the Reigning storyline in T2; one might argue that Magneto used the disappearance of Asgard as an opportunity to play his final hand.  He refers to the time he spent masquerading as Xorn as all those months  indeed, Ive placed this story a little over a year after Xorn was invited to Xaviers in X 01 (30-42).  It is not known where New Yorks heroes or the other X-Men are all this time.

			*	*	*

Was it ever revealed who the "Dan Ketch" Ghost Rider was?
Posted by Doctor Doom on October 02, 2003 at 17:50:23:

I know he's not Zarathos, like Johnny Blaze was, but was it ever revealed exactly who he was, and what connection he had with Mephisto? (I'm talking about the Spirit that was inside Dan Ketch, that made him become Ghost Rider).

			*	*	*

Re: Was it ever revealed who the "Dan Ketch" Ghost Rider was?
Posted by Lilith on October 15, 2003 at 01:18:18:
In Reply to: Was it ever revealed who the "Dan Ketch" Ghost Rider was?
posted by Doctor Doom on October 02, 2003 at 17:50:23:

Well, yes and no.  The series after issue 75 or so had him as Noble Kale, a young man that married a woman his father(a preacher) didn't like.  His wife found out his father worshipped Mephisto, and when she tried to stop him, was accused of being a witch and burned at the stake.  With her dying breath, she called the Furies down upon the town.  The preacher called up Mephisto, traded Noble's soul to him for the safety of the town.  Mephisto turned him into a demon, the Ghost Rider.  Ghost Rider defeated the Furies, and was told to consume Noble's infant son to finish the rite.  Noble refused, Mephisto showed up to claim his soul, an angel showed up to save it and they finally had to leave it in the earth realm, where it could only manifest in the body of one of his decendents.

All and good, except in one apperance in Spiderman (Peter Parker 93, I believe, but I'm not sure), Ghost Rider said the above was all lies.

			*	*	*

Re: Was it ever revealed who the "Dan Ketch" Ghost Rider was?
Posted by Doctor Doom on October 17, 2003 at 03:43:47:
In Reply to: Re: Was it ever revealed who the "Dan Ketch" Ghost Rider was?
posted by Lilith on October 15, 2003 at 01:18:18:

Thank you very much! I appreciate the help.

			*	*	*

In the Marvel Universe, where does everybody go when they die?
Posted by Doctor Doom on October 02, 2003 at 17:59:28:

Do they go to Heaven (which I've never seen in the MU), Hell, Death's Realm, or somewhere else? Also, is Mephisto the Devil? And does he serve Mistress Death in some way? These are questions that I've always wondered. If anyone can answer them, I'd be much obliged.

			*	*	*

Re: In the Marvel Universe, where does everybody go when they die?
Posted by garbonzo on October 02, 2003 at 23:17:25:
In Reply to: In the Marvel Universe, where does everybody go when they die?
posted by Doctor Doom on October 02, 2003 at 17:59:28:

I know that Eric Masterson (Thunderstrike) went to Valhalla after he died (see Thunderstrike 25 for details).  

Most of the time the afterlife is not dealt with in the Marvel universe (it gets tricky when other writers bring the dead character back!) 

			*	*	*

Depends on who you worshipped in life, as long as you don't follow an Abrahamic religion
Posted by John McDonagh on October 03, 2003 at 10:51:59:
In Reply to: In the Marvel Universe, where does everybody go when they die?
posted by Doctor Doom on October 02, 2003 at 17:59:28:

It would depend on who you worshipped in life. According to the Official Handbook of the Marvel Universe#14-15 (original version), after you die you will go to the realms of the dead of the gods that you worshipped.  

If you worshipped the Norse Gods (the Asgardians) you go to their afterlife realms (Valhalla, Hel, Niffleheim, etc.). If you worshipped the Olympian gods, you go to their realm (Hades, Tartarus, etc.). Annwn/Annwyn, Celtic realm of the dead, has also been seen, as the home of the Red Lord, @ Knights of Pendragon II#5. 

In Thor Annual#10, a group of gods who no longer had active worshippers (except for Yama) decided to merge their realms of the dead; these gods included Ahpuch, Eriskegal, Hela, Mephisto, Pluto and Seth

http://marvunapp.com/Appendix/yama1.htm
http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/atum.htm
http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/eresh1.htm
http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/ahpuch.htm
http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/eresh1.htm
http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/sethheli.htm

Other gods of the dead/realms of the dead have also been seen and/or referenced; to wit:

During the Hyborian Age, the god Borri directed his Choosers of the Slain to collect the souls of dead warriors, as in CTB I#3 and Connan the Adventurer#7

http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/greygod.htm

Also during the Hyborian Age, worshippers of the god Crom, as seen in What If I#39, were taken to his realm of the dead, a cold place; The Cimmerians believed he ruled a land where the souls of the dead wandered aimlessly for all eternity. 

http://marvunapp.com/Appendix/crom.htm

The god of the dead Erlik employed a servant named Vonndhar to bring him souls to his land of the dead

http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/erlikhyb.htm

Mitra ruled a land called Elysium during the Hyborian Age.

http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/mitrahyb.htm

Thulsa Doom was condemned to the land of Arallu as seen in Conan Annual#12.

http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/thulsa.htm

During the Hyborian Age, Ymir ruled another version of Valhalla, and his daughter Atali brought souls to him.

http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/atali.htm

Ymir's domain was in Valhalla, a snowy, shadowy place that was home to soldiers slain in battle; apparently similar to the later relationship between the Mount Olympus of Greece and the otherdimensional Olympus of Zeus, Ymir's Valhalla was apparently connected to the mountains of northern Vanaheim, perhaps by some sort of portal or nexus. In any event, Ymir's daughter Atali appeared to dying combatants as the harbinger of their journey to Ymir's realm. Not surprisingly, for the Vanir, war was a sacred duty waged in the name of Ymir. 

See how many choices you have for an afterlife?

			*	*	*

Other gods of the dead seen include Sagbata
Posted by John McDonagh on October 03, 2003 at 10:54:13:
In Reply to: Depends on who you worshipped in life, as long as you don't follow an Abrahamic religion
posted by John McDonagh on October 03, 2003 at 10:51:59:

Sagbata, the African god of the dead, was seen in Doctor Strange III#17, #19-20 in back-ups. 

			*	*	*

Re: In the Marvel Universe, where does everybody go when they die?
Posted by Doctor Doom on October 03, 2003 at 17:14:07:
In Reply to: In the Marvel Universe, where does everybody go when they die?
posted by Doctor Doom on October 02, 2003 at 17:59:28:

Then how do you go to Mistress Death's realm? And what if you are a Christian?

			*	*	*

Re: In the Marvel Universe, where does everybody go when they die?
Posted by Don Campbell on October 04, 2003 at 00:34:05:
In Reply to: Re: In the Marvel Universe, where does everybody go when they die?
posted by Doctor Doom on October 03, 2003 at 17:14:07:

> Then how do you go to Mistress Death's realm? And what if you are a Christian?

Here's my understanding of how things work in the MU.  Once a person dies and his/her soul leaves his/her body, it can end up in one of four types of dimensions.  First, if you worship a certain pantheon of gods (and your death is noticed), their death-god can claim your soul and bring it to their realm of the dead.  For example, Eilif the Lost was the last surviving member of a long-lost Viking colony located in Antarctica.  When he died in battle with the dragon Fafnir, Odin sent his Valkyries to bring Eilif to Valhalla.  However, if Eilif had died of old age, then Hela could have claimed him and brought him to Hel.

Second, if someone has worshipped or bargained with a demon, then they almost always end up in the Hell ruled by that same demon (or its demon lord).  For example, someone who sold his soul to Mephisto would end up in Mephisto's Hell while a follower of Satannish would go to Satannish's Hell.  Sadly, the souls of those killed by someone who worshipped a particular demon can also end up in that demon's hell-dimension.

Third, there is a pan-dimensional "Realm of Purging" which exists everywhere and everywhen.  This Purgatory is a place where souls go when they feel that they don't deserve admittance to the death-realm of the gods they worshipped in life.  This realm is very subjective.  Some see it as a gym where they will have to work out for eons while others, like Norsemen, see it as a place where they will have to carry heavy loads up and down mountains.  However, to those who can see the truth, Purgatory is made up of a network of walkways along which self-damned souls wander until they finally feel they deserve better.

Finally, there is the Realm of Mistress Death.  This is presumably a default location where all the souls not claimed by the realms of the dead listed above end up.  Mistress Death is a conceptual being who, with Eternity/Infinity, represents everything that exists in the Marvel-Earth dimension.  What happens to souls once they enter her realm is not known but the soul of Thanos ended up there after his death.

As for afterlives of Christians (and Jews and Muslims), Marvel Comics has been very careful to avoid depicting the beings or places from any  actual "living" religions in their stories. Presumably this is to avoid offending their Christian, Jewish and Muslim readers.  After all, since each religion claims that it and it alone knows how to worship the One True God, any story that showed that one religion was THE true faith would offend the followers of the other two.  Also, some believers might be offended if they were to see their religion depicted in a comic book.  Therefore, you will probably NEVER see a Marvel story that claims that it depicts what happens to Christians (or Jews or Muslims) after they die.  For example, a character who seemed to be the Devil from the Bible was once the main villain in the GHOST RIDER series but later stories "revealed" that "Satan" was not actually the Satan depicted in the Bible.  So, if you're a Marvel character who is Christian and you die, your soul will end up in either Heaven or hell, depending on the worthiness of your soul...but you will never see it happen in a Marvel Comics story.  The closest example that I can remember is when Eric Masterson died and Thor interceded to bring his friend (in his Thunderstrike form) to Valhalla.  Eric appreciated that Thor wanted to honour his bravery but he felt that his soul was not that of a warrior so Thor reluctantly let Odin guide Eric to "the light" which led to his proper afterlife realm...which was never shown.

Don Campbell

			*	*	*

Mohammed's corpse was seen in Solomon Kane#4
Posted by John McDonagh on October 04, 2003 at 18:01:29:
In Reply to: Re: In the Marvel Universe, where does everybody go when they die?
posted by Don Campbell on October 04, 2003 at 00:34:05:

That was a very good answer, Mr. Campbell.

Your are right that depictions of Abrahamic figures has been very rare.....but some things have slipped in. Some of the Abrahamic prophets have appeared such as Jesus, Moses, etc.

Jesus
Tomb of Dracula II#1
Fantastic Four I#212
Thor I#293-294

Moses
Nova#7
New Warriors#11-12

Moses' staff seen in Solomon Kane#1-6

Solomon
Red Raven Comics#1

Solomon's staff seen in Solomon Kane#1-6

David
Avengers#300 (mentioned)

Mohammed 
Solomon Kane#4 (corpse)

Doctor Strange Annual#2/2 revealed that Thog, Mephisto, and Satannish were created from energy left over after the Demogorge slew the Elder Gods, per Thor Annual#10, Silver Surfer Annual#2, and Doctor Strange III#11/2. Over time, this energy formed into new demons. 

			*	*	*

Mephisto
Posted by Scott on October 04, 2003 at 00:40:43:
In Reply to: In the Marvel Universe, where does everybody go when they die?
posted by Doctor Doom on October 02, 2003 at 17:59:28:

> is Mephisto the Devil? 

In an issue of Defenders (around #110, I think) Satan explained to Hellcat that he (and all the other various 'Devil's) were not the biblical Devil, but manifestations of the evil of humanity.  I think he also said that Mephisto, Thog and Satannish all had aspects of Satan in them, whether they knew it or not...

Other portrayals show Mephisto, etc. moer as being rulers of hellish dimensions, rather than originating from a single, biblical hell.  I can't exactly remember my sources for that, but I believe this kind of material was covered in the Hellcat mini, the old Wonderman series, and possibly in issues of Hellstorm.

Hope that helps a bit....

Scott

			*	*	*

Re: Mephisto
Posted by Doctor Doom on October 04, 2003 at 02:51:19:
In Reply to: Mephisto
posted by Scott on October 04, 2003 at 00:40:43:

Thanks!

			*	*	*

Chronology reviews for DD2 #46-50, for the calender!
Posted by Kevin  on October 02, 2003 at 19:51:33:

Reviews for:

DD2 Issues 46-50
Hardcore Pts. 1 through 5
Written by Brian Michael Bendis
Drawn by Alex Maleev.

Okay, this may be slightly complicated.  May I suggest, if possible, you go and reread my chronology reviews for DD2 #41-45, which I posted a few months back, (in May to be precise.  Ignore the review for #46 I gave in that last arc).  Back during that review, I went ahead and posted a review for DD2 #46, but it turns out I shouldve waited till the end of the #46 to 50 storyarc, (which is what I usually do). You see, Brian Michael Bendis, the writer, once again plays with the passage of time, especially in #47. Thus, issues #46-48 may be a bit strange...Ill go into more details below.  Issues 49 and 50, though, are fairly straightforward.  

Let me post this review, (this was in my last DD review) of the sequence of events.  These events should already be on the calender, from issues #41 to 45.

Day 1:  Matt saves Milla from the truck.  That night, The Owl kills one of his men that got mugged by DD.

Day 2: Milla decides she wants to meet DD again.  That night, DD stops a drug deal outside of a Dance club. DD pays Owl a visit.

Day 3:  Milla meets Matt at his office.  Mr. Rosanthal is murdered that morning in Conneticut by the  Kingpin.  That night, Matt and Milla are hauled off down to the police station.

Day 4:  That morning, Sammy Silke in murdered in a Pennsylvania Prison by the Kingpin.  Matt calls Milla from a hotel to apologize.  He, (with the FBIs help) busts up the Owl=s crime ring that night.

Okay, now that thats out of the way,  heres the correct sequence of events for DD2 #46-50.

DD Issue 46
Hardcore Pt. 1 of 5
Written by Brian Michael Bendis
Drawn by Alex Maleev.

Appearances:  Typhoid Mary, Kingpin, Milla Donovan, Mr. Dini, (Kingpins Consigliari, who we last saw around issue 30 helping Vanessa Fisk)  DD, Foggy, Jessica Jones, (from Alias)

Synopsis:  EVENTS IN THE NEXT ISSUE END UP SPREADING THE EVENTS OF THIS ISSUE OVER A COUPLE OF DAYS.  SEE BELOW FOR MORE DETAILS, BUT CONTINUING MY MINI-CALENDER ABOVE, ILL MAKE NOTES OF WHICH DAYS THESE EVENTS FALL ON.  

Pg. 1-6:  (DAY #5):We open on the set of a Soap Opera film stage, where we find Typhoid Mary, (here, just plain old Mary) living a lovely life as a Soap Opera actor.  In case you dont know, Typhoid Mary is another of Matts old girlfriends and who is also another old Kingpin assasin.  Shes quite insane, suffering from multiple personality disorder, (somewhat ala Twoface).  In between scenes, shes told she has a reporter in her trailer.  She walks in, and the Kingpin is sitting in there. She doesnt recognize him, thinking hes a reporter wishing for a scope.  He starts to talk about multiple personality disorders, and how through hypnotism, those who suffer from it can gain a normal healthy life, (which Mary obviously has).  By this point, shes like Get out you freak.  He then goes on to say that its possible to break the hypnosis by inducing a shock upon the patient.  He slaps her violently.  A few seconds later, shes picking herself up off the floor, but its not the Mary we just saw, judging by the sadistic grin on her face.

Pg. 7-10 (STILL ON DAY #5):   Milla listens to the news on the radio, and hears about how last night DD broke up the Owls crime ring.  Shes amazed that Matt can go on a date, answer questions by the police, and turn around and go fight crime.  Flowers arrive with an apology from Matt.  She considers seeing him again

Pgs. 11-15: DAY #6 Cut to a new scene, which I think happens the next days night. Enough time has passed for Kingpin to fly to Bolivia

The Caption reads: SUCRE, CHUQUISACA, BOLIVIA.  We see a small shack out in the middle of nowhere, where inside, we see a man and a hooker in bed asleep.  The man in bed turns out to be Mr. Dini, who was last seen helping Vanessa Fisk sell off Kingpins empire.  The Kingpin sits down comfortably next to the bed and starts to discuss what hes been up to since he awoke from the coma he was in.  Kingpin pulls out a shotgun which Mr. Dini thought he had hidden, (apparently not well enough) and starts to load it.  Kingpin relates how he woke up alone in a hospital in the mountains of Jabal Katrina.  Wherever that is.  Nobody there spoke English.  By the time he found someone who did, he found out all that had happened.  His wife had left him there, and paid them a lot of money to watch over him.  He returned to America to find his wife gone, his son murdered, his empire divided up and sold off.  And his trump card:  DDs identity, was blown.  Hes been unable to locate his wife, but he finally tracked down Mr. Dini.

And then he says, (and I just gotta quote these next couple lines, cause theyre so perfect):

Kingpin:  ButTry as I mightI cant even imagine the series of events that led you to believe that helping my wife kill my own son and then broker the destruction of my empire was the RIGHT thing to do.

To which Dini replies:  Wellknowing as we both do that this is probably the last conversation we will ever havewhy dont YOU think about what kind of a man YOU are if your own son conspires to have you killedwhile the only woman you love would rather destroy your empire, steal all of your money, and leave you to bleed to death in some foreign country, than be with you.  Lchaim, fat ass.

The next panel cuts to the outside of the shack, where we hear: BLAM, BLAM.

Pgs. 16-21, DAY #9:  THIS SCENE HAS TO TAKE PLACE A FEW DAYS LATER (ON DAY #9, I BELIEVE) THANKS TO SEQUENCE OF DAYS IN NEXT ISSUE.  Cut to Matts office, where Foggy enters to read Matt the latest headline from the papers.  Fred Myers, (Boomerang) is suing Matt Murdock for a million dollars, for DD beating him up back in issue 28, (the nuff said issue).  They notice the lawyers representing him are a couple of ambulance chaser type lawyers, and they laugh about it, taking it as nothing serious to worry about.  Matt asks if the paper reports anything about how Boomerang was trying to assassinate Matt Murdock when DD beat him up.  Of course not.

Suddenly, Milla enters the room, and her and Matt have one of those ackward moments.  They agree to go to lunch that afternoon, and they walk out of the office, with Jessica Jones accompanying them as a bodyguard.  They dont get far down the street, when suddenly Typhoid Mary appears and attacks Matt, setting him on fire with her pyrokinetic powers!<p>References:  

Milla, after listening to the radio news in this issue, says something like, This is what he does? After he takes me out on a date, and we get hauled off to the police station?  After that, he goes and beats up the Owl?

That makes it sound like all those events happened on the same night.  But that doesnt match with Matt (right before heading out to beat up the Owl in DD2 #45) calling up Milla from the hotel and apologizing for the events of, in his own words, last night.    Furthermore, Kingpins hoping around all over the place, so we have to give him time to do his events.  From DD2 #41-45: First hes killing Rosanthal in Conneticut, then he kills Sammy Silke in Pennsylvania, then in this issue, he wakes up Typhoid Mary, then hes in Bolivia for petes sake!

The News also reports the following: The raid on the Owls headquarters in DD#45 took place at, according to the news, 2:22 in the A.M..    The news on the radio then goes on to say, This is 1010 W.I.N.S., the time is 10:17 A.M. So that scene with Milla and her friend listening to the news on the radio happens in the 10 oclock hour A.M.

DD Issue 47
Hardcore Pt. 2 of 5
Written by Brian Michael Bendis
Drawn by Alex Maleev.

Appearances:  DD, Typhoid Mary, Kingpin, FBI Agent Harold Driver, Jessica Jones, Milla Donovan.

Synopsis:  EVENTS IN THIS ISSUE ARE SPREAD OUT OVER 3 DAYS. 

Pgs 1-13: DAY #7: WE HAVE TO GIVE THE KINGPIN ENOUGH TIME TO RETURN FROM BOLIVIA.  DEPENDING ON HOW YOU WANT TO PACE HIS TRIP, YOU MAY WANT TO MAKE THIS DAY #8, INSTEAD OF DAY #7(THUS, PUSHING ALL EVENTS FROM HERE ONWARD ON DOWN A DAY.  

Narrative caption reads: Two Days Ago.  We see a drug sale happen on the streets of New York at night.  The drug dealer takes his profits, turning them into his supplier. The supplier takes the money and goes back to his distribution center, to turn the money into his bosses.  His main boss, The Owl, was thrown in the prison after being beat up by Daredevil at the end of #45.  Walking into the distribution center he sees that everyone inside has been massacred. He runs outside, fleeing the place, only to run smack into the group that did the massacring out on the street: An  Asian gang, (either Chinese Triads, or Japanese Yakuza, the story doesnt say).  The guy says, You know who youre threatening? and they brag that the Owls not going to break out of prison to come save his ass.  Their basically taking over this territory.  But before they can kill the poor guy, Typhoid Mary walks out of a nearby alley and starts single handedly slaughtering them, (with a pair of swords, shes now decked out in full Typhoid Mary makeup and gear).  After they are all slaughtered, except for one, Kingpin steps forward out of the shadows and tells this man to run back to his gang boss and tell him that this is Kingpins territory again.  

Kingpin then turns to the Drug Supplier whos life he saved from the Asian Gang, and tells him to spread the word:  He says, Tell themIll be at Josies Bar.  In the Back.  After 10:00 pm, tomorrow.

Pgs 14-20: DAY #8: Narrative caption reads, One Day Ago.  The following night, we see Kingpin is holding an informal meeting in the back of Josies Bar.  A bunch of his old workers are there, and their saying how great it is to have him back.  Suddenly, the FBI breaks in, not busting them up, (theres no crime being commited here, not yet anyway) but to deliver a message. The FBI group is led by Special Agent Harold Driver, (seen in previous issues as one of the two agents that Sammy Silke fibbed Matt Murdocks secret identity to, but hes not the one who sold that story to the newspaper.  And hes also the guy who busted up the Owls crime ring in #45).  Agent Driver walks over and chews the fat with Kingpin, telling him he better get out now, urging the Kingpin to leave New York, to move to some tropical island and to blow his own brains out.   Kingpin doesnt pay his threats any heed, but instead turns over a video tape to Agent Driver, which he says came from the Owls office.  He says the Owl was videotaping his own  offices, in hopes of catching DD on tape, to blackmail DD, (as seen in DD 42).  But Owl instead ended up inadvertently videotaping some of his own drug sales.  Kingpin offers this, saying its more than enough to put Owl away for life.  

Then, a drunken man bursts in, calling himself Turk, saying hes a former employee of Kingpin, and hes not going to start taking Kingpins crap all over again. He pulls out a gun, but the FBI pull guns on him and arrest him.  The FBI walks away with Turk in custody, and Kingpin says thanks to Driver.  Driver says they will get him, and Kingpin says calmly, Better men than you have tried.

Kingpin then calls over Typhoid Mary, (who was standing behind Kingpin quietly, acting as his bodyguard).  He tells her that its time for the distraction they talked about

Pgs 21-22: Day #9:  Narrative Caption reads: TODAY.  The last two pages of this issue are an exact replay (actually a condenced version) of  the final pages of DD#46.  Matt, Milla, and Jessica Jones step out of Matts law office, dont get too far down the street when Typhoid Mary attacks, setting Matt on fire.

References:  In the opening scene of this issue, where we are witness to the drug deal, some people outside are wearing short sleeves, others are wearing light jackets. I THINK that we have this story arc set in early fall, (Sept.) so maybe this is fine.  

Theres also a full moon in the sky in the scene where Typhoid Mary butchers the Asian Gang.

I started to make it so that Kingpins trip to Bolivia from last issue, happened after his having a meeting at Josies Bar in this issue, (because of the whole Two Days ago narrative captions and all that), but it just wouldnt work, going by the condenced sequence of events from the next issue.  So I say it probably happened something like this:

Kingpin goes and visits Mary, turning her back into Typhoid Mary.  He then gets a tip on where his old assistant Mr. Dini is, (in Bolivia) and takes off immediately to go have the honor of the kill himself.  He does so, and immediately comes back, not wanting to loose anytime, (cause he knows hes got to reassemble his empire in a haste, lest DD regain his own momentum, and try to interfere). He and Mary kill off that Asian Gang and Kingpin spreads the word to meet him at Josies Bar.

DD Issue 48
Hardcore Pt. 3 of 5
Written by Brian Michael Bendis
Drawn by Alex Maleev.

Appearances:  DD, Typhoid Mary, Kingpin, FBI Agent Harold Driver, Jessica Jones, Milla Donovan, Foggy Nelson, Luke Cage, Bullseye

Synopsis:  PICKS UP WHERE WE LEFT AT THE END OFF LAST ISSUE, (AND AT THE END OF THE PRIOR ISSUE). AS ALL EVENTS IN THIS ISSUE HAPPEN ON SAME DAY, ILL NOT BOTHER WITH PAGE BREAKDOWNS.

Matt is on fire, thanks to Typhoid Marys pyrokinetic powers.  He and Jessica Jones push Milla out of the way, telling her to stay away, and Matt starts attempting to put out the flames, (stop, drop, and roll type stuff).  Jessica attacks Mary, but Mary sets Jessicas sleeve on fire, and as this is happening in the middle of the street, a car, (not looking where it was going) strikes Jessica, (not severly) knocking her to the ground.

Turning her attention back to Matt, he is able to avoid her next pyrokinetic blast.  Suddenly, Luke Cage walks up, and she tries to cut him with her swords, but they break upon hitting his skin.  Looking down at his torn shirt, he says, Man, it doesnt even pay to have unbreakable skin.  He and Jessica then take turns punching Mary, quickly getting the upper hand on her, and they tell Matt to finish her, and Matt punches the crazy Mary, knocking her out cold.  Matt asks groggily what Luke Cage is doing there, explaining he thought they still had their differences.  Luke explains he was just dropping by to offer to take Jessica Jones to lunch, (Not for you he says).  Foggy Nelson then runs over from across the street, (from their office) and catches Matt, just as Matt collapses to the ground from his burns.

Cut to later: Its nighttime.  Matt is inside his bedroom at his house, (or a housethe media is not camped outside, but this is a private residence) sitting on the floor, meditating.  Milla is asleep in the bed behind him. Yep, they got it on.  The door opens and Agent Driver steps inside, (Foggy let him in).  They talk for a bit, discussing the attack from earlier today.  Driver says, I know some stuff about some stuff, which is his way of hinting that he knows Matt is Daredevil.  Driver says that he feels hes somewhat to blame for the attack on Matt. He explains that he visited Kingpin last night, told the Kingpin to get out of town.  He thinks that the Kingpin sent Mary (whom he saw standing behind Kingpin last night)  after Matt, to provide a distraction.  The news reporters are back in full force outside Matts office, where the attack happened, (not here though, this is a private household).  Driver asks if Matts hurt, and Matt replies his meditating helps, (apparently the burns arent too bad, and his hair got the worst of it).  Matt warns Driver to be careful of Mary, explaining her pyrokinetic powers, but Driver just explains they have a file on her.  He says it makes sense for Kingpin to send her after Matt: best case scenario: Mary kills Matt.  Worst Case scenario: Marys caught, but nothing holds up in court because shes totally insane.  

Driver finally notices the woman in the bed behind him. He asks to speak to her. Matt says shes asleep, and he doesnt need to bother her, shes blind, so she cant identify any witnesses, or anything.  Driver says, And Im supposed to take your word on that? to which Matt replies, Yes, if your wanting for us to have the type of relationship you desire.  (Which may end up being a sort of Batman/Commisioner Gordon type relationship.)  Driver says hes got enough witnesses anyway, with Luke Cage and Jessica Jones being there and all.  He leaves, and Foggy closes the door behind him, basically wishing Matt a good nights sleep.  Matt turns to Milla, (who is revealed to have been awake the whole time Agent Driver was there). He climbs into bed with her, and he apologizes for once again putting her life in danger, but she rebukes him, saying that he saved her life.  As they lay there, she starts touching his body, noticing that there are scars all over his body. Her hand will rest on a scar, and hell say stuff like, That one I got from a man named Melvin Potter, who dressed up like a Roman Soldier, (Thats his old B grade nemesis The Gladiator).  He also points out a bullet wound he got from The Punisher, about whom he tells Milla Hes a very deranged man.  Her hand rests on another scar, but he slaps her hand and she draws away, and he apologizes, and says, That ones a bad memory, He then goes on to explain he got that wound from a sicko, a man who murdered two women that he has loved, both of whom died in his arms, (thats a reference to Elektra and Karen Pages deaths).  She asks, Was this from Bullseye? And he says yes, and she explains she heard of their fight on television a few years ago.

Matt explains that she shouldnt be around him, that hes putting her life in danger, and he says he has no idea why she hangs around.  To which she replies, Because Im really quite fond of you

Meanwhile, at the exact same time, in another part of the city, Kingpin is in a room with Bullseye.  Bullseye makes him an offer: he says in exchange for a small portion of Kingpins empire, hell kill off DD.  Bullseye says its time Kingpin ended the game with Murdock, saying that he cant hold his secret identity for ransom any longer.  Kingpin agrees, and sends Bullseye out to kill Daredevil

References: none, really...

DD Issue #49
Hardcore Pt. 4 of 5
Written by Brian Michael Bendis
Drawn by Alex Maleev.

Appearances:  DD, Foggy Nelson, (on the phone with Matt, we dont see his face), FBI Agent Harold Driver, Milla Donovan, Bullseye

Synopsis:  PICKS UP PRETTY MUCH RIGHT WHERE WE LEFT OFF LAST ISSUE, SAME DAY, (WHICH IS PROBABLY DAY #9 OF OVERALL ARC).

Its nighttime, and dark inside Matts house.  Matt calls up Foggy at Foggys house, just discussing this crazy day with him.  Foggy reports that one of their secretaries at their law firm quit, (the attack by Typhoid Mary just outside Matts office mustve spooked her).  Matt hangs up, and Milla sits up in bed, having just woken up.  Milla asks what Matts doing. He explains hes got to go out, and Milla realizes hes putting on his DD costume.  Matt explains that the attack on him today, and the murder of Rosanthal, (which got Matt arrested, as seen back in DD2 #44) are all side diversions: theyre things meant to keep Matt occupied, while Kingpin has a chance to reorganize his empire.  Matt says hes got to take down Kingpin now, before things get out of hand.  Milla wishes him good luck, and Matt says hell take her out on a true date once all of this has blown over.  He exits out a window.<p>Milla lays back down to rest, but is disturbed by a creak in the floor of the room. She sits up and asks, Matt?  but in reply, Bullseye steps forth out of the shadows, (apparently he just entered the room there) and sits down at the edge of her bed, saying stuff like, This is going to be fun.  The last two women of his I killed, it was in pursuit of other business, but thisIm going to savor this  He reaches a hand towards her, and she just sits there in shock, tears running down her face, when all of a sudden DD reappears in the room, ferociously picking up Bullseye and tossing him out the window.  He tells Milla to call the police, tossing her a cellphone from his desk, before jumping out the window after Bullseye, (apparently DD didnt get more than a few feet out the window before turning around, maybe he sensed Bullseye was near).

Milla dials 911, and asks to be put through to the local FBI office, stating its an emergency, ( I didnt know that 911 could do that, but hey, thats how the story explains it).  She then asks to be put through to Agent Drivers desk, (she got his name from overhearing him and Matts conversation in the room last issue).  

Down on the street below, (in a nutshell), Bullseye and DD have a knock down no holds barred fight.  Matt quickly gains the upperhand, (Bullseye wasnt prepared for the level of ferocity) and DD pins Bullseye to the ground, picking up one of Bullseyes daggers, and uses it to carve up Bullseyes forehead, (this is the DD movie style of Bullseye, with the bullseye tattooed on his bald head. More on that later).  He says, Is this your supercool villain logo? sarcastically, giving him a big chew out.  As he cuts, he says, This one is for Electra.  And this one is for Karen.  And this ones for every life you ever ruined, and stuff like that.  Just then, the FBI pull up, (apparently Agent Driver wasnt too hard to reach, and he wasnt too far away).   They take Bullseye into custody.

Matt jumps back upstairs, opens up the closet door in his bedroom, to see Milla cowering in the corner. She screams, but Matt says, Its okay, its me. Its over. And she flings herself into his arms, and he apologizes, once again explaining that he can understand if she hates him for getting her involved in this, but she just replies, What are you talking about! You just saved my life! and they hold each other close

As they hold one another, we close up on Matts eyes, and he has a look in them thats like, Its not over just yet

References:

Its the same day as last issue, going by numerous references, such as Matt discussing the events of the day on the phone with Foggy.

On Page 3, Milla asks what time it is, and Matt says, 11:30 something.  Going by how little time passes in this issue, its probably less than 30 minutes, so you can place all of these events on the same day as last issue, theres no need to make a break after midnight, Id say.  It probably right around Midnight by the end of this issue though

Theres a moon in the sky on pg. 4, as DD exits out the window, but I cant tell how full it is, cause the right half is covered in cloud haze, (or so it appears to me)

Just a note: On pg. 20, Agent Driver comments that Bullseye is #4 on Americas Most Wanted list.  

DD Issue 50
Hardcore Pt. 5 of 5
Written by Brian Michael Bendis
Drawn by Alex Maleev.

Appearances:  DD, Kingpin

Synopsis: THESE EVENTS HAPPEN SHORTLY AFTER WHERE WE LEFT OFF LAST ISSUE, THUS ITS AFTER MIDNIGHT, IN THE A.M. OF WHAT I GUESS IS DAY 10.

Pages 1 thru 3 show a series of panels, (three panels on each page) of dead bodies spread all over New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania, they are the bodies of rival gangsters, killed in different ways.  Page 3, panel 3, (last panel) cuts to Kingpin, just as hes starting up his meeting, from which he will relaunch his criminal empire.  The sequence with the bodies cutting to Kingpin is to illustrate hes ordered those men killed.

As the rest of the issue flows from the start of Kingpins meeting, I wont give any more page breakdowns, I just figured Id point that above sequence out.

Kingpin starts up his meeting, in the back of Josies bar.  He tells the lower crime lords whove come to attend that in the past he had been lax, but now, he says that payments from their various gangs MUST BE PAID ON TIME OR ELSE, and that failure to comply will result in punishment.  

Outside, one of Kingpins thugs is standing guard, sitting in a car outside the bar.  Hes suddenly knocked out by DD.  

Back inside, Kingpin dismisses them casually, but as they start to leave, one of the lower crime lords, (an Asian man, from the looks) gets brave and just comes out and tells Kingpin his time is past.  He tells Kingpin they dont have to take his bull any more, that hed best leave, otherwise hell be dead soon.  Kingpin pulls out a cellphone, and dials a number.  He says into the cellphone: Chinatown. Do it.  Kingpin then tells the man that he just ordered the rape and murder of his wife.  The man is in disbelief, but before anything else can happen, just then the car DD broke into bursts trough the wall.  The lower crime lords flee, and Kingpin picks himself up off the floor, (he had to dodge out of the way) to find himself staring into the eyes of a very pissed off DD.  

The talk to each other for a moment.  Kingpin says he was sure that throwing the Rosenthal murder, Typhoid Mary, AND Bullseye at Matt, that surely this wouldve been enough to keep Matt away from his little crime meeting.  But he underestimated him again.  Kingpin says, You made the papers all the way in Sweden, when the tabloids outed you.  I almost called and read it to you.  It was one of the first things I saw with my own eyes after my reconstructive surgery.  So, yes, as weve already figured out, (actually it took me a while to be sure) Kingpin is no longer blind.  After awaking from his coma, he must have found a doctor willing to perform what must have been a risky eye operation.  Why he didnt do this BEFORE he went into a coma is unknownhe was blinded back in DD#15,  perhaps he didnt want to risk it, until after he woke up from his coma, with a burning desire for vengeance.

Kingpin wonders aloud how their relationship will change now that Matts identity is pretty much blown.  Matt says their relationship ends tonight, that hes taking Kingpin down.  They fight, over many many pages, till Kingpin finally grabs ahold of Matt by the throat, and has just about succeeded in choking him to the point where Matt blacks out, but Matt fights it off, and punches Kingpin, breaking free of the grasp, and then gaining the upperhand, hitting Wilson Fisk over and over again, till the fat mans unconscious.  

Matt loads the Kingpin onto the hood of the car he borrowed (placing Fisk there like a trophy) and crashes it into another section of the bar, wherein a bunch of thugs are hanging out, (its hinted they are all servants of the Kingpin).  Kingpin slides off the hood of the car, falling to the floor for all to see.  Matt steps forward and TAKES OFF HIS MASK, saying that the Kingpin is officially through in Hells Kitchen, (the section of New York where DD lives).  He warns them from now on, THERE WILL BE NO MORE CRIME TOLERATED.  He says something like, Look at what I did to the Kingpin, and think about what I can do to you.  He then goes on to say, If you need a Kingpin in your lifes so bad, THEN ILL BE IT!  IM THE NEW KINGPIN OF HELLS KITCHEN!  AND I SAY, NO MORE COMMITING CRIMES!  IF YOU CANT KEEP FROM DOING CRIMES, THEN YOU BETTER MOVE FAR, FAR AWAY FROM HERE.  BECAUSE YOUR TYPE WILL NOT BE TOLERATED ANYMORE!

And the last panel shows a close up of the unconscious and thoroughly beaten Kingpin, thus ending with Matt showing his real face to everyone there, and declaring himself the New Kingpin of Hells Kitchen.

References:  

On pg. 5, the Asian guy chewing out Fisk, says, Fisk, youre insane, and one of us is going to kill you in your sleep before the weekend is over.  So its the Weekend?

On pg. 6, this same man tells Fisk, Get out of the country tonight, or by Sunday, one or all of us are going to have you whacked!  So its before Sunday.

OkayIve discussed the Kingpin: yes, he can see now; he got eye surgery BTS after awaking from his coma

Now about Bullseyeback in late 2002, the first issue of a DD miniseries came out, call DD/Bullseye: the Target.  Written by Kevin Smith, the guy who had Bullseye kill Karen Page.  Well, because Kevin Smith is a big shot Hollywood guy, he wrote one issueand then forgot to write the rest.  Leaving that plot dangling up in the air.  In that story, Bullseye appears, (but does NOT meet up with DD, which could make DD2 #49 the first time theyve seen each other since DD2 #5, the issue where Karen page died).  In Target we see for the first time Bullseye sporting his movie look, with the bald head and the tattoe of the bullseye on his forehead.  DD2 #49, judging by Matts comments, What this? Your new supercool villain design? Means that that is the first time DDs seen Bullseyes new look.  And yet, if Kevin Smith ever finishes his Target miniseries, then I assume that THAT will be written as the first time Bullseye shows off his new bald look to DD.  If Kevin Smith never finishes the Target storyline, can we consider it non canon?  Cause I foresee a small contradiction here, if the Target miniseries ever DOES get finished

I just figured Id point that out.

I believe that the DD series is still behind, (in September) where as most of the titles are now in the Winter or Spring of next year.  Ive already picked up the next couple of issues, DD2 #51 and 52, and its highly possible that some months have passed in between DD# 50, (where Matt sets himself up as the New Kingpin of Hells Kitchen) and DD# 51.  Stay tuned for further info as this new storyline progresses<p>Hope this helps, and let me know if you have trouble figuring out any of thisif so, I blame Brian Michael Bendis, and his weird time jumps in his storylines. 

;-) 

			*	*	*

Re: Chronology reviews for DD2 #46-50, for the calender!
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 14:35:35:
In Reply to: Chronology reviews for DD2 #46-50, for the calender!
posted by Kevin  on October 02, 2003 at 19:51:33:

Great work, Kevin.  Thanks!  Just a couple of questions...

> Pgs. 16-21, DAY #9:  THIS SCENE HAS TO TAKE PLACE A FEW DAYS LATER (ON DAY #9, I BELIEVE) THANKS TO SEQUENCE OF DAYS IN NEXT ISSUE.  

Regarding DD2 46, any objections to having pages 16-21 occur as many as eight days after page 11-15?  This would help make the "weekend" references in DD2 50 work.

> The News also reports the following: The raid on the Owls headquarters in DD#45 took place at, according to the news, 2:22 in the A.M..    The news on the radio then goes on to say, This is 1010 W.I.N.S., the time is 10:17 A.M. So that scene with Milla and her friend listening to the news on the radio happens in the 10 oclock hour A.M.

Any idea when midnight might occur in DD2 45?

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Chronology reviews for DD2 #46-50, for the calender!
Posted by Kevin  on October 04, 2003 at 10:22:09:
In Reply to: Re: Chronology reviews for DD2 #46-50, for the calender!
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 03, 2003 at 14:35:35:

> > Pgs. 16-21, DAY #9:  THIS SCENE HAS TO TAKE PLACE A FEW DAYS LATER (ON DAY #9, I BELIEVE) THANKS TO SEQUENCE OF DAYS IN NEXT ISSUE.  

> Regarding DD2 46, any objections to having pages 16-21 occur as many as eight days after page 11-15?  This would help make the "weekend" references in DD2 50 work.

Well, the story seems to suggest that all events from DD2 41 to 50 happen rapidly, as Kingpin tries to reorganize his empire, and DD's life spins out of control, (they seem to be racing against each other, to get their life's organized before the other can interfere with their plans).  So just going story tone overall, I'd have to disagree.

BUT...

Even though it's a cool scene, DD2 46, pages 11-15 make no sense, in that Kingpin takes time out of his life to travel all the way to Bolivia just to execute a former lieutenant of his.  It's obviously a trip that had to have taken at least 48 hours over all, but it could have been taken longer.

But then I noticed last night, that in DD2 45, page 5, Matt, (from the Hotel room where he's temporarily staying with Foggy), Matt leaves a message for Milla, apoligizing for having her hauled off down to the police station with him.  He then says, "I am not going to be home for a while.  We're laying low until the Press dies down again."  Which suggests he and Foggy stayed shacked up in the hotel room for a few days.

True, Daredevil doesn't stayed shacked up, he goes and busts up the Owl's crime ring later on in that same issue, (#45).  But the next time we see Matt, (at his office, in #46) it could be several days later.  Giving Kinpin enough time to take a few days trip to Bolivia, and thus making the weekend references in #50 work.<p>So, yeah, if you want to work it that way on the calender. ;-)

> > The News also reports the following: The raid on the Owls headquarters in DD#45 took place at, according to the news, 2:22 in the A.M..    The news on the radio then goes on to say, This is 1010 W.I.N.S., the time is 10:17 A.M. So that scene with Milla and her friend listening to the news on the radio happens in the 10 oclock hour A.M.

> Any idea when midnight might occur in DD2 45?

Midnight occurs more than likely between pages 8 and 9 of DD2 #45.  Pages 5-8 detail Matt and Foggy in the hotel room, trying to decide what to do next.  Page 9 cuts to the Owl at his headquarters, a lengthy scene that ends with the FBI raid and DD arriving and busting the Owl up.  Which, according to the radio news, took place at "2:22 in the A.M."

Also, please note that DD2 #45 is 21 pages long, (and here I thought all Marvel comics strived for 22 pages...)

			*	*	*

Re: Chronology reviews for DD2 #46-50, for the calender!
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 04, 2003 at 17:54:07:
In Reply to: Re: Chronology reviews for DD2 #46-50, for the calender!
posted by Kevin  on October 04, 2003 at 10:22:09:

> So, yeah, if you want to work it that way on the calender. ;-)

Okay, I think I'll go with the placement I have.  BTW, DD2 50 is placed on Saturday, Sept. 14.

Thanks, Kevin.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Boomerang
Posted by Dimadick on October 04, 2003 at 10:45:33:
In Reply to: Chronology reviews for DD2 #46-50, for the calender!
posted by Kevin  on October 02, 2003 at 19:51:33:

> Pgs. 16-21, DAY #9:  THIS SCENE HAS TO TAKE PLACE A FEW DAYS LATER (ON DAY #9, I BELIEVE) THANKS TO SEQUENCE OF DAYS IN NEXT ISSUE.  Cut to Matts office, where Foggy enters to read Matt the latest headline from the papers.  Fred Myers, (Boomerang) is suing Matt Murdock for a million dollars, for DD beating him up back in issue 28, (the nuff said issue).  They notice the lawyers representing him are a couple of ambulance chaser type lawyers, and they laugh about it, taking it as nothing serious to worry about.  Matt asks if the paper reports anything about how Boomerang was trying to assassinate Matt Murdock when DD beat him up.  Of course not.

Does this issue mention Boomerang's whereabouts and status as an active or inactive supervillain?

Boomerang recently appeared in Peter Parker:Spiderman #53, which was the first part of "The Rules of the Game" storyline. In that issue he returned from a short-lived retirement and from Sidney, Australia. He was hired by businessmen Donald Hart, Edwin Hills, Buck Masterson and Gary Wisen to fight Spider-Man. He lost the battle but not before having a good laugh. Spider-Man attempted to throw a boomerang at Boomerang and failed miserably. As Fred commented at him: "Ha, Ha!Ta for that, mate! That was legendary! You throw like a floppin' Sheila!".

The issue featured a debate about super-heroes. According to refrences in it, the events occured shortly after Hydro-Man's and The Shocker's failed attempt to rob a bank in issue #52. In other news Thor is protecting Ney York's  shores. There are comments that the super-heroe community is a predominately male, predominately white private club (with pictures of Mr. Fantastic, Daredevil, Captain America and Sub-Mariner shown for effect). Between fights with his enemies throughout this storyline Spidey returns to his day-job of teaching.

Any ideas if this comes before or after Boomerang's activities in Daredevil?

			*	*	*

Re: Boomerang
Posted by Kevin  on October 04, 2003 at 11:16:16:
In Reply to: Boomerang 
posted by Dimadick on October 04, 2003 at 10:45:33:

As I stopped collecting PP:SM after issue 50, (Paul Jenkins last issue, though I started reading Spectacular Spiderman) I can't comment on that.  But at the end of DD2 #28, (the Nuff Said issue) Boomerang is taken into custody by the police, (DD turns him over after beating him up).  So I thought he was still in prison, and I figured he was suing Matt Murdock from prison, (stranger things have happened).  

That doesn't help much, maybe Paul B. or someone else can speculate a theory on it... 

			*	*	*

Re: Boomerang
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 04, 2003 at 18:04:00:
In Reply to: Re: Boomerang
posted by Kevin  on October 04, 2003 at 11:16:16:

Here's what I have...

Daredevil beats the snot out of Boomerang in DD2 28-FB (1-21) on May 10.  Boomerang is handed over to police.

Boomerang is noted as suing Daredevil for the beating him up in DD2 46 (16-21) on September 13.  Boomerang has presumably been in custody all that time.

Boomerang attacks Spidey for show in PPSM2 53 on October 14.  So presumably Myers is released or escapes from custody between DD2 46 and PPSM2 53.

--Paul

			*	*	*

The Rules of the Game
Posted by Dimadick on October 04, 2003 at 23:42:20:
In Reply to: Re: Boomerang
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 04, 2003 at 18:04:00:

So this attempt at retirement was very short indeed. 

While we are at it, does this placement take into account the other characters of the storyline?

In issue #54, occuring the following day according to comments, the four businessmen sent against Spidey their next two agents. The first was Scorpion, who broke his leg during battle and almost had it torn out. Spidey left him for the police to tend his woods. A healthy Scorpion has since turned up in Thunderbolts #80-81. The second was XP-2000, a chatty robot created by Edwin Hills. Its body was wrecked but his head kept functioning.

In issue #55, occuring the following day according to comments, the final of the businessmen' agents was revealead as Rocket Racer, who has graduated school but is in need of money to repay his "Student loans". Spidey decided not to fight him. So the Racer proceeded in thorougly beating him to the ground. Problem is that Rocket Racer had last been seen in Spider-Man's Tangled Web #16-17 as an inmate of The Cage. Why was he imprisoned and how was he released? Nobody bothered to explain. Any ideas?

In the storyline's finale Spidey manages to have a repaired XP-2000 testify in court against the four businessmen. To have it repaired he had to turn to the Fantastic Four. Johny, Reed and Sue appear but not Benjamin. Mr. and Mrs. Richards were in their regular uniforms.

Johny appeared in a business suit, which seems to match his fashion sense between Fantastic Four III #61 and #68. Reed flirted a little with the robot while repairing it and XP-2000 seems to have fallen for him based on the dialogue and the little heart on panel. Reed comments "I get along well with robots. We seem to understand each other". With the possible exception of Modulus I can't remember any other artificialy created sentience falling for Reed though.

By the way Reed has some comments on the Negative Zone when Spidey mentions that half the time he drops by the FF are off in the negative zone or something. : "Ah yes. Off in the Negative Zone or something. I never get tired of hearing that. You know, statistically less than 1% of our adventures take place in the negative zone proper. And the reward-to-risk ratio is actualy quite favorable if one takes into account...". At this point Sue exclaims "Reed" and her husband returns to the subject at hand.

Any ideas where to place this in FF continiuty? 

			*	*	*

Re: The Rules of the Game
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 05, 2003 at 07:26:29:
In Reply to: The Rules of the Game
posted by Dimadick on October 04, 2003 at 23:42:20:

> While we are at it, does this placement take into account the other characters of the storyline?

Yes.  This is the purpose of the calendar.

> In issue #54, occuring the following day according to comments, the four businessmen sent against Spidey their next two agents. The first was Scorpion, who broke his leg during battle and almost had it torn out. Spidey left him for the police to tend his woods. A healthy Scorpion has since turned up in Thunderbolts #80-81.

I don't have Thunderbolts after issue #77.  Would you mind offering a chronology review for #78-81?

> In issue #55, occuring the following day according to comments, the final of the businessmen' agents was revealead as Rocket Racer, who has graduated school but is in need of money to repay his "Student loans". Spidey decided not to fight him. So the Racer proceeded in thorougly beating him to the ground. Problem is that Rocket Racer had last been seen in Spider-Man's Tangled Web #16-17 as an inmate of The Cage. Why was he imprisoned and how was he released? Nobody bothered to explain. Any ideas?

We definitely have TW 16-17 before this point.  I'll have to check out my copy of these issues. I've never quite been able to figure out the criminal justice system in the MU  ;)

> In the storyline's finale Spidey manages to have a repaired XP-2000 testify in court against the four businessmen. To have it repaired he had to turn to the Fantastic Four. Johny, Reed and Sue appear but not Benjamin. Mr. and Mrs. Richards were in their regular uniforms.

> Johny appeared in a business suit, which seems to match his fashion sense between Fantastic Four III #61 and #68....Any ideas where to place this in FF continiuty? 

Yup.  During a big gap between FF3 66 and 67.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: The Rules of the Game
Posted by Dimadick on October 05, 2003 at 07:56:29:
In Reply to: Re: The Rules of the Game
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 05, 2003 at 07:26:29:

> I don't have Thunderbolts after issue #77.  Would you mind offering a chronology review for #78-81?

I am afraid that I lack those issues as well. But I had recently come across a profile of Man-Killer/Katrina Luisa Van Horne and those Thunderbolts issues happened to be her latest appearances. She was one of the members of the short-lived "Spider-Man Revenge League" along with Axum, Delilah and Scorpion. Axum and Man-Killer quit the League and Spidey made short work of the other two. The profile was at:  http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/mankl2.htm

By the way Delilah usualy acted as Richard Fisk's bodyguard. I suppose she is unemployed following his death.

			*	*	*

Only Thunderbolts #80-81 needed
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 05, 2003 at 15:08:58:
In Reply to: Re: The Rules of the Game
posted by Dimadick on October 05, 2003 at 07:56:29:

> > I don't have Thunderbolts after issue #77.  Would you mind offering a chronology review for #78-81?

> I am afraid that I lack those issues as well. But I had recently come across a profile of Man-Killer/Katrina Luisa Van Horne and those Thunderbolts issues happened to be her latest appearances. She was one of the members of the short-lived "Spider-Man Revenge League" along with Axum, Delilah and Scorpion. Axum and Man-Killer quit the League and Spidey made short work of the other two. The profile was at:  http://www.marvunapp.com/Appendix/mankl2.htm

Thanks for that info.  As fate would have it, I found Thunderbolts #78-79 in the quarter bins at the local comic shop.  I'm working on their calendar entries now, so I need information for only TB 80-81.  Anyone?

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: The Rules of the Game
Posted by Andy Holcombe on October 05, 2003 at 10:55:33:
In Reply to: Re: The Rules of the Game
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 05, 2003 at 07:26:29:

Problem is that Rocket Racer had last been seen in Spider-Man's Tangled Web #16-17 as an inmate of The Cage. Why was he imprisoned and how was he released? Nobody bothered to explain. Any ideas?

Is this even the same Rocket Racer (Robert Farrell)?  Or did someone try to use his name (and equipment?) and get arrested?  I seem to recall that the Rocket Racer in the Tangled Web issues neither looked nor acted like Rocket Racer we all know and love.

			*	*	*

Rocket Racer
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 05, 2003 at 17:13:19:
In Reply to: The Rules of the Game
posted by Dimadick on October 04, 2003 at 23:42:20:

> In issue #55, occuring the following day according to comments, the final of the businessmen' agents was revealead as Rocket Racer, who has graduated school but is in need of money to repay his "Student loans". Spidey decided not to fight him. So the Racer proceeded in thorougly beating him to the ground. Problem is that Rocket Racer had last been seen in Spider-Man's Tangled Web #16-17 as an inmate of The Cage. Why was he imprisoned and how was he released? Nobody bothered to explain. Any ideas?

I think that Robert Farrell's last appearance before TW 16-17 was ASM2 13, in which a white dude steals his equipment and Rocket Racer identity, only to suffer an ignominious defeat.  Farrell did nothing here to merit incarceration.

The dude referred to as Rocket Racer in TW 16-17 is a black dude with dreadlocks and glasses.  So while he's definitely not the Rocket Racer imposter from ASM2 13, it's difficult to peg him as Farrell.

The Rocket Racer from PPSM2 54-55 is definitely Robert Farrell, and there's no indication he was recently incarcerated.

So, what's up with the imprisoned Racer from TW 16-17?  I'm inclined to think of him as a THIRD Rocket Racer, another guy who stole Farrell's equipment and ID only to screw up and get caught in either in a story that hasn't been published or a story that was published but I don't have or can't remember.

Thoughts?

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Rocket Racer
Posted by Russ Chappell on October 05, 2003 at 20:08:11:
In Reply to: Rocket Racer
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 05, 2003 at 17:13:19:

> The dude referred to as Rocket Racer in TW 16-17 is a black dude with dreadlocks and glasses.  So while he's definitely not the Rocket Racer imposter from ASM2 13, it's difficult to peg him as Farrell.

> The Rocket Racer from PPSM2 54-55 is definitely Robert Farrell, and there's no indication he was recently incarcerated.

Perhaps it wasn't relevant to the story.

> So, what's up with the imprisoned Racer from TW 16-17?  I'm inclined to think of him as a THIRD Rocket Racer, another guy who stole Farrell's equipment and ID only to screw up and get caught in either in a story that hasn't been published or a story that was published but I don't have or can't remember.

If you readily accept that a third Rocket Racer might have gotten caught in an unpublished story, it seems easier to swallow that the *original* Rocket Racer got caught in an unpublished story. New hair styles and sloppy characterization usually aren't enough to justify declaring on our own accord that we're seeing a new incarnation of a character.

Unless Marvel says it's a third Rocket Racer, I'd tend to treat it as the first Racer.

			*	*	*

Re: Rocket Racer
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 05, 2003 at 21:49:18:
In Reply to: Re: Rocket Racer
posted by Russ Chappell on October 05, 2003 at 20:08:11:

Then we'd have to face that screwy MU criminal justice system that would have Farrell committing a crime, get busted, tried/or alternative, do prison time, and get released in the span of, say, five months.

The physical depiction of the Racer in prison didn't bother me as much as the characterization, which I thought was not Farrell at all.

But yes, until we are shown otherwise, I suppose we should consider the Racer of TW 16-17 to be Farrell for the MCP.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Rocket Racer
Posted by Dimadick on October 06, 2003 at 03:36:32:
In Reply to: Rocket Racer
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 05, 2003 at 17:13:19:

> I think that Robert Farrell's last appearance before TW 16-17 was ASM2 13, in which a white dude steals his equipment and Rocket Racer identity, only to suffer an ignominious defeat.  Farrell did nothing here to merit incarceration.

You might want to revisit Rocket Racer's chronology list within the Project. After ASM 13, Robert appeared in TW 5 where he was imprisoned and he was seen taunting his fellow prisoner Rhino. However that prison did not seem to be the Cage and Rhino soon easily escaped. I still wonder why Robert would be placed in the Cage since he has no super-powers. An ordinary prison would be adequate to hold him.

			*	*	*

Re: Rocket Racer
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 06, 2003 at 07:07:41:
In Reply to: Re: Rocket Racer
posted by Dimadick on October 06, 2003 at 03:36:32:

Good catch.  Yes, Rocket Racer is there in one panel of TW 5.  Rhino himself notes that he "shouldn't even BE in a high-security prison."

However, isn't that Rocket Racer entering the men's room at the villains' bar on the second-to-last page of TW 13???  If so, what's he doing out of prison between prison appearances in TW 5 and 16?

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Rocket Racer
Posted by Sean Curtin on October 07, 2003 at 17:14:58:
In Reply to: Re: Rocket Racer
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 06, 2003 at 07:07:41:

> Good catch.  Yes, Rocket Racer is there in one panel of TW 5.  Rhino himself notes that he "shouldn't even BE in a high-security prison."

> However, isn't that Rocket Racer entering the men's room at the villains' bar on the second-to-last page of TW 13???  If so, what's he doing out of prison between prison appearances in TW 5 and 16?

Maybe he's infiltrating the various super-villain prisons and hideouts on assignment for Silver Sable International.  It's the closest I can come up with for a logical explination for his recent appearances.

-- 
Sean Curtin

			*	*	*

STICKER...STILT-MAN...STINGRAY
Posted by Arthur Stein on October 04, 2003 at 22:06:32:

new entries marked **

STICKER
SB 2
**NW 66

STILT-MAN/WILBUR DAY
CHAMP 12
**T 268  unnamed (14)
T 269
**T 270 (11p1-11p2)
DD 186

STINGRAY/DR. WALTER NEWELL
DEF 63
**DEF 64    (22p1, 22p2, 23p1)
M/TIO 64

Note to newcomers. Just to explain what my postings areas an avid Marvelist I had my own version of this Marvel Chronology Project (MCP). I am now comparing the two, and for all character entries in the MCP, I am checking if I have any appearances that may have been overlooked. Validating them. Chronologizing them. Posting them (so others have an opportunity to refute or comment). The aim... to help in the completeness of this magnificent piece of information engineering!
#123

			*	*	*

Micronauts question
Posted by Wayne Watson on October 06, 2003 at 13:33:27:

Is there a reason that the Micronauts' chronologies are not listed prior to their appearance in Cable? Or are they, and I'm just missing it?

As well, is there any way to get a copy of the big caledar / timeline I've seen referred to on this board? It sounds interesting.

Thanks,

Wayne Watson

			*	*	*

Re: Micronauts question
Posted by ShadZ on October 06, 2003 at 17:11:54:
In Reply to: Micronauts question
posted by Wayne Watson on October 06, 2003 at 13:33:27:

> Is there a reason that the Micronauts' chronologies are not listed prior to their appearance in Cable? Or are they, and I'm just missing it?

The Micronauts falls into what I like to call "the not-super-heros gap."  Many non-super-hero titles that are unquestionably part of the Marvel Universe just haven't been added to this site yet.  In most cases, it is because Russ doesn't have those comics.  

Here are some of the comics in the Not-Super-Heros Gap (not a complete list, just some examples):

Westerns: The Rawhide Kid, the Two-Gun Kid

War: Sgt Fury and his Howling Commandos

Science-Fiction: Micronauts

Sword & Sorcery: Conan, King Kull

I thought this used to be covered in the FAQ, but I can't find it.  Russ has said he will gladly add these comics if someone would supply him with chronoloical analysis...

			*	*	*

Re: Micronauts question
Posted by Administrator on October 06, 2003 at 21:29:24:
In Reply to: Re: Micronauts question
posted by ShadZ on October 06, 2003 at 17:11:54:

Allow me to clarify a couple of points.

I *do* have Micronauts, but I've just been lazy about adding it. I *do* have Conan, King Kull, Red Sonja, Solomon Kane, et al, but I don't currently have any plans to work out a chronology. A couple of chronologies for Conan have already been posted on the Board here.

I *don't* have westerns or war comics.

			*	*	*

Request Chronology help for Punisher for the calender...
Posted by Kevin  on October 06, 2003 at 15:29:47:

As is common knowledge, I'm providing chronology for Daredevil and Hulk, for Paul's calender.  Well, A few months back, I took on one extra book: The Punisher.  Well, I don't like putting off work that I said I'd do, but life's been fairly busy as of late, and when all is said and done, other members of this board seem to be much faster at turning in chronology reviews.

As such, I feel it neccesary to request that someone else, if possible, take over chronology reviews for the Punisher.  The main reasons for this request are:

1. As mentioned, others can probably get the work done much faster.

2. I'm missing a few issues in my own collection, which I'm having trouble finding, so I can't do reviews on them.

3. I'm just not enjoying the issues I have been able to find.  It's reminded me of why I quit this title back in 2000.  It's just not my cup of tea, and I find it harder to do reviews on a title I don't like than on a title I love.

Back in July and August, I finished reviews for the 12 part Punisher miniseries that came out in 2000, and for the first 8 issues of the ongoing series, which started up in 2001.  I haven't gotten beyond that though.

I'm sorry for this Paul, but I figure it'll help you if someone else can step in and crank reviews for this title out faster than I can...

However, I'll still be doing reviews for Hulk or DD, as needed, (and maybe one of these days, I can do reviews for earlier Hulk and DD stories, from 1998 onwards).  Also, if in the end, if no one else steps forward to do reviews for Punisher, I'll try and get to it eventually, I just figured I'd put this request out so that it could get done faster, for the calender.

			*	*	*

Re: Request Chronology help for Punisher for the calender...
Posted by Paul O'Brien on October 07, 2003 at 15:30:57:
In Reply to: Request Chronology help for Punisher for the calender...
posted by Kevin  on October 06, 2003 at 15:29:47:

> As such, I feel it neccesary to request that someone else, if possible, take over chronology reviews for the Punisher. 

I'll do it if nobody else wants it.  Two of the books I'm covering are about to get cancelled anyway.

			*	*	*

Re: Request Chronology help for Punisher for the calender...
Posted by Kevin  on October 08, 2003 at 07:41:52:
In Reply to: Re: Request Chronology help for Punisher for the calender...
posted by Paul O'Brien on October 07, 2003 at 15:30:57:

That'd be great Paul! And maybe after you get it posted, I can help out if I catch anything with the issues I do have...

			*	*	*

ACE
Posted by AJAX PLUNKET on October 07, 2003 at 01:22:17:

THERE WAS A COOL PRINCE/M. JACKSON KIND OF CHARACTER IN THE PAGES OF PPSSM ANNUALS #5 AND 6- SPIDERMAN COULD NOT DEFEAT HIM. HAS HE EVER BEEN IN ANY OTHER COMICS AND WILL HE BE ADDED TO YOUR MASTER LIST?

			*	*	*

Re: ACE
Posted by Dimadick on October 07, 2003 at 06:40:03:
In Reply to: ACE
posted by AJAX PLUNKET on October 07, 2003 at 01:22:17:

According to Spider.Fan's review of those two issues Ace has never made a third appearance. See:http://www.spiderfan.org/comics/reviews/vs_ace.html

			*	*	*

Chronology review: ELEKTRA #28
Posted by Paul O'Brien on October 07, 2003 at 15:28:50:

This is a single-issue story, but worth mentioning because (a) it requires some revisal of the review for the previous storyline, and (b) it contains a glaring ugly huge timeline error.

=====

DEAD TO RIGHTS
ELEKTRA #28 (December 2003) by Rob Rodi, Sean Chen and Sandu Florea

GENERAL COMMENT:
One scene, spanning a few hours starting at 9pm on a Friday evening in Manhattan.  No references to the time of year.

A ton of time references, but not all of them work - see below.

The character from issues #26-27 who hired Elektra is finally given a full name (Beben Oamat).  According to this story, he was killed "two days ago", meaning that the end of issue #27 was a Wednesday.

SYNOPSIS
* ELEKTRA #28.  Friday evening.  In a restaurant in Manhattan, Ken, Michael and Leonard an(surnames not given) have dinner.  They are the brokers who hired Elektra out.  Normally they have their assassins killed in order to cover their tracks, but they decided not to do that with Elektra because she's just too good.  Unfortunately, nobody told Ken about this decision, and he's ordered a hit on her.  Not surprisingly, Elektra turns up and kills them all (along with their partner George, who didn't even make it to the table).  The end.

Characters: Elektra, Ken, Michael, Leonard

George was actually killed earlier in the day, but appears as a corpse.

"Milo wants in on Paraguay" but "he had his chance eight months ago."  Whatever that means.

Now, the glitch:-

In answer to a question from Michael, Leonard says that Elektra killed Mr Anger - her predecessor - "three weeks ago."  But when Michael asks what Elektra has done since then, Ken replies that she has killed Prebble and Spierling, and then went to London for Beben Oamat's assignment.  In other words, since killing Anger, she has appeared in issues #23-27.  But internal references in those storylines show that they span a bare minimum of nine weeks.  Possibly it's a slip of the tongue and he means "three months", which would fit the other stories much better.

Beben Oamat was killed "two days ago" - ie, it's two days since the end of issue #27.

			*	*	*

Re: Chronology review: ELEKTRA #28
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 07, 2003 at 21:59:02:
In Reply to: Chronology review: ELEKTRA #28
posted by Paul O'Brien on October 07, 2003 at 15:28:50:

I'm inclined to agree here.  It won't be the first time I've had to substitute "weeks" with "months" (or vice versa).

Consider this entry in the calendar.  Thanks, Paul.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Daredevil
Posted by RLG on October 07, 2003 at 21:47:23:

Daredevil does not appear in Amazing Spider-Man #267.

- RLG

			*	*	*

LT. MARCUS STONE...STORM...STRANGER
Posted by Arthur Stein on October 08, 2003 at 09:47:37:

new entries marked **

STONE, LT. MARCUS
T 433
**C&D3 19
M/CP 112/2

STORM/ORORO MUNROE
MEPHV. 4
**UX 215
UX 216

..  ..  ..  ..  ..

In NM 61 there are panels depicting what I believe to be live TV reporting of the X-men, just prior to the deaths of the X-Men in Dallas. If indeed these are live shots the following should be included:

UX 226 (1-39)
**NM 61 (16p5)
UX 226 (40)     
Similar entries for WOLVERINE, ROGUE and COLOSSUS

There is an earlier panel in NM 61 showing COLOSSUS eyeing a T-Rex
UX 226 (1-14p3)
**NM 61 (9p7)
UX 226 (14p439)

And one panel of  MARVEL GIRL and CYCLOPS
XF 26 (1-11p6)
**NM 61 (9p5)  
XF 26 (11p7 on)

.. ..  ..  ..  ..

(Storm contd)
UX 253
**UX 255
UX 257

STRANGER
TTA 89/2
**TTA 90/2
TTA 91/2

Note to newcomers. Just to explain what my postings areas an avid Marvelist I had my own version of this Marvel Chronology Project (MCP). I am now comparing the two, and for all character entries in the MCP, I am checking if I have any appearances that may have been overlooked. Validating them. Chronologizing them. Posting them (so others have an opportunity to refute or comment). The aim... to help in the completeness of this magnificent piece of information engineering!

#124

			*	*	*

The Vault
Posted by Brandon Galvan on October 08, 2003 at 15:25:07:

The VAULT!!!  I need information on the Vault.  Ya know the prison for super powered criminals.  It was in New warriors when Marvel Boy was accused of killing his father, and I believe it was in Spider Man quite a bit.  I think that's where Cletus Kassidy was before he became Carnage, I can't remember.  If anyone has any info let me know.

			*	*	*

Re: The Vault
Posted by Scott on October 09, 2003 at 21:31:46:
In Reply to: The Vault
posted by Brandon Galvan on October 08, 2003 at 15:25:07:

I don't have much off the top of my head, but....

There was a major breakout at the Vault in the Acts of Vengeance issues of Avengers Spotlight; #'s 26-29

The dispute between Iron Man and the Captain (Captain America) was located there, I think around Iron Man #227ish

I seem to remember an Avengers Graphic Novel called "Deathtrap: the Vault", but I've never read that one.

Other vague memories: the Vault became the prison for all super powered criminals, replacing Project: P.E.G.A.S.U.S. in that regard.  At some point, the Vault was closed down, I think due to too many breakouts, and the fact that one breakout at one prison meant that EVERY supervillain was free at once (which reminds me of another breakout, in Heroes for Hire #1).  An issue of Thunderbolts had some information about the spreading of supervillains across different prisons - I think #26.

I hope my vague recollections help - if not, I could always be a lot less lazy and look up some issues for you.....

Scott

			*	*	*

Re: The Vault
Posted by drew on October 11, 2003 at 15:22:38:
In Reply to: Re: The Vault
posted by Scott on October 09, 2003 at 21:31:46:

Are you looking for specific information, or everything? 

			*	*	*

Kingpin in DAREDEVIL #227
Posted by RLG on October 08, 2003 at 18:15:43:

    This issue has 4 segments that involve the Kingpin and/or Daredevil that span 6 months plus "a few weeks."  Here's a quick recap for story and temporal points.

DARDEVIL #227

PART 1:  The Kingpin learns that Matt Murdock is Daredevil.  He sits on the info for "six months" before enacting his plan to ruin Matt.

PART 2:  "Six months later", Matt wakes up to find he is being audited by the IRS and is being investigated for paying a witness to commit perjury.  This segment covers 2 days that are refered to as "winter."  It is snowing and there is a reference (at the end of DAY 1) that fall was just "yesterday.  The Kingpin is behind the scenes in this segement.

PART 3:  The Kingpin keeps tabs on Matt's activities over the "next few weeks."  During the daytime, Matt and Foggy work on the defense to the charges brought against Matt.  At night, Daredevil prowls the underworld trying to find out who has it out for him.  This segement is played out with 'snap shots' of Matt's activities.  It is snowing in the only outdoor scene.

PART 4:  Matt loses his law license and returns home with $10 to his name.  When his home is blown up, he concludes that the Kingpin is responsible for his recent troubles.  The Kingpin continues to monitor Matt's activities, including the court hearing in which Matt loses his license.  This occurs during 1 day, in which snow is on the ground.

In DAREDEVIL #228, Matt wakes up in a flop house that charges $8 a day.  The assumption being that the beginning of this story occurs the day after the end of last issue.

In DAREDEVIL #229, Christmas is very near.

Finally, in DAREDEVIL #230, Foggy signs an employment contract dated "the 2nd... (assumption: it is January 2nd.)  Glorianna mentions that Matt has been missing for "11 days and 6 hours."   Matt has not had contact with Foggy or Glorianna since his home was destroyed (in DD #227.)

My question: ASSUMING the time references are correct, shouldn't the Kingpin's chronology ALSO reflect that he appeared in DD #227 (PART 1) six months before the main part of the story (PARTS 2-4)?

The way it reads currently, all of the Kingpin's appearances BEFORE DD #227 would occurs at least 6 months before the Christmas season. (Keep in mind this could include his appearances in circa Secret Wars II.) 

What do you think? 

- RLG

			*	*	*


If you could choose one of the Infinity Gems to protect, which would you choose?
Posted by Doctor Doom on October 08, 2003 at 23:02:15:

If you could choose which Infinity Gem to protect (If they worked, and were still in this reality), which would you choose, and why?

			*	*	*

Re: If you could choose one of the Infinity Gems to protect, which would you choose?
Posted by Jhaeman on October 09, 2003 at 10:51:55:
In Reply to: If you could choose one of the Infinity Gems to protect, which would you choose? 
posted by Doctor Doom on October 08, 2003 at 23:02:15:

I would choose the little-known but very powerful "On-Topic" Infinity Gem, which has the awesome power of making sure each posting on the Marvel Chronology Project message board has something to do with Marvel Chronology.

Jhaeman

			*	*	*

Re: If you could choose one of the Infinity Gems to protect, which would you choose?
Posted by Doctor Doom on October 10, 2003 at 03:22:57:
In Reply to: Re: If you could choose one of the Infinity Gems to protect, which would you choose? 
posted by Jhaeman on October 09, 2003 at 10:51:55:

Such a pity that no one has room for philosophy anymore... 

			*	*	*

Re: If you could choose one of the Infinity Gems to protect, which would you choose?
Posted by ShadZ on October 10, 2003 at 00:30:38:
In Reply to: If you could choose one of the Infinity Gems to protect, which would you choose? 
posted by Doctor Doom on October 08, 2003 at 23:02:15:

> If you could choose which Infinity Gem to protect (If they worked, and were still in this reality), which would you choose, and why?


I would not give that information to Doctor Doom!

ShadZ

			*	*	*

Recent Spider-Man calendar
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 07:04:07:

Antonio and I have been hashing out a Spider-Man calendar that: (1) ties into the established calendar of other MU titles; (2) accounts for the chronology of the relationship between Peter and MJ; (3) accounts for the chronology of Peter's teaching career, particularly his statement in ASM2 56 that "I havent been teaching that long. I just started here this semester"; and (4) considers a number of temporal references, including holidays, spring break, anniversaries, etc.

To make the chronologies flow more smoothly, publication date was sometimes cast aside. Entire runs of one title might occur before that of another although they were published contemporaneously. And certain issues of a title may not appear in numerical order to accommodate important temporal references, hopefully without compromising a character's chronology. (Hey, Olshevsky did the same thing.)

I'm hoping that this is close to acceptable, as it's the final major puzzle piece to getting the entire MU calendar since Maximum Security updated.


Friday, July 27
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #21
One day with green trees. It is supposed to be Tuesday, the twenty-seventh in a month with 30 days, but it may be only the 27th that is correct.

Saturday, July 28
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN ANNUAL 2000/2 (1-9)
One day, shortly after PPSM 00/2-FB. It is weeks before PPSM 00/2 (10).

Thursday, August 2
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #20
One day, weeks after PPSM2 10. Warm weather.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #21
The same night as ASM2 21. It is the first Thursday of the month. Full moon.

Thursday, August 9
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN ANNUAL 2000
One night with a full moon.

Tuesday, August 14
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN ANNUAL 2000/2 (10)
One day, weeks after PPSM 00/2 (1-9). A newspaper reads Tuesday, October 8  the Tuesday may be the only correct part.

Saturday, August 18
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #22 (1-11)
One day.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #26  FB (14-16p4)
The same day as PPSM2 22 (1-11). The flashback is referenced in the main body of this issue as having occurred the other week. Police officers get involved in the battle between Spider-Man and Sandman.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #22 (12-22)
The same day as PPSM2 26-FB (14-16). It is before SM:RGG 1 (16-22). This battle between Spidey and Sandman is referred to as having occurred the other week in PPSM2 26.

Monday, August 27
SPIDER-MAN: REVENGE OF THE GREEN GOBLIN #1 (16-22)
One rainy day, between PPSM2 22 and 23.

Tuesday, August 28
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #23 (1-7)
One day. Peter and Randy have nightmares induced by the toothpaste delivered to Peter in SM:RGG 1 (16-22).

Wednesday, August 29
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #23 (8-22)
The day after PPSM2 23 (1-7). 
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #24
The same night as PPSM2 23. Before SM:RGG 2.

Friday, August 31
SPIDER-MAN: REVENGE OF THE GREEN GOBLIN #2 (1-13)
One night. It is after PPSM2 24. Peter and Randy have had the nightmare-inducing toothpaste for several days.

Saturday, September 1 
SPIDER-MAN: REVENGE OF THE GREEN GOBLIN #2 (14-23)
The day after SM:RGG 2 (1-13). Green grass and trees.
SPIDER-MAN: REVENGE OF THE GREEN GOBLIN #3 (1-9)
The same night as SM:RGG 2 (14-23). It is a few years after ASM 248.

Sunday, September 2
SPIDER-MAN: REVENGE OF THE GREEN GOBLIN #3 (10-23)
The day after SM:RGG 3 (1-9). It is a few years after ASM 248 and before ASM2 25.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #22 (1-16p6)
Probably the same night as IM3 34. It is a few weeks after ASM2 12.

Monday, September 3
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #22 (16p7-22)
The morning after ASM2 22 (1-16).
MAXIMUM SECURITY #1  FB (12/13p3)
Three video screens show the latest reports of heroes battling aliens: Daredevil versus Devos in New York, the New Warriors versus Spragg in Vermont, and the Winter Guard versus Controller and others in Smolensk.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #23
Probably the same day as the end of ASM2 22. It is after SM:RGG 1 (16-22) and a month before ASM2 25 (26-39). It is fifteen years after the flashbacks in this issue.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #24 (1-6p3)
The same day as ASM2 23.
MAXIMUM SECURITY #1
The same day as the ASM2 24 (1-6). It is probably the day after IM3 34 and the same day as the latest reports footage of MAXSEC 1-FB (16-17). This issue, showing the beginning of the alien importation, occurs after A3 34 and the end of the second flashback in this issue. It is long enough after the first flashback for U.S.Agent to settle into his new assignment. Spideys appearance here must be a new scene, not a tape of his encounter with aliens in ASM2 24, judging by the setting and the slightly different appearance of the Badoon in this issue from the aliens in ASM2 24. Spidey may appear here while on his way home from the encounter in ASM2 24.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #24 (6p4-24)
The same night as ASM2 24 (1-6) and MAXSEC 1.

Tuesday, September 4
MAXIMUM SECURITY #2
The same night as CA3 36, TB 45, CM5 12, and BTLXM 15. It is before A3 35. The Avengers screens must be showing recorded scenes that occurred recently, especially since Genis should be on the moon at this point. Chronological analysis suggests that Iron Man, the FF, and the Surfer have been dealing with Ego for a day or so.

Saturday, September 8
MAXIMUM SECURITY #3 (1-37p1)
The same day as A3 35. Probably the day after MK 6, XU 29, and GAM2 23. It is a week before MAXSEC 3 (37-40). According to the MCP, Wolverine is here before W2 154. Again, Jean and Nathan are not present.

Tuesday, September 11 
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #36
A flashback issue set on September 11. Hawkeye was pulled here in the short break between TB 49 and 50, as explained by Jeph; after TB 50 he is incarcerated and wouldnt be able to be present. It would be nice to think that the other Thunderbolts, since theyre in DC, surreptitiously (undercover) assist with the aftermath of the Pentagon attack. Cyclops is here, so it must be after X:SC 4. Magneto is here, probably because he was in the New York area anyway, having dealt with the Panther in the Bronx in BP3 28. This issue must occur after XU 32/2, as the WTC is still standing in that story.

Saturday, September 15
MAXIMUM SECURITY #3 (37p2-40)
One day, a week after MAXSEC 3 (1-37). The last of the alien criminals are extradited. Cadre K leaves Professor X for space. U.S.Agent tells off the Avengers. 

Monday, September 17
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #35 (1-7)
LaFronce comes home from school to his drug addict mother and pretends Spider-Man is there. Warm, short-sleeve weather. 

Tuesday, September 18
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #35 (8-12)
Perhaps the day after PPSM2 35 (1-7). LaFronce spends time in class while his aunt and uncle talk to the school counselor. That afternoon, La Fronce gets home to see his mother abused by Devo and daydreams of Spidey again.

Wednesday, September 19
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #35 (13-18)
Perhaps the day after PPSM2 35 (8-12). LaFronce is picked up by his aunt and uncle at school and goes home to find his dead mother being taken out of their home in a stretcher. It is two months before PPSM2 35 (19-22). Green grass and trees and golf weather.

Monday, September 24
SPIDER-MAN: THE MYSTERIO MANIFESTO #1
One day, a few months after ASM2 13. According to the MCP, Spidey appears here after W2 157.
SPIDER-MAN: THE MYSTERIO MANIFESTO #2
The same day as SM:MM 1.
SPIDER-MAN: THE MYSTERIO MANIFESTO #3
The same day as SM:MM 2.

Monday, October 1
DAREDEVIL v2 #21 (3p4-11)
The day after DD2 21 (3p3). On a Monday, Matt and Foggy travel out to Griggs mansion, to find it swarming with reporters. Griggs has gone ahead and told the press of his plans to sue DD (much to Foggy and Matts displeasure). Matt realizes they cant issue a subpoena to appear in court to a superhero if they dont know where he lives. He thinks the case will never go forward. We see panels showing Black Widow, Kingpin, J. Jonah Jameson, and Peter Parkers reactions to the news coverage. Spidey and the Widow are shocked, but Kingpin, Jameson and the Jester are pleased. Later that night DD helps a woman being assaulted.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #25 (1-25)
One rainy night, after SM:RGG 3.

Tuesday, October 2
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #25 (26-39)
Early the morning after ASM2 25 (1-25). It is a month after ASM2 23, two days before PPSM2 25, and weeks before ASM3 27.

Thursday, October 4
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #25
One rainy night, two days after the end of ASM2 25, during which time Spidey has been Normans prisoner.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #26 (1-5)
The same night as PPSM2 25. The World Trade Center is shown here, but chronological analysis suggests that this is an error.

Friday, October 5
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #26 (6-22p5)
The day after ASM2 26 (1-5). It must be more than just a couple of weeks after PPSM2 16. Bare trees.

Saturday, October 6
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #26 (22p6-22p8)
The day after ASM2 26 (6-22).

Sunday, October 7
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #26  FB (3-5p3)
One night with a full moon. Someone in the main story in PPSM2 26 refers to this flashback as having occurred the other day.

Monday, October 8
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1  FB (6/7p3-19)
One night. The full moon may be the same as that shown in PPSM2 26FB (3-5), which is Spideys last appearance according to Russ. ESU is in session and Sarah Rushman (Marrow) notes that she was taking a class there last semester (after UX 380), when Peter Parker was a grad student. Peter thinks to himself that hes just had a good week with those Doc Ock photos; this may be a reference to an unpublished encounter. Peter makes a date with Sarah, but ends up battling Marrow instead.

Tuesday, October 9
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1  FB (20-34/35p3)
The day after SM:M 1-FB (6/7-19). Peter Parker guest lectures as a graduate student at ESU, so it must be a weekday. Sarah and Peter go out for coffee and Sarah invites him to stay the night, but Peter is still occupied with the thought of M.J., who is presumed dead. That night, Spider-Man encounters Director Sharon Carter and SHIELD, who is after Marrow, revealed to be a rogue captive agent. 
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (1)
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (2-3) ~ SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (34/35p4)
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (3p1)
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (3p2) ~ SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (34/35p5)
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (3p3-4p3)
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (34/35p6)
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (4p4-4p6)
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (34/35p7)
All of the above panels occur the same night as SM:M 1-FB (20-34/35). Marrow escapes. It is one week before SM:M 1 (36-38).

Wednesday, October 10
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #26
One day. Spidey doesnt appear here, but the first flashback, in which he does appear, is referenced as having occurred the other day and the fourth flashback, in which he appears as well, is referenced as having occurred the other week.

Tuesday, October 16
SPIDER-MAN: MARROW #1 (36-38)
One day, one week after SM:M 1 (34/35p7). Peter Parker packs up the belongings in Sarah Rushmans dorm room. Marrow is found in the sewers. Green vegetation at ESU.

Sunday, October 21
SENTRY #1
One stormy early morning, years after the Sentry made his last appearance. Bob Reynolds awakens, convinced of the impending doom of the Void. Seeing the aftermath of his delirium and that he was drinking, his wife Lindy suggests that she go to Judys for a few days. Bob flies off, convinced hes been called to duty as the Sentry. We see green grass and autumn leaves blowing.
SENTRY #2
The same day as SENTRY 1? The Fantastic Four appear.
SENTRY #3
The same day as SENTRY 2? The Fantastic Four, Spider-Man, Hulk, and Dr. Strange appear.
SENTRY #4
The same day as SENTRY 3. Dr. Strange hints at the story of the Sentry to Reed Richards. The Sentry warns Professor X that the Void is coming; Xaviers presence among the X-Men suggests placement of this story during or after Maximum Security. Peter Parker suddenly remembers the Sentry while investigating magazine issues that were wiped from existence. The Sentry approaches Tony Stark about their dim memories and the Voids approach, then he encounters the Watchtower. We see green grass and falling autumn leaves at Xaviers.
SENTRY #5
The same night as SENTRY 4. Inside the Watchtower, Sentry disables the hypnotic transmitter that made everyone forget him, and the world remembers the Sentry. The Void causes an unnatural hurricane in the Atlantic and Sentry gathers the Fantastic Four, Hulk, Spider-Man, Archangel, and several Avengers together to face the coming danger.
SENTRY/FANTASTIC FOUR #1
The same night as SENTRY 5.
SENTRY/X-MEN #1
The same night as S/FF 1. Archangel recalls a past encounter with the Sentry.
SENTRY/SPIDER-MAN #1
The same night as S/X 1. Spider-Man recalls previous encounters with the Sentry.
SENTRY/HULK #1
The same night as S/SM 1. Hulk recalls previous encounters with the Sentry.
SENTRY/THE VOID #1 (1-20)
The same night as S/H 1. Everyone realizes that the Sentry is the Void and the heroes are forced to reactivate the transmitter, again wiping knowledge of the Sentry from peoples minds.

Monday, October 22
SENTRY/THE VOID #1 (21-22)
The day after S/V 1 (1-20). The destruction in New York is labeled the most expensive natural disaster in history; this qualification allows this story to occur after 9-11.

Thursday, November 1
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #27
One night, weeks after ASM2 25. Bare trees in New York.

Friday, November 2
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #35 (19-22)
One day, two months after PPSM2 35 (13-18). It is warm enough for short sleeves. It is some time before May, the month when LaFronces mothers lease runs out. Spidey does not appear.

Saturday, November 3
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #27
One night.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #28
The same night as PPSM2 27. Before ASM2 28.

Monday, November 5
SPIDER-MAN: LIFELINE #1
One night.
SPIDER-MAN: LIFELINE #2
The same night as SM:L 1. Full moon.
SPIDER-MAN: LIFELINE #3 (1-9p4)
The same night as SM:L 2.

Wednesday, November 7
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #28
One day. It is after PPSM2 28 and SM:L 3 and almost six months after ASM2 13.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #29
The same night as ASM2 28. Full moon, perhaps the same one as in SM:L 2. If so, this requires a slight reshuffling of Russ order of Spidey appearances, which I dont believe would cause any problems.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #29
The same rainy night as ASM2 29. This issue occurs a week before ASM 01.

Tuesday, November 13
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN ANNUAL 2001 (1-37)
One day, a week after PPSM2 29. According to Russ, this issue occurs before TW 1. Aunt May makes a remark about Anna Watson accidentally voting for the wrong person (unnamed) instead of Al Gore. This, and the reference to chads, are obviously nods to the real-world presidential election of 2000, and suggest that this story occurs after the November election. We see a nice evening, a lot warmer than youd expect for this time of year  indeed, M.J. wears a short skirt and short sleeves and Peter wears a jacket. Peter moves out of Randys apartment and goes with M.J. to Aunt Mays. Peters and M.J.s reunion bliss is interrupted by Peters call to duty to deal with some terrorists as Spider-Man. Peter and M.J. separate.

Wednesday, November 14
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN ANNUAL 2001 (38)
Early the morning after ASM 01 (1-37). It is sunrise, and Peter has wandered around the city all night after M.J.s departure.

Monday, December 24: Christmas Eve
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #21
Peter (who is missing MJ terribly) leaves a party on Christmas Eve at the Bugle to do Jonah a favor and get a present for Marla at a store where the Wasp, Sue Richards and Crystal are also going; there they find the Puppet Master mind-controlling Medusa and Flash Thompson (disguised as Spidey), trying to rob the store. They catch the Puppet Master with the help of the rest of the Fantastic Four. Later the Thing takes Alicia to visit the Puppet Master in jail and after shopping, Peter, Flash and Jonah head to Jameson's house where Aunt May is waiting with MJ (who just got back after her plane was forced to land in Phily because of the snowstorm) and Marla Madison to celebrate Christmas. Peter saying it took "two months" to convince MJ to come to spend the holidays shouldn't be too much of a exaggeration since they've been apart for about a month and a half, Betty mentioning "Ned is waiting at home" is a mistake or maybe she dedicates some time to Ned's memory every Christmas.

Friday, January 11
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #1
Spidey stops the Rhino from robbing a bank while being watched by the Thousand. Then Peter (who is not staying at his aunt's anymore) visits Aunt May to do his laundry (around 1:25 PM) where May mentions he's going out with a model tonight, later he drops by the Bugle (at 3:40 PM) to sell the pictures from his morning fight. Later that night, at empty Bugle offices, the Thousand kills Miss Patton to take her body. It would probably take months for Peter to date again after his separation from M.J. in ASM 01.
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #2 (1-3)
The same night as TW 1 Peter attends the Fashion Awards party with a model named Skye.

Saturday, January 12
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #2 (4-22)
Three hours after getting to the Fashion Awards party (probably past midnight at this point), Peter leaves the party and takes the Thousand (in Miss Pattons body) to his new apartment (into which he moved after separating from Mary Jane in ASM 01; this is not the same apartment as the one first seen in PPSM2 30) where the Thousand defeats Spidey. Rain.
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #3
The same early morning as the end of TW 2. the Thousand takes the body of Mr. Ambrose (the super of Peter's new apartment), fights Spidey and is finally defeated. Peter then goes to stay to his aunt's due to the destruction to his apartment caused by fighting the Thousand. Presumably the same early morning Spidey goes out to patrol the city, as what s left of the Thousand gets killed inadvertently by a passer by. Waning crescent moon.

Friday, January 18
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #5 (1-7)
Rhino rescues Stella Pavlov, the kidnapped daughter of a gangster boss, and then is captured by Spider-Man. Stella leaves with Romeo, an employee of her father.

Saturday, January 19
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #5 (8-14) NSA
The day after TG 5 (1-7) a guard gives the Rhino the paper with the news of his capture by Spidey, he gets mad and escapes a high security prison (where we see Rocket Racer in custody). Once out, Rhino learns at the Mexican border lab where he got his hide that they can't take it off without killing him. There they are experimenting on a monkey with increased intelligence. That night he can't sleep and two hours later at the V-Bar, Romeo tells him his boss wants Rhino's help with Stella.

Sunday, January 20
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #5 (15-20) NSA
The rainy morning after TW 5 (8-14). Rhino meets Fyodor Rebrov, the gangster boss father of Stella and gets asked to watch over her. It's raining when he sees her later but he leaves after she offends him. After taking out his rage running through walls Rhino contemplates suicide on top of the Brooklyn Bridge but decides not do it. Green grass in New York.

Monday, January 21
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #5 (21-22) NSA
Probably the day after TW 5 (15-20). Rhino gets operated to get increased intelligence at the Mexican border lab.

Wednesday, January 23
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #6 (1-12)
Two days after Rhino's brain operation, they run some tests on him at the Mexican border lab. Later that day he outsmarts Spider- Man and flees with Stella who seems to have started liking him.

Thursday, January 24
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #6 (13) NSA
The day after TW 6 (1-12), Mindworm and Gibbon are reading in prison the news about Spidey being fooled by Rhino when he breaks in and offers them to work for him.

Friday, January 25
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #7  FB (1)
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #7  FB (7)
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #7  FB (15p3-16p5)
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #8  FB
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #9  FB
On a rainy evening, taxi driver Charlie Clemmens crashes his cab against a police car that is chasing three bank thieves. Charlie gets trapped as he tries to get out of his cab. Spider-Man stops one of the crooks trying to kill the police who's made it out of his crashed patrol, as another crook throws the bank money down a sewer. The two cars start getting on fire and Spidey rescues Charlie who informs him his son is trapped inside the cab. Once saved the boy accidentally unmasks Spidey. Thus, Charlie learns Peter Parker is Spider-Man. The three bank robbers are eventually acquitted a few days later (as seen in a Bugle clip Charlie keeps, in TW 7) as no evidence (the bank money) is found.

Wednesday, January 30
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #7 (2-6, 8-10) SBTS
One day, probably a few weeks after the night of the flashbacks throughout the storyline, Charlie Clemmens is diagnosed with cancer and learns he needs half a million dollars to be operated. Then he has a sudden headache as he is starting up his car and has a flashback to a police persecution on a rainy night. Later that night he spots three crooks assaulting a woman and calls Peter Parker at the Daily Bugle to show up as Spider-Man. Bare trees.
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #6 (14-15) NSA
One day, a month after his operation in TW 5 (21-22), the Rhino is already the kingpin of a citywide crime syndicate, is in love with Stella and has forced a court injunction stopping Spidey from coming within half a mile of him after reading American law last Tuesday. As Rhino and Stella come back from the opera he gets a call from his brain operation doctor.

Thursday, January 31
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #6 (16) NSA
The day after TW 6 (14-15). At the Mexican border lab the monkey with increased intelligence has committed suicide. Rhino learns the effects of his brain operation don't stop and his intelligence keeps increasing on and on.
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #7 (11-19) NSA
Probably the day after TW 7 (1-10). Charlie Clemmens sees his wife (they are separated) and thinks about doing something with his knowledge of Spideys secret. Later he has another headache attack and remembers the same rainy night with the police after some bank robbers. Then he calls Seeds (the guy in charge of that bank robbery, who is playing cards with his accomplices) but hangs up. One of Seeds accomplices states that Spider-Man has been watching over them since the trial. Green grass and bare trees.

Friday, February 1
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #7 (20-22) NSA
Probably the day after TW 7 (11-19). Charlie goes to church and asks a priest if its a sin to break a trust in order to save a life (thinking about revealing Spideys secret). The priest cant answer.
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #8 (1-7) SBTS
The same day as TW 7 (20-22). Charlie calls Spider-Man at the Bugle to save a suicide jumper. Later that night he goes to see his sick son Benny and gives him an autographed picture of Spider-Man. His son asks if they can go somewhere on Friday. Bare trees.

Saturday, February 2
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #8 (8-22) NSA
Probably the day after TW 7 (1-7). Seeds and his gang hesitate to rob a bank fearing Spidey may show up. Later Charlie gets a job as a security guard at a diamond store; they ask him to start on Monday. Then he sees his wife and asks her to tell his son he is sorry he wont be able to take him out. That night he offers Seeds and his gang robbing the jewelry store where he's going to work and revealing Spider-Man secret in exchange for half of the take. (Charlie reveals knowing they robbed a bank and were chased by the police on that rainy night he is been remembering.) Bare trees and blowing leaves. Full moon.
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #9 (1-9)
The same night as TW 8 (8-22). Charlie Clemmens outlines the conditions of his plan for a jewel heist to Seeds and his accomplices and reveals knowing one of the crooks threw the bank money down a sewer, being chased by the police on that rainy night. To prove he can deliver Spider-Man they use Seeds girlfriend to rob a pharmacy. Charlie calls Spider-Man and he shows up to stop the robbery. They agree on Friday as the day for the heist. Spider-Man decides he needs to talk to Charlie. Bare trees.

Sunday, February 3
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #6 (17) NSA
One day, probably a few days after TW 6 (16). Rhino is tired of Stella and finds love ridiculous; she leaves him and goes back to Romeo.

Monday, February 4
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #6 (18-19)
Probably the day after TW 6 (17). Rhino sees Spider-Man and reveals knowing his secret, then gives him computer discs with details of his criminal empires that won't be of any use to him where he is going; he is finding life utterly futile. At the top of the Brooklyn bridge he thinks about suicide but again doesnt do it. Full moon.

Tuesday, February 5
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #6 (20) NSA
Probably the day after TW 6 (18-19). Rhino is back at the Mexican border lab to reverse the intelligence operation and go back to be as stupid as he was before.

Thursday, February 7
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #11  FB (27p4-27p5)
One day. Miss Kay, a reporter from the Bugle, asks Peter out while at the Library to go to the Mir Exhibit at the MOMA on February 14th but he doesnt seem to pay attention thinking of Aunt May, Doc Ock and a past due bill. In TW 11 these events are said to have happened last week.

Friday, February 8
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #9 (10-19)
After the heist on Friday, Charlie gets half of the take and gives Seeds an address where hell meet Spider-Man tonight at nine. At the address (a Spidey convention takes place there), Seeds and his two fellows are trapped by Spider-Man and Charlie who has another headache attack and collapses.

Monday, February 11
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #6 (21-22) NSA
A few days after his intelligence reversing brain operation the Rhino is back running through walls, Stella is already married to Romeo, who is now running her father's organization. Romeo is having a meeting when Rhino, working for the competition, breaks in to beat them up.

Tuesday, February 12
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #9 (20-23)
Probably a few days after TW 9 (10-19) at the hospital, Benny Clemmens has been operated and Charlie lies in a comatose state (remembering the rainy night when Benny accidentally unmasked Spider-Man). His wife explains to the doctor how she didnt have a cent and then one night half a million in cash appeared on her dresser. The doctor states it bought her son's life.

Thursday, February 14: Valentines Day
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #11-FB (27p7-27p8)
One day. While at the Bugles lunch room, Miss Jill (another reporter) invites Peter out to meet at the Coffee Bean and go to see a play. Since hes thinking of Aunt May, a medical bill, and Electro (Peter might just have learned that he is at large in the city and thinks that capturing him is going to take the rest of his night) and doesnt seem to know what to say she makes sure hell remember by writing the time to meet her (8:00) on his arm. These events are said to have happened today in TW 11.
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #10
On a freezing afternoon (probably the prelude of the coming snowstorm seen in TW 11), Spider-Man captures Electro after breaking the wall of a couple of kids house. Then Spidey leaves them a check he was going to use for the rent (which means he is not leaving at his aunt's by this time), to repair the damages. The oldest kid cancels going out with a girl (for Valentine's Day?) to watch his little brother because their mother is sick in bed.
SPIDER-MAN: BLUE #1-FB (1-5)
Spider-Man stops by the Brooklyn bridge to leave a rose on top of it as a way to remember Gwen Stacy, as he does once a year on Valentine's Day. Later this day Peter begins his tape recordings telling how he fell in love with Gwen shown in SM:B 1-6. The full moon seen here must be topical.
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #11
On Valentines Day, the Vulture activates a bomb that knocks Spider-Man unconscious after he tries to catch him for robbing a jewelry store. While unconscious Peter misses meeting not one but two girls at the Coffee Bean for Valentines Day. Later the Vulture visits an old girlfriend and gives her the jewel he just stole. Jameson mentions that Peter is now a teacher. Somebody that looks like Billy Walters (from earlier Spider-Man issues) appears here and is called Edwards by JJJ. Snow starts to fall.
SPIDER-MAN: BLUE #1
Its Valentines day and not feeling like being anybody's Valentine, Peter starts tape recording how he fell in love with Gwen Stacy.
SPIDER-MAN: BLUE #2
Probably the same day as SM:B 1, as Peter mentions he just put down the tape recorder for "a second", he continues narrating his memories of how he fell in love with Gwen Stacy. Placement of SM:B 3-6 is yet to be determined.

Tuesday, February 26
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #12-FB (1p2-1p3) NSA
Vincent Colorito, AKA Leapfrog, is released from Evansville penitentiary under house arrest. These scenes are shown on the TV news in TW 12 (1-5) as happening earlier today.
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #12 (1-5) NSA
The same day as TW 12-FB. At his aunts house Eugene Colorito sees the news about his dad being released from prison earlier and worries about the guys at school making fun of his father tomorrow, then Vincent comes to pick up his son and move to their own house. This story has some contradictions with already established facts about the characters previous history.

Wednesday, February 27
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #12 (6-11)
The day after TW 12 (1-5). On a Wednesday, guys at school make fun of Eugenes dad. When he gets home Spider-Man comes to check on Leapfrog, Vincent promises he is back on the straight and narrow for good. Typeface is mentioned. Green trees.

Thursday, February 28
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #12 (12-16) NSA
The day after TW 12 (6-11). After another day of peoples jokes about his father, Eugene gets home and finds out his father got a job doing a commercial taking a beating from the owner of a car shop. He goes out and school kids throw frogs at him. He decides to use one of the Frogman costumes. Green trees and blowing leaves.

Friday, March 1
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #12 (17-21) NSA
The night of the day after TW 12 (12-16). Eugene goes out on patrol as Frogman on Friday night and tries to scare loitering school kids at a gas station; when they are beating him up his father shows and rescues him. Full moon.

Saturday, March 2
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #12 (22)
The night of the day after TW 12 (17-21). On Saturday night, Vincent Colorito hears about his sons excursion as Frogman making the local news and worries about people making fun of him.

Monday, March 11
THUNDERBOLTS #57 
The same day as TB 56. Graviton renders a whole horde of heroes helpless by suspending them in air. Iron Man is in his transitional armor (probably after working some kinks out in CA3 46-FB). We have appearances by a non-pregnant Invisible Woman (after FF3 54), Iron Fist (after BP3 40), Yellowjacket (after A:UI), and the X-Men (in their leather Morrison outfits). I assume the Surfer is behind the scenes here. The Beast is not seen, so his appearance does not determine chronological placement; I have this story occurring before his mutation into the cat form. The X-Force line-up suggests placement after XFO 120. Kang is in Damocles Base. 
THUNDERBOLTS #58
The same day as TB 57. The Thunderbolts defeat Graviton and all of them except Songbird vanish, having seemingly died. The horde of heroes are freed. Namorita must get captured by Attuma after this, appearing next as his captive in DEF2 5.

Sunday, March 24
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #30
After his previous apartment gets destroyed by his fight with the Thousand in TW 2-3, Peter is now relocated. He has moved into another new apartment, shown here for the first time, given the way the new place is played up (introduced to the reader), so that would place these issues before ASM2 30. This is confirmed by the empty bookshelves and the answering machine placed on a moving box. Randy, Jill and Glory have probably helped Peter move a few days before this issue (since Peter already knows Caryn) and they play games as a way of having a house-warming party. Caryn is first seen in this issue, but her and Peter have already met. We see a hot humid day for which air conditioning is required. Peters answering machine says hes still settling into his new digs. Peter says he's not much of a baseball fan, but this isn't true, hes just preoccupied. Its Sunday, 3:00PM when Peter leaves his apartment and already a nice night (that looks like an early evening) just before Spidey battles Fusion, a villain who blames Spider-Man for his child's death and appears here for the first time. The encounter ends in an office building explosion that rocks downtown Manhattan killing 300 people.

Tuesday, March 26
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #31
One day. Peters scratches from the explosion in PPSM2 30 are shown as he showers. Peters TV and answering machine are still on moving boxes. Its afternoon when Caryn asks Peter to watch Barker for a couple of days while she goes to Vegas. NY News broadcasts a videotape of Fusion, who refers to the explosion in PPSM2 30 as recent, so this issue is not necessarily the same day as the previous issue. Indeed, Peter has come to terms with the 300 deaths from the explosion and refuses to blame himself. Fusions videotape spurs Peter to action, as he does research at the Midtown Public Library (so its not Sunday) and discovers where to find Fusion. He finds the villain, battles him, and is defeated.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #32
The same day as PPSM2 31, Fusion takes Spidey to his place, where Spidey figures out and overcomes Fusion's power of suggestion and defeats him. Then he goes home and feeds Barker.

Friday, March 29
SPIDER-MAN & JAY LENO #1 (1-2)
As Peter calls Aunt May at 9 oclock to let her know that he may not be home for dinner (as hes been doing lately, see other Spider-Man titles), Jonah asks Peter to make sure Spider-Man shows up for the shooting of a G.M. commercial with Jay Leno tomorrow. Jay Leno has drinks with friends expecting Spidey not to show up.

Saturday, March 30
SPIDER-MAN & JAY LENO #1 (3-5)
After catching a couple of thieves Spider-Man heads to the shooting of a commercial with Jay Leno. As Jay and Spidey seat on the hood of a car and are about to start shooting a heavy light starts falling to them.
SPIDER-MAN & JAY LENO #2
After evading a falling heavy light Spider-Man and Jay Leno are attacked by gunned people inside the studio where they were doing a commercial. They escape to the street where Leno gets his motorcycle.
SPIDER-MAN & JAY LENO #3 (1-4)
After escaping gunned people on Leno's motorcycle and then beating them and some ninjas, Jay and Spider-Man learn they've been set up to be filmed for some kind of reality programming. Spidey asks to be in the "Tonight Show".

Sunday, March 31
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #33
Aunt May visits Uncle Ben's grave and Peter attends a Mets game on the anniversary of his death. This might be an early April game or even March 31st (since sometimes they open the season on that day) judging by the sign at the door of the stadium which seems to read: "Welcome to Opening Day". The apartment shown here is the one Peter moved into in PPSM2 30.

Tuesday, April 2
SPIDER-MAN & JAY LENO #3 (5)
Spider-man appears on the "Tonight Show" with Jay Leno to talk about their adventure "last weekend", he chokes. This event is referenced as happening "last month" in SM:SC 1. Full moon.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #42 (1-4) NSA
The Sandman, his body spread at Jones Beach, swallows a couple of singers alive during "Spring Break" festivities for college students. It's probably late March or early April, and the full moon would place this in early April.

Wednesday, April 3
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #51  FB (4-5)
One day. If the narrative reference to April 3, 2003" is accurate as to month and day, then this is a flashback that occurred months before ASM2 51. A gamma weapons test in the Nevada desert inadvertently causes a composite corpse of several long-dead gangsters to reanimate as Digger.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #42 (5-22)
After learning that two celebrities were this morning revealed to be missing at the Spring Break festivities, and seeing on TV another singer disappear, Spider-Man decides to investigate. At the scene (Jones Beach in New York) he sees a bunch of people being swallowed by the beach.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #43 (1-7)
After the events of PPSM2 42 (5-22) earlier tonight, Spider-Man helps rescue people at the beach, then agrees to keep investigating tomorrow. The Sandman begins to have "memories" from the minds of the celebrities he's swallowed.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #43 (8-22)
Sandman shows up making no sense as his mind is invaded by the celebrities hes swallowed, then finally falls apart after he kept eating celebrities and his mind went nuts. Spider-Man goes home.

Thursday, April 4
SPIDER-MAN/DAREDEVIL #1 (1-22)
As Daredevil looks everywhere for a kidnapped girl, Spider-Man, out in the city the same night, without intending to do so, finds the kidnapped girl and rescues her. Ben Urich is seen at the Bugle reading the Daily Globe with a headline saying: Spider-Man Saves Day, Lives and a smaller one: Daredevil Thwarts Robbery. (I theorize that the Bugle is concentrating on Caps death as headline material.) He is upset that Spidey gets the bigger press. He mentions Spidey saving "a couple of drunk high school kids" (these references might be alluding to the events in PPSM2 42-43). Daredevil hasnt yet ended his confident relationship with Ben in this issue. A Mets game is being played as DD looks for a kidnapped child, so it is after the opening day of Mets season play shown in PPSM2 34. Full moon. 

Friday, April 5
SPIDER-MAN/DAREDEVIL #1 (23)
The morning after SM/DD 1 (1-22). Peter Parker and Matt Murdock are shown sleeping at their respective apartments as Ben Urich goes to work with the news of Spider-Man rescuing the kidnapped child in the Daily Globe. (Other reporters may be working on the Cap funeral.)
CAPTAIN AMERICA v3 #50/6 (7-8)
Caps funeral, probably several days after CA3 50/4. A whole bunch of heroes shows up, including Thor (in classic costume), Spidey, Daredevil, the FF, the Avengers, the Defenders, Rick Jones, SHIELD, and the X-Men. Iron Man is not wearing the Grell-Ryan armor yet, so it is before A3 52. Thor is in his classic costume. Hawkeye is not seen at the funeral. We see that the Beast is not cat-like; we theorize that while Storm was dropping Hank off at the Mansion, they learned of Cap s death and decided to attend the funeral, even though Hank is injured. It is right after this that Hank mutates into his cat-like form. Rick Jones is here before he grows the facial hair first seen in CM5 27. Cap must emerge from presumed death right after this, and evidence of the injuries hes had since CA3 50/5 are seen in A3 45.

Sunday, April 14  Saturday, May 4
KANG WAR PROPER
Thursday, April 25
AVENGERS v3 #51-FB (3p4) 
One day. Spider-Man and Wolverine manage to stay free of Kangs armies.

Wednesday, May 8
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #13  FB (16p3-20p4)
One day. Human Torch attacks Al Kraven while he is fighting some gangsters. Al knocks Johnny out but Spider-Man shows up and together they send Kraven to jail. A few hours later Als attorney get him out of jail. These events happen the same week as TW 13.
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #13  FB (25p4-30)
One day. Spider-Man stops Vulture from pulling an armored car heist on the Jersey turnpike. The Vulture manages to escape after fighting in a farm. These scenes are said to happen this week, Wednesday afternoon in TW 13.

Saturday, May 11
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #13 NSA
On a rainy night, after having a bad week were they fought Spidey, Al Kraven and the Vulture have a few drinks with Norman Osborn at the V-Bar. Osborn confesses having killed Spideys girlfriend some years ago. Timber Hughes is first seen in this story. While they are said to have gone out a few times she doesn't seem to be officially Als girlfriend yet. Al is making out with his attorney after she gets him out of jail. The Falcon is mentioned to be using an armored costume; Green Goblin is probably last seen using his classic costume before going with a new bulkier one in PPSM2 44. Rocket Racer is shown here even though he is in prison in TW 5 and TW 16-17!

Wednesday, May 15
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #16 (1-9) NSA
Tombstone has a heart attack during a bank robbery and is taken to a high security prison in an isle were the villains powers are nullified. After they run some analysis on him and decide to ship him for surgery to the mainland in a few weeks, he is taken to share a cell with Jonathan Ohnn, A.K.A. the Spot.

Thursday, May 16
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #16 (16-18) NSA
Probably the day after TW 16 (10-15). Tombstone manages to get some scissors from a guy coming to kill him at the showers, who has seen him come in there alone. Later Tombstone learns Ohnn (who is up for parole in three days) is teaching Kangaroo II how to read at the library twice a week, and decides to use that to kill Kangaroo.
IRON MAN v3 #54  FB (5p1-5p3)
The same night as IM3 54-FB (4). Ayisha rises from the wreckage and checks in on her daughter.

Saturday, May 18
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #16 (19-20) NSA
The day after TW 16 (16-18) Tombstone tells his crew they'll kill Kangaroo II "tomorrow" in the library when Ohnn goes to the bathroom. Kangaroo II and his crew also plan to kill Tombstone.
DAREDEVIL v2 #34
The same rainy day as DD2 33 (19-22). J. Jonah Jameson has a press meeting with his reporters at the Daily Bugle, furious that another newspaper beat him to the DD's unmasking story. Ben Urich and Peter Parker deny Murdock is Daredevil saying they know who DD really is. Jameson tells them both to get out after they refuse to reveal DD's identity. That night at their office Foggy tells Matt to give up being DD but he doesn t heed the advice, puts on the costume and leaves through the roof. Elektra in London and the Fantastic Four read the news and Peter changes to Spider-Man as Daredevil is jumping across rooftops.
DAREDEVIL v2 #35 (1-18)
The same rainy day as DD2 34. Daredevil spots a mugging taking place and catches the crooks. DD heads back towards his office and finds it under assault from Mr. Hyde (Mr. Hyde was represented in court by Murdock a few years back and now wants revenge). Spider-Man shows up to help DD and together they beat Mr. Hyde; then the two superheroes rush off into the night leaving Mr. Hyde unconscious in the street.

Sunday, May 19
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #16 (21-23) NSA
The day after TW 16 (19-20). Tombstone is stopped by the prison guards from killing Kangaroo II.

Monday, May 20
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #17 (1-19) NSA
One day, three days after TW 16 (16-18). The Spot is granted parole after revealing to have informed the guards of Tombstones plot to kill Kangaroo II and having helped to educate inmates in the past two years. A prison guard who wants Tombstone dead informs him of Ohnns betrayal and omits to give him his medicine as Lonnie lies almost unconcious at a prison hole where hes been put after trying to kill Kangaroo. After Kangaroo II beats up Rocket Racer, Hypno-Hustler and Big Ben they are taken to the emergency room where Tombstone is also taken after being found unconscious. When he wakes up he learns hell be taken out for a rescheduled surgery this afternoon. As he is taken to the hospital Tombstone manages to escape with the Spots help. Spot mentions during parole he was Tombstones cell-mate for a short while.

Wednesday, May 29
ORDER #5
The same day as ORDER 4. A horde of heroes appears to battle the Order. Among them are the X-Men in their Morrison leather outfits. Jeph theorizes that Professor X is here shortly after X 126 and that he is seated because he is still uncomfortable walking after his spine was healed.
ORDER #6
The same day as ORDER 5. The horde of heroes battles the Order. Thor is not present, probably because he is dealing with affairs in Asgard after Odins death. The dark sides of the big four Defenders are defeated. This story must occur before Namor rejoins the Avengers in A3 58. Because Iron Man and TChalla appear to be on friendly terms here, this story likely occurs before BP3 41. H3 34 must occur after the ORDER series, since that issue marks the start of the shaved-head Hulk.

Tuesday, June 4
SPIDER-MAN/BLACK CAT: THE EVIL THAT MEN DO #1
Felicia Hardy (staying in Hollywood) gets a call from a friend in New York, as the girl she is being asked to find is dumped inside a garbage car collector. She then flies to New York to investigate. In the time it takes the Black Cat to get to New York, Peter calls into school sick to nail some pushers to follow up the overdose death (two days ago) of a boy from the high school at which he teaches. That night, his leads bring Spidey to the apartment of Hunter Todd, where he encounters Black Cat. Todd and his girlfriend are killed by a heroin overdose, apparently by a Mr. Brownstone on the phone. Full moon.
SPIDER-MAN/BLACK CAT: THE EVIL THAT MEN DO #2
Same night as SM&BC 1. Spidey and Black Cat compare notes. Later that night, they battle Scorpia who is attacking Garrison Klum. Spider-Man recognizes this guy to be Mr. Brownstone. Felicia mentions that it s been five years since she and Peter split up, and Peter notes that it s been a rough few months for him. It s easy to accept Peter s flirting with Felicia if this series occurs after almost six months of Peter not seeing or talking to MJ. Mr. Brownstone mentions the Kingpin is blind and also believes him to be dead at the time of this story.

Wednesday, June 5
SPIDER-MAN/BLACK CAT: THE EVIL THAT MEN DO #3
Mr. Brownstone gets rid of the Ortega family that sent Scorpia to kill him. It is the night after SM&BC 2 as they have been tracking Mr. Brownstone for "maybe twenty-four hours", Black Cat, disagreeing with Spidey s methods of handling their case, sucker punches Spider-Man and decides to follow up on Mister Brownstone herself, only to fall victim to Brownstone, who has the power to teleport small amounts of liquids. Felicia notes that shes pushing thirty. The thunder and rain here is consistent with the rain in IM3 52 (11-22).

Monday, July 1
DEADLINE #2
The day after DL 1. It is about three months after DL 2-FB. Kat continues to investigate a story about a super-villain killer. Batroc has been struck by an arrow fired by Hawkeye, so this story must occur after TB 75 (24-37). The battle between Spidey and Doc Ock on the Flatiron Building is not the one shown in PP:SM 41  the setting and choreography dont match. So whats the scoop? Coat weather and rain. 

Wednesday, July 3
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #15
One day. Heather Krolnek, a Spidey fan, learns her father is a criminal as Spider-Man shows up to capture him when he is robbing a bank under the costumed identity of the Stag Beetle. Heather mentions her father has been leaving home at dawn every other night this week; she also mentions the Scorpion to be in jail, so its probably during the few days Scorpion spends in jail after his capture in SM:SC 1. The Beetle is also believed to be in jail (she doesnt know he is out as Mach 2).

Monday, July 8
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #17 (20-22) SBTS
One day, Seven weeks after TW 17 (1-19). The Spot shows up to see Tombstone (who has been operated for his heart condition) for some retribution after helping him to get out of prison. Tombstone breaks the Spots neck, killing him. The Spot mentions Spidey to be currently embroiled in a bout with that Octavius fellow...or was it Mysterio?  this isnt necessarily a reference to a published battle.

Tuesday, July 9
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #18
The same day as T:F 1 (5-14). Spellcheck tries to ally Typeface when the later tries to capture the Penny-Ante gang. Then Spider-Man finds Spellcheck hanging from a pole at the train station. The Thing is seen sitting at a train station, linked this issue to T:F 1, and presumably placing it on the fifteenth of the month, but I'll go with the waning crescent moon here and place T:F in this spot instead of the fifteenth. Ghost Rider is also at that train station. Coat weather in New York.

Thursday, July 11
THE END #6 (20-22)
One day. The Marvel Universe is rebooted to a point in time just prior to END 1-5, which becomes an alternate reality in the process (actually, two alternate realities, since Thanos reboots the universe twice, once in ORDER 4 and once in ORDER 6). Adam Warlock muses about Thanos supposed sacrifice of his life. Placement of these three pages is determined by references in END 1-5: the Surfer refers to Strange, Namor, and the green-skinned Hulk as his once-fellow Defenders, an indication that this segment occurs after ORDER 6; Beast is cat-like and the X-Men are in their Morrison outfits; Xavier is in a wheelchair, which seemingly places this segment before X 126  however, since this is probably the real Xavier (not Cassandra Nova) and Angel is with the X-Men, that places this segment after X 126, and since Chamber and Stacy X are with the X-Men, that places this segment after X 400  Xavier may still be using the wheelchair at times, as he did in ORDER 5-6, during weeks of physical therapy (helping him get used to the use of his legs), and it may actually be more than a month after X 126, but definitely before X 127, in which Xavier walks without difficulty; Gambit is with the X-Treme team and Sage is not catatonic, so this segment must occur after XX 9; Peter Parker is in the apartment into which he moved in PPSM2 30; Ant-Man is with the Avengers and Yellowjacket and Wasp are present as well, so this segment must occur after A3 60 (1-24)  and since a bearded Lord Thor is shown on his throne in Asgard, this segment must occur after his departure from the Avengers in A3 61; TChalla still has the Panther identity, so this segment must occur before his future self is slain in BP3 48FB (2p3-2p5); Captain Marvel is not insane, so this segment must occur before CM6 1; Aurora is in her classic costume, suggesting that she appears here before her admission to the asylum in which she is found in WX:WC 1 (10-17); Jolt is probably summoned from Counter-Earth, which would make it possible Hawkeye to appear here after TB 75. All these clues lead me to place this segment on July 11, right after the Things return to the FF from T:F 4, right after the X-Mens return from the Alps in UX 407 (16-23), and right before the slaying of TChallas future self in BP3 48-FB (2p3-2p5). Green grass and trees.


Friday, July 26
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #19-FB (2p1-p2) NSA
The Grizzly leaves prison probably a few days before TW 1 (1-10) and decides to go straight after getting some education in the joint.

Monday, July 29
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #19 (1-4) NSA
A few days after getting out of prison the Grizzly gets his first welfare check and puts his ad in the personals looking for an animal lover picnic partner. Later finds out Rhino lives at the same apartment complex Grizzly asks Rhino to keep out of his way because hes now going straight.

Tuesday, July 30
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #19 (5-13)
The Grizzly finds he has no messages for his personal, a summer day with hot temperatures, the day after TW 19 (1-4). He then sees the Rhino everywhere he goes, later that night he has a few drinks at the V-Bar and after the Rhino steals his last little piece of toilet paper they start fighting and break the wall; outside Spider-Man beats them and leaves them tied up. Full moon.

Wednesday, July 31
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #19 (14-17) NSA
The night after TW 19 Grizzly gets somebody answering for his personal ad but realizes he's out of practice. Later the Rhino, who also just got a date, cheers him up telling him a thing he learned "lately" (in TW 5-6) don't try to be something you're not and just be yourself. Grizzly goes back and sets up a date for "tomorrow at 3:00" at the Zoo.

Thursday, August 1
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #19 (18-20p3) NSA
The Grizzly hides thinking his date is an approaching fat lady and a zoo guard fires him a dart putting him to sleep, thus missing his date. At night the Grizzly apologizes through the internet and manages to get another date.

Friday, August 2
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #19 (20p4-22) NSA
Probably the day after TW 19 (18-20p3), the Grizzly finds out his 'cyber date' is actually the Rhino. The Grizzly decides to go back to crime.
GET KRAVEN #1/2-FB (3-4)
Al Kraven tries to stop the Punisher from killing a couple of guys but the Punisher knock him out and proceeds to kill the guys.
GET KRAVEN #1/2
After a "bad day" in which he fought the Punisher, Al Kraven gets to the V-Bar to meet somebody "at nine", the bartender hopes it's not the Green Goblin again (as in TW 13). Spider-Man shows up and after fighting another villains (the Grizzly among them, back in crime after TW 19), he meets Timber Hughes (Kraven's girlfriend), Al reveals knowing Peter's identity. Later somebody assuring being the real Kraven and saying he'll prove it, states he got them both there, then leaves. Thinking that it was the Chameleon, Spidey and Alyosha head to the facility where he is being kept and find him there. Later at the zoo, as Spidey explains to Alyosha why his wife left him, the fake Kraven shows up again and again escapes after a fight. Later they find it was the Chameleon disguised as Kraven. Al and Spidey leave as friends. Full moon.

Thursday, August 8
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #20 (1-3)
One day. J. Jonah Jameson has a second heart attack. It is Take Your Child to Work Day. If this event occurs in the MU at the same time it does in the real world, it would be April. However, given that Kangs armies were overrunning the world at that point in the MU, it is reasonable to believe that the occasion was postponed this year.

Friday, August 9
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #20  FB (5p3-5p7)
Perhaps the day after TW 20 (1-3). Jamesons doctor suggests he see a psychiatrist for his anger issues. It is two weeks before TW 20 (4-22).

Tuesday, August 13
SPIDER-MAN: QUALITY OF LIFE #1
A Doctor Octopus tired of fighting Spider-man and decided to "finish once and for all this time" (maybe in allusion to their recent encounters in DL 2 and ALIAS 15) is eventually captured by Spidey. Later Peter is assigned to take pictures of protesters at the Monnano (a food chain company) building, There he spots the Lizard who wants to kill Arliss Clifton, the C.E.O. of the company, holding him responsible for a tumor his wife has obtained from their house's proximity to Monnano's lab in Florida. Yith shows up to kill the Lizard.
SPIDER-MAN: QUALITY OF LIFE #2
Yith, a serpent-like woman who's been hired to kill the Lizard, fails to do so inside the Monnano buiding, Spider-Man shows up and Lizard escapes. Later Peter looks for information against Monnano in the Bugle computers. At the hospital Billy Connors collapses apparently for the same reason his mother is sick.

Wednesday, August 14
SPIDER-MAN: QUALITY OF LIFE #3
Early morning of the day after SM:QOL 2 Spider-Man breaks into Monnano's offices and learns a leak in their Florida labs has contaminated water supplies causing Martha Connors cancer. Yith stops Spidey from taking the information. At his hotel room Curt Connors tells Spidey his son collapsed last night and that his wife will have surgery; upset he changes to Lizard and attacks Spider-Man; Yith shows up in the middle of their fight and begins to strangle the Lizard. Spider-Man theorizes the chemicals causing Martha's cancer might have triggered Curt's change to the Lizard (he regained his arm and was cured by Hammerhead using the lifeline formula in SM:L 3). Billy Connors is revealed to be 16 in this story.
SPIDER-MAN: QUALITY OF LIFE #4
Spider-Man stops Yith from killing the Lizard, who escapes and goes back to the hospital. Peter shows up at the hospital just before Curt learns his wife has died. Then Spider-Man stops lizard from killing Arliss Clifton, who is killed by Yith instead.

Friday, August 23
SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #20 (4-22)
One day, two weeks after TW 20-FB (5). Jameson talks to a psychiatrist about his past, then goes to the Daily Bugle, where its casual Friday.

Monday, August 26
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #30 (1-4)
One night, Spider-Man goes out on rounds after not answering his aunts phone call (Peters answering machine has not changed from PPSM2 30-31, books are in a bookcase and the phone is on a table). Probably earlier this day or the following day Peter gives Barker back to Caryn with apparently no chance for her to thank him. The full moon is shown here due to artistic license.

Tuesday, August 27
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #30 (5-11)
The day after ASM2 30 (1-4). after taking his ire out on a building scheduled for demolition, Peter visits his old high school . There he meets Joey, a kid being abused by three other students, and Kyle Jacoby, a teacher.

Wednesday, August 28
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #30 (12-22)
One day. Spider-Man taunts students who abused Joey, then meets Ezekiel Simms (first seen in this issue). Dex pays to keep Morlun's ship at the docks, Morlun (a human vampire, first seen in this issue) states they'll go in search of the slain German heros replacement tomorrow.

Thursday, August 29
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #31
Peter makes reference to having met Ezekiel last night. Morlun detects Spidey for the first time. Peters visit to his old high school is noted as having occurred the other day, not yesterday (suggesting that a gap exists between pages 11 and 12 of ASM2 30). It is a school day. Peter applies for a job as a substitute teacher when a student with a gun goes nuts inside the school being later stopped by Spider-Man with Joeys help, then the science teacher quits and Pete announces that hes the new science teacher; we don t see him get offered the job, although that may have occurred between pages 20 and 21 or Peter might have said it knowing it's almost a sure thing hell get the job seeing how the last science teacher just quit. It is June in the calendar hanging on Aunt Mays kitchen, but this should be topical.

Monday, September 2: Labor Day
DAREDEVIL v2 #43
Matt says Spider-Man is out of town.

Tuesday, September 3
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #32 (1-20)
At dawn Spidey catches an armed hostage taker as he states hes almost late for work. Later Peter has his first day teaching (Tomorrow is noted as being a school day as well, its probably Thursday and Ezekiel indicates that school will still be in session for a week or two.) Peter and Ezekiel have dinner after school and. Morlun is still preparing for the hunt for Spidey; hes taking his time using whatever unholy rituals may be appropriate. Ezekiel warns peter about Morlun and offers him sanctuary but Peter doesn't accept it. Principal Harrington (the Principal at Peter's school) is first seen in this issue, and probably Jennifer Hardesty (a student) is first seen here as well. Peter states he was fifteen when bitten by the radioactive spider; Ezekiel indicates being currently 57 years old.

Wednesday, September 4
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #34
Aunt May buys Peter a set of salt and pepper shakers for his new home. There is no indication that she knows Peters secret identity; in fact, there is none of the tension we see between Peter and May during the time just after the discovery. Peter notes that he has a bunch of papers to mark for school and that theyre due Friday, so this issue occurs after ASM2 32 (1-20). Caryn pops by to thank Peter for watching Barker, so it is likely shortly after the couple of days she was out of town (starting PPSM2 31), but not necessarily right after (she's not picking up Barker). She takes Peter to a Funfair in Central Park, which probably occurs on a weekend. We see carnival rides, green grass and trees, and mild weather. Then Spider-Man battles a guy named William at the fair. Caryn meets Jill Stacy there. It is September in a calendar hanging on a wall of the monastery where William was staying.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #36 (1-11) NSA
Billy Fender, a private investigator, obsessed with finding Spider-Mans identity states being six years after his big score and remembers the first time he saw Spidey.

Thursday, September 5
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #36 (11-22)
After remembering a day when he just started working at an Insurance Company Billy Fender quits his job and heads to the Bugle, there he sees Jameson expecting to get a deal because he thinks hes just discovered that Jonah is Spidey. There arent many clues about placement of this issue but not real reason to move it out of publication order either. Joe Robertson and Brother Richard (from PPSM2 34 and 37) appear here, and probably Billy Walters, Ben Urich and Peter Parker too (21p1-21p2).

Sunday, September 8
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #32 (21-23)
One night, shortly after ASM2 32 (1-20) (probably three days after, given that this night may be Sunday). Morlun, ready to deal with Spidey, creates carnage to draw him out, and his deeds force a TV station to interrupt a nighttime baseball game to cover the story. The announcer notes that it looks like once again nobody is going to stop the Yankees from heading for the next World Series. Spider-Man and Morlun face each other at last.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #33 (1-21)
Spider-Man continues his battle with Morlun for three hours, late enough for Letterman's show to be on, then escapes.

Monday, September 9
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #33 (22)
After escaping Morlun (and probably resting hiding somewhere for a few hours) Spider-Man sees Ezekiel looking for help.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #34
The same day as ASM2 33 (22). Ezekiel refuses to help Spidey, who then rejoins the battle with Morlun, calling in sick to school during a break in the fighting an hour before class and after fighting for nearly 12 hours straight. During another break, he calls Aunt May, who offers to drop by Peters apartment tomorrow morning to pick up Peters spring clothes for the cleaner. At the docks Ezekiel joins the fray and after Morlun feeds on him, falls to the water and is thought to be dead. Spidey escapes Morlun, taking a blood sample to examine. That night, Spidey heads to a nuclear power plant. Aunt May saying out with the winter clothes, in with the summer must be topical or she may have wanted to say it backwards.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #35 (1-15)
The same night as ASM2 34, Spidey gets another dose of radiation, Morlun finds Spider-Man at the power plant and they battle. Morlun is vanquished by the radiation and Spidey heads back to the city. The full moon is shown here due to artistic license, should be shown as leaving full moon phase.

Tuesday, September 10
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #35 (16-23)
Back in the city (probably past midnight at this point) Spider-Man rests on a rooftop and then figures out Ezekiel to be alive. Battered and bruised, he goes to bed and sleeps past 2:32 AM, 3:15 AM, and 4:21 AM. Aunt May arrives bright and early to pick up Peter's cleaning as promised and she discovers Peters secret as Pete still slumbers.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #37
The same day as the end of ASM2 35, May leaves Peter without waking him, a scrap of Spideys costume tucked into her bag. Next we see Peter teaching that same day, and after classes, he tries to call Aunt May, but she's been out wandering, trying to make sense of her discovery, wearing the same clothes, with a scrap of Spidey s costume tucked into her bag. Peter mentions that he tries to call May at the same time (3:35 PM) each day and she's always there; Anna Watson mentions that it is Tuesday. Early that evening, Spidey helps some school kids and returns to his apartment. May calls Peter and tells him they must talk. Blowing leaves and full moon. Dominic, a colleague teacher of Peters school is first seen in this issue. The full moon is shown here due to artistic license, should be shown as leaving full moon phase.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #38
The same night as ASM2 37. May arrives at Peters apartment and they have the conversation, which lasts a few hours. Then May goes home and Spidey heads out on patrol. Apparently May doesnt give too much thought to Peter s secret for a while after this issue until the Green Goblins televised video of Gwen Stacy s death in PPSM2 45 (1-3).

Wednesday, September 11
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #38 (1-20)
Peter, wearing a sweater, brings a stack of papers home to grade and Caryn, in her usual scant wardrobe, chases after Barker. Later Spider-Man battles the Mimes. Brother Ian and Brother Richard from PPSM2 34 also appear in this issue.

Thursday, September 12
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #38 (21-22)
Caryn sleeps holding the Teddy Bear Peter won for her in PPSM2 34 as Peter falls asleep past midnight, marking papers for school.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (1-3) NSA
After his wife states hell be out of town for the weekend, Congressman Bradley Miles loses his arm being attacked by a mind- controlled octopus at the beach, the month previous to PPSM2 39 (4-15).

Friday, September 13
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (4-15)
At a technology exhibit Peters class is attending, he detects something unusual with congressman Miles not hiding his association with Biotechnix, the company that provided him with a prosthetic limb after losing his arm last month. Peter calls Joe Robertson, who had been running an article about Biotechnix last month, and Robbie tells Peter they had some leads on a shady connection between Miles and Biotechnix a couple of weeks ago but Jonah wasn't interested in the story. Daredevil then tells Spider-Man that a sample microchip Peter got at the exhibit probably came from a Biotechnix building in Chinatown. Fusion, who is presumably manipulating Dr. Octopus, hurries Doc Ock to finish a limb for tomorrow. Spidey then sees congressman Miles and promises to uncover his connection with Biotechnix. Robbie keeps failing at getting Jonah interested in the story.

Saturday, September 14
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (16-22)
Spider-Man checks out Biotechnix warehouse and finds Dr. Octopus and after fighting him for a while Fusion appears.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #40 (1-11)
Having learned they are after some kind of device, Spider-Man escapes Fusion and Dr. Octopus taking with him a prosthetic arm and Doc Ocks briefcase. Joe Robertson convinces Jonah to uncover story behind congressman after Jameson not finding it interesting yesterday. Later Peter calls a number from Doc Ock's briefcase (there he also finds a name, John Hancock and the codename GL-52) and figures recent accidents to recipients of prosthetic arms to be premeditated. Later Fusion states incriminating information was stolen by Spidey "today" and forces Miles to go ahead and get the device tonight.

Sunday, September 15
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #40 (12-23)
Spider-Man sees Nick Fury (sometime after CA3 48) and states having looked for information about GL-52 in the internet last night, then explains that someone would be able to mind control the amputees through a receiver in the artificial limbs. Fury reveals John Hancock is actually a radiation tracking device which was just stolen last night. After getting the device (that Fusion wanted to use to track down Spidey) from a mind controlled S.H.I.E.L.D. operative amputee, Dr. Octopus reveals to Fusion he was pretending to be serving him in order to get what he wanted, then kills S.H.I.E.L.D. operative an beats down Fusion. Joe Robertson has by this time broken down the scandal in todays Bugle, Miles is under custody and the connection has been made between Biotechnix and the stolen device. Spider-Man goes to Biotechnix and finds the S.H.I.E.L.D. operative dead and Fusion hanging unconscious from the ceiling.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #41
Spider-Man calls ambulance for Fusion and then finds out Biotechnix is also constructing a building; he heads there and finds Dr. Octopus (who unlike Fusion didnt want to use the device but just sell it). Spidey thwarts his operation, fights him and smashes the device. After causing Doc Ock to fall Spidey saves him from falling through the building with his tentacles damaged. Spidey then gives back the damaged device to Nick Fury and tells him where to find Octopus, then leaves knowing they wont be able to track anybody by his radiation signature anymore. Fury is actually not seen taking custody of Doc Ock, so he probably escapes before Nick gets there as Octopus is seen free in later Spider-Man adventures.

Tuesday, September 17
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #44
Norman Osborn visits Harrys grave, then cancels appointment for the next couple of days (which he probably uses to prepare a video of Gwen Stacys death and send it to the media). Peter visits aunt May and tells her hes been having a dream over and over; then goes out as Spider-Man and calls MJ but doesn't know what to say making her believe a pervert is calling. Later Spidey finds the Green Goblin (who is first seen here with a new bulkier costume) and fights him stating it's June 10th; the Goblin stabs Spidey and retreats promising to reunite the family with a funeral. We see a rainstorm.

Thursday, September 19
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #45 (1-13)
Peter watches video of Gwen Stacys death sent to the media by the Green Goblin. Aunt May also sees the video on TV. Norman sees Flash Thompson with a job offer. Peter then bursts inside a restaurant where Norman is having a meeting with Japanese executives; they argue and after a Japanese executive proposes Peter to stay Norman forces him out citing he has a school day tomorrow. Spider-Man then confronts J. Jonah Jameson and tells him the Goblin allegations are false. We see a rainstorm.

Friday, September 20
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #45 (14-22)
Probably past midnight the Green Goblin forces Flash Thompson to drink whiskey. Later, as Peter has the same dream hes been having lately, a drunken Flash crashes to the wall of Peter's school with an Osborn Industries truck probably remote-controlled.
In the morning Peter learns Flash was behind the wheel of the truck, goes to the hospital to see him and hears a doctor tell Liz that Flash might have suffered irreversible brain damage. A rainstorm is shown.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #46
Back at his apartment Peter finds pictures of people close to him and a pumpkin courtesy of the Green Goblin. Later that morning Peter goes back to his school and finds Norman who has dropped by to give a blank check for damages to the school; Osborn then dares Peter to meet him tonight at seven. Aunt May calls Peter saying she saw the Goblin's televised message last night as Spidey goes to visit Flash at the hospital and finds Felicia and other friends have sent get well cards and flowers. Spider-Man then meets the Goblin and they start to fight. A rainstorm is seen.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #47 (1-17)
After having fought the Green Goblin for a while Spider-Man tells him about the dream he keeps having, then refuses to kill the Goblin as a tribute to Gwen Stacy's memory.

Saturday, September 21
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #47 (18-19)
Probably the morning after PPSM2 (1-17) Peter visits Flash Thompson at the hospital and apologizes to Liz for not coming to see him before.

Monday, September 23
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #47 (20-22) SBTS
Norman Osborn gets late to work on Monday and receives a surprise courtesy of Peter Parker, then contemplates suicide.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #48
Probably a few days after his battle with the Goblin Peter is still blaming himself for Flashs condition. Somewhere else Tara, a Buddhist deity, recovers a stolen gem at AGK Inc., a viral research company, leaving a scarf behind as a statement.
After he checks on Flash that night Spider-Man is led through some flowers left by Tara to feel a connection with events that happened far away. Two hours later he learns Flash's brain is not responding because of the crash, Spider-Man then meets Tara, who leads him to AGK Inc. leaving him another scarf. Pages 10-11 showing daylight should happen in between pages 5 and 6; it is night already on pages 6-9 and its two hours later in pages 12-22. The full moon shown must be topical; it should be a waxing crescent moon.

Tuesday, September 24
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #49 (2-20)
After having read on the Internet last night about Malpura being poisoned by a chemical leak from AGK years ago, Spider-Man sees an activist survivor of that case who informs him Tara, a Buddhist deity, is seeking vengeance against AGK with Spideys help. Tara is about to be attacked at AGK after demanding restitution when Spider-Man shows up. Together they fight a security agent who blames the CIA for paying them to test the virus and is later bathed with the chemicals becoming the virus; he leaves swearing revenge.

Wednesday, September 25
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #49 (21-23)
Probably the day after PPSM2 49 (2-20). Peter is reading about AGK denying link to CIA in poison gas leak when Tara appears behind him to whisper thanks, then loses herself in the crowd, leaving a flower behind.
SPIDER-MAN: SWEET CHARITY #1 (1-11)
J. Jonah Jameson asks Peters help to convince Spidey to be auctioned off at the Daily Bugle Celebrity Auction for the WTC victims on Friday. The Thing and Human Torch also try to convince Spider-Man. The Scorpion and Al Kraven hear about it in Jay Leno's show. There's a flag on top of the Daily Bugle building, probably because of the Memorial Day proximity. The Avengers are said to be on to Afghanistan on the cover of the Daily Bugle. As noted by others, this story should happen long after 9/11, so it is likely camping season of the following year. Hawkeye is reported as agreeing to participate in the auction, so this segment must occur after his return to the U.S, in TB 75 (24-37). Spider-Man appeared on The Tonight Show last month.

Friday, September 27
SPIDER-MAN: SWEET CHARITY #1 (12-17)
Its Friday and after eating at his aunts house Spider-Man attends the Daily Bugle Celebrity Auction for the WTC victims (although there are now many more victims from the Kang War). Thor appears here with his classic costume, without beard; his appearance here must occur after his return to earth from Asgard in A3 55. In SM:SC 1 (52-56), Al Pacino notes that he bid on a day with Wolverine and Rogue; neither X-Man is seen at the auction, so their involvement may be in absentia. Aunt May knows Peters secret ID, so this segment must occur after ASM2 38. Al Kraven bids for Spidey and J. Jonah Jameson to take a camping trip together. Later that night as Jonah gets ready for the trip Joe Robertson mentions JJJ will be back Sunday night, Spidey helps a couple being assaulted. Full moon.

Saturday, September 28
SPIDER-MAN: SWEET CHARITY #1 (18-32)
As they are having a lousy trip together, the Scorpion watches Spider-Man and Jameson from a distance, biding his time to attack them. Al Kraven sees them on TV. We see green grass and trees and warm weather. Full moon.

Sunday, September 29
SPIDER-MAN: SWEET CHARITY #1 (33-51)
The Scorpion attacks Jameson as he walks alone in the woods, Spider-Man comes to the rescue and makes Gargan follow him to a cave full of bears who knock down the Scorpion. Spidey wraps Scorpion with web fluid and they head to the city concluding their trip. The Scorpion is probably sent to prison later this day but must be released shortly a few days after, as, other than scaring Jonah and fighting Spidey, didn't commit any other crime. He is seen free next in GK .
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #50 (2-9)
Spider-Man nabs bad guys on a rainy Sunday night, tagging them with a note that says: Happy Thanksgiving - Enjoy the turkeys. Then Spidey returns to his apartment to find Aunt May there, wanting to know more about Peter's life as Spidey. May notes that she's had a lot to think about these last few weeks. About you being Spider-Man, that is. This implies that it is a few weeks after ASM2 35 (16-23). May also notes that its forty degrees; the temperature must have dropped dramatically if this segment occurs the night of SM:SC 1 (33-51). The reference to Thanksgiving must be purely humor about the bad guys being turkeys, not an actual reference to the time of year.

Monday, September 30
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #50 (10-13)
The day after PPSM2 50 (2-9), Monday , Peter teaches school, then fights more bad guys as Spider-Man that night ruining Hammerheads deals.

Tuesday, October 1
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #50 (14-21)
The day after PPSM2 50 (10-13), Tuesday, Peter talks more with Aunt May in the park (May wears a coat), where we see green grass and blowing leaves. That night, Spidey busts more bad guys, Hammerhead among them, in the middle of an illicit vodka shipment.

Wednesday, October 2
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #50 (22-27)
The day after PPSM2 50 (14-21). On a Wednesday (Peter says he has school tomorrow and that he's out early on Friday for career day), Peter talks more with May as they check Peters photo album. Later he and busts more bad guys as Spider-Man. Mays discussion with Peter about Doc Ock does not include any mention of the events of ASM2 43-45, but May bringing up the knowledge of both Peters and Doc Ocks identities for the first time in ASM2 45 puts that issue before this one. Green grass and trees.

Friday, October 4 
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #50 (28-35)
On Friday , Peter meets with Aunt May (both wearing coats) in the park (where we see autumn colors and blowing leaves) and reveals to her Norman Osborn is the Green Goblin, she notes that if Peter still feels responsible for uncle Ben s death, he wont come back to life as hard as Peter tries to fix things being Spider-Man. That night, Spidey fights the Rhino and the Uber-Machine to later find out that Hammerhead has set him up to clean up the guys that are giving trouble to Hammerheads organization.

Saturday, October 5
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #50 (36-38)
Peter has returned home after PPSM2 50 (28-35) and falls asleep watching TV, then heads back out at 1:34 in the morning to deal with a gelatinous blob reported on the news. This event is noted as having occurred just last month in SPECSM3 3 (1-5).

Monday, October 7
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #51
A Monday during the school year. Green trees in Manhattan.

Saturday, October 12
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #52
One day during the weekend following PPSM2 51.

Sunday, October 13
SPIDER-MAN: SWEET CHARITY #1 (BTS) 
This could be the day that Al Pacino and Beverly DAngelo hang out with Wolverine and Rogue, who are depressing. Scott Baio plays golf with the Thing and the Vision, and Captain America and Hawkeye go to dinner and the movies with Bruce Springsteen and Kevin Spacey, all revealed in SM:SC 1 (52-56).

Monday, October 14: Columbus Day
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #53
The Monday following PPSM2 52. Peter Parker is sporting bruises from the battle with Shocker and Hydro-Man. The reference to Thor in a television broadcast suggests that this story occurs during the time that Asgard floats over Manhattan. After teaching school, Peter Parker visits Flash Thompson in the hospital, then battles and defeats Boomerang as, unbeknownst to him, people are viewing the battle and betting on the outcome. Boomerang probably appears here after DD2 46 (16-21). Green trees and jacket weather in New York.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #54 (1-2)
The same night as PPSM2 53. The betting CEOs revel over the entertainment provided by Spidey and Boomerang.

Tuesday, October 15
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #54 (3-4)
The day after PPSM2 54 (1-2), Peter Parker reports to his teaching job, so it must be a weekday during the school year.

Wednesday, October 16
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #54 (5-21)
One day shortly after PPSM2 54 (3-4). The betting CEOs send Scorpion and a robot (XP2000) against Spidey, who wind in battle against them. Peter informs Aunt May that he wont make it to dinner, a clue that this story occurs before the string of ASM2 issues that lead to MJs return.

Thursday, October 17
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #55 (1-19)
The day after PPSM2 54 (5-21). Johnny Storm and Reed and Sue Richards guest star at some point after Johnny is put in an administrative position at FF Inc. in FF3 66 (20-21). With the help of XP2000 and Rocket Racer, Spidey shuts down the CEOs betting operations.

Friday, October 18
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #55 (20)
The day after PPSM2 55 (1-19). Peter Parker reports to school all banged up (again) on a Friday.

Saturday, October 19
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #56
One rainy night in New York. On Jones Beach, different parts of Sandmans personality manifest themselves as separate sand beings and Spidey tries to figure out whats going on. Waning crescent moon.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #57 (1-19)
The same night as PPSM2 56. Sandman reintegrates and leaves Jones Beach.

Sunday, October 20
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #57 (20-21)
The morning after PPSM2 57 (1-19). Peter tells the comatose Flash about his adventure with Sandman. We can see if Flashs face is bandaged, but this segment probably occurs before the bandages are removed in SPECSM 1 (4-24).

Monday, October 21
SPIDER-MAN: SWEET CHARITY #1 (52-56)
One day. Jameson has published his story about the weekend of terror he had camping with Spider-Man and is reunited with other celebrities at a Restaurant, Spidey swings by leaving a sign making fun of Jonah and some webbing in his chair. Wolverine and Rogue are said to have spent a day with Al Pacino and Beverly DAngelo, Scott Baio had to golf with the Thing and the Vision, and Bruce Springsteen, Hawkeye, Kevin Spacey and Captain America went to dinner and the movies.

Wednesday, October 22
THOR v2 #51
The same day as T2 50/2. Spidey checks in with Thor to find out what s going on when Asgard appears over Manhattan. It is a hundred days before T2 53. From here on out, Asgard floats over Manhattan, so placement of stories set in Manhattan around this time must consider the presence or absence of Asgard. Thus, this issue probably occurs after HT 5 (6-21).

Friday, October 25
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #1 (1-3)
One Friday night. A young woman is attacked on the streets of New York.

Saturday, October 26
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #1 (4-24)
The day after SPECSM3 1. It is a Saturday. The bandages are removed from Flashs face, so this story probably occurs after PPSM2 57. Investigating a rash of vampire-like attacks, Spidey encounters Venom, who has been separated from Eddie Brock. We see a combination of jackets, shorts, green grass and trees, falling autumn leaves, and a brief shower in New York. It is warm enough for a rooftop party.
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #2 (1-11)
The same night as SPECSM3 1 (4-24). It is Saturday. Spidey battles Venom, who escapes and finds Eddie Brock. The police try to solve the case of Venoms attacks.

Tuesday, October 29
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #2 (12-19)
The rainy Tuesday night following SPECSM3 2 (1-11). Spidey stops a robbery while Venom feeds on Brocks adrenaline. Aunt May and Liz Allen visit Flash in the hospital, from which he will be released in less than a week, so it is less than a week before SPECSM3 3 (10-22).

Friday, November 1
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #2 (20-22)
The Friday night after SPECSM3 2 (12-19). Spidey compares notes on Venom with Detective Garrett. Green trees in New York. 
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #3 (1-5)
The same night as SPECSM3 2 (12-19). Spidey finishes his conversation with Garrett and a warrant is issued for Eddie Brocks arrest. Spidey refers to the giant gelatinous blob attack of PPSM2 50 (36-38) as having occurred just last month.

Saturday, November 2
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #3 (6-9)
The day after SPECSM3 3 (1-5). Peter helps Aunt May paint the downstairs apartment in her house for its new occupant, Flash Thompson. Venom returns to Brock. Green grass and trees in New York.
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #3 (10-22)
Probably the same day as SPECSM3 3 (6-9), given that Flash moves into the apartment at Aunt Mays less than a week after SPECSM3 2 (12-19) and given that Peter and his neighbors are available to help move him in (probably a weekend). That night, Spidey runs into Venom, which abandons Brock to go for Spidey. Light clothing in New York.
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #4 (1-5)
The same night as SPECSM3 3 (10-22). As Johnny Storm looks on, Spidey uses a jolt of electricity to separate himself from Venom.

Sunday, November 3
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #4 (6-23)
The day after SPECSM3 4 (1-5). Spidey awakens at FF headquarters, where Reed Richards tries to solve the riddle of Venom, which escapes from the lab. Reed appears here without a disfigured face, so this segment must occur before FF 500, and thus before FF3 68 (1). It is a few years after Reed tried to study the roots of Sues invisibility powers. Spidey catches up with Eddie Brock, who reveals that he has cancer. Given that Peter was supposed to take Flash to a monster truck rally today, it is most likely a Sunday, a day that Peter would have off from school.
SPECTACULAR SPIDER-MAN v3 #5
The same day as SPECSM3 4 (6-23). It is a few years, maybe after SPECSM3 5 (1p3). Brock relates the tale of his cancer and the symbiote to Spidey. As Brock dies, Spidey tricks the symbiote into re-merging with Brock to save him. This story must occur before ASM2 43 (1-6), the beginning of the storyline that leads to the reunion of Peter and Mary Jane. Green grass and trees.

Thursday, November 7
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #1  FB
One day, a couple of days before SM&W 1 and thirty-six hours before SM&W 3. This story must occur before the story arc that leads to Peter and M.J.s reunion. It is a school day and Peters school has a new assistant principal. Nick Fury picks up Peter from school to send him on a mission as Spider-Man. Spidey is flown out to an island off Japan, where he parachutes in to rescue a hostage, who turns out to be Wolverine. Full moon.
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #2  FB
The same night as SM&W 1-FB. Spidey frees Logan, and, with the help of Reed Richards, they determine that images of Logans torture were being transmitted to a house in Paris.

Friday, November 8
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #3  FB
The day after SM&W 1-FB. In Paris, Logan and Spidey find a secret lab that explodes and nearly get run down by a car. Peter calls in to school claiming to be sick and planning to be back on Monday. It is a difficult time of year to find substitute teachers. That night, Cyclops picks them up and takes them to Switzerland, where they meet up with Nick Fury, who shoots Logan. We see green trees in Paris and snow in the Alps.
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #4  FB
The same night as SM&W 3-FB. 

Saturday, November 9
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #1
One day, a couple of days after SM&W 1-FB. Spidey relates his adventure with Logan.
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #2
The same day as SM&W 1. Logan and Spidey continue to relate their adventure together.
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #3
The same day as SM&W 2. Logan and Spidey continue to talk about their adventure.
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #4
The same day as SM&W 3. 

Tuesday, November 12
GET KRAVEN #1 (1-21)
Ben Charles, a movie screen writer decides to buy back his script to a couple of producers after he finds they hired somebody else to rewrite it, he promises the money by the end of the week. Kraven feels empty with his life and goes out looking for answers, finds Spider-Man fighting Cobra and Mr. Hyde. After defeating them they talk at the zoo (Spidey says he hates that "you always wanna chitchat here," as they did first in GK 1/2) and Spidey gives the idea to Kraven to go to Hollywood. Timby gets her hair back to its original color (red) from the blond she was using. Full moon.

Wednesday, November 13
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #39-FB (3p4-3p6)
Spider-Man catches terrorist group and gets kids out of harms way. These scenes are seen in a news report in LA around 5:30am (8:30am in New York).
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (1-5) NSA
Mary Jane sees news of Spidey on TV, does some modeling and later drinks coffee.

Thursday, November 14
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (6-22p2) 
Mary Jane attends a movie premiere at night of the same day of ASM2 39 (1-5) (probably past midnight in New York at this point) and later at home watches the repeat of the Spider-Man news before going to sleep which she doesn't get to do until is time to get up already. That morning in New York, aunt May cancels subscriptions to papers that don't like Spidey, she decides not to e-mail the Bugle though (in ASM2 40 May states she didn't cancel her Bugle subscription because she wanted to do it personally having known Jonah for so long), then tries to improve Spider-Man's image by writing to different TV shows. At night Spider-Man rescues people from fire and after seeing MJ in a Times Square screen thinks about calling her but doesn't do it. Later Peter has dinner with his aunt.

Friday, November 15
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (22p3-22p8)
Mary Jane, Aunt May and Peter are shown sleeping (it's 3:33am in Peter's clock).
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #40
Spider-Man catches two bank robbers before school. May tells Jonah that she's canceling her Bugle subscription. At night Spider-Man battles the Shade after learning he has been abducting people to the Astral Plane, the Shade escapes. May informs Peter Mary Jane will be in town next week. Warm weather.

Saturday, November 16
GET KRAVEN # 2 (1-7)
One day shortly after GK 1 (22-23), Al Kraven meets Ned Tannengarden, the boss at National Studios, who seems glad to have Al work for him. Later, Ben Charles girlfriend leaves him for buying back his script (there's a Garage Sale This Saturday sign outside of his house, so it may be Saturday night as the house is pretty much empty and his girlfriend seems to be taking the rest of her stuff).
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #41 (1-10p5)
Spider-Man talks to a police Lieutenant to help him find out about the Shade. As she writes letters to different publications, before having dinner, May tells Peter Mary Jane called to confirm she'll be flying in on "Tuesday". The full moon shown here should be topical.

Monday, November 18
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #37-FB (4p3-16)
Peter awakens with a cold on the morning of a school day in which he has no lesson plans prepared, only to discover that a blizzard (Peter's exaggeration: about fifty feet of snow piled up) on the coldest day on record in New York City has forced school cancellations. Aunt May calls Peter to ask him to come dig her out of a snowdrift; Peter offers subway cancellation as an excuse for not coming over, but May doesn't accept the excuse, which may be a sign she not only knows Peter is Spider-Man, but that she's known long enough to feel somewhat comfortable with the knowledge. Barker watches Spidey leave; on the way he finds the Vulture who gets mad at Spidey for always interfering at his every turn, now after just assaulting again a diamond store (as in TW 11). After a fight the Vulture dares Spidey to meet him in thirty minutes at the site of their first battle.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #37 (1-4p2)
Half and hour after PPSM2 37-FB, Spidey contemplates the day's events waiting for the Vulture. We see a snowstorm.
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #37 (17-22)
Forty five minutes after PPSM2 37 (1-4p2). Spidey battles the Vulture with the Human Torch at his side. It is not seen if they capture the Vulture. Later Peter digs Aunt May out as the radio announces that the temperature is in the minus thirties with an additional wind-chill factor of minus twenty. We see a snowstorm.

Tuesday, November 19
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #41 (10p6-22)
One rainy day. Temperatures may have risen dramatically and the rain may have followed the snow of the previous day and washed away the white stuff. Spider-Man learns the Shade might have gotten his powers from a jail mate called Richard Cranston, who is now in a mental institution. Then he goes to see Dr. Strange.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #42 (1-12)
Tuesday, the day Peter is supposed to pick up MJ at the airport, Dr. Strange gives Spider-Man the Hand of Vishanti to go to the Astral Plane (the Doctor advises not to leave the path), Spidey goes there after the Shade abducts Jennifer Hardesty. Since time doesn't work the same in the Astral Plane as in reality, according to the Shade, at some point during their stay in the Astral Plane its past midnight. (I just picked page 12 as that point.)

Wednesday, November 20
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #42 (13-22)
Spider-Man fights the Shade in the astral plane and after being thrown to where his abducted people had been staying, the Shade explodes. Spidey then helps people to get out of astral plane but lets himself to be drawn to a place where he finds a gigantic Spider, when he leaves he is still in Astral form and realizes its already Wednesday, July 17. Mary Jane can't see him in astral form when he finds her boarding a plane to go back to LA. After school being canceled by snow, probably the Kang War, and an Osborn Industries truck collision against 108 PSs wall, school must be still in session by this time of year, as it probably still is in XU 36/1.
GET KRAVEN #2 (8-20)
Al Kraven talks to Namor in a Malibu beach and later rents Scott Baio's house. Ben Charles tries to hang himself but the ceiling falls down.

Thursday, November 21
GET KRAVEN #2 (21-23) NSA
Probably the day after GK 2 (8-20) since that segment presents a California summer night (its already dark) and given the time zone difference they wouldnt be serving dinner past midnight in a prison in New York. Chameleon escapes the facility where he's staying after killing two guards that brought him dinner.

Friday, November 22
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #43 (1-6)
Peter is figuring out a way to apologize to Mary Jane for presumably standing her up in ASM2 42. It is the last day of school before a holiday break, which may be an entire week off for Thanksgiving, even though we see a banner that looks like it says, Have a great summer (but its blocked and cant be read for certain). Peters conversation with a fellow teacher indicates that the break is lengthy enough for a trip or for finding a way to earn extra money. Doc Ock is captured by an Mr. Carlyle, an Ock wannabe. Peter tries to reach Mary Jane to apologize to no avail. Dr. Octopus is shown with grey hair here for the first time, which probably means he had it dyed prior to this issue.
GET KRAVEN #3
Probably the day after GK 2 (21-23) The Rothsteins Brothers decide to get rid of Al Kraven, Timby gets her first audition and decides not to be an actress to help Al with Hunter Productions, Ben Charles fails at committing suicide. Later the Chameleon disguised as Kraven attacks Alyosha but Timber knocks him out.

Saturday, November 23
GET KRAVEN #4
The Rothsteins brothers show up at the house where Al Kraven is staying at 2 in the morning and send villains to beat him out with not good results. Later in the day, the Vulture manages to be hired by Al. Ned Tannengarden mentions that in the last two days Al has had a fight with the Chameleon and last night with more costumed freaks (by last night he must be referring to early morning the same day before Kraven went to sleep). Ben Charles decides to jump from a rooftop inside National Studios to suicide after his agent drops him as a client.

Sunday, November 24
GET KRAVEN #5 (1-12)
The morning after GK 4. Al Kraven decides to buy Ben Charles script after he tried to suicide jumping from a tower at National Studios, thinking about actors for the lead roles Al mentions he's met Jack Monroe (in GK 4) and Kate Shaw (in GK 2) in the last few days. Ned Tannengarden tells the Rothsteins to get rid of Al Kraven within one week.

Wednesday, November 27
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #43 (7-10)
Doc Ock awakens "five days" after his capture in ASM2 43 (1p7-6) as Carlyle outlines his plans. Peter and May decide to visit Mary Jane in California.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #43 (11-22)
Peter and Aunt May fly to L.A. We see post-9/11 security at the airport. Carlyle robs a bank as Dock Ock escapes ("nearly 24 hours" after last seeing Carlyle), Peter and May meet up with MJ.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #44
The same day ASM2 43 (11-22) Peter, May, and Mary Jane talk and later Spider-Man gets wrapped up in the battle between Doc Ock and Carlyle, building collapses on Spidey. Dr. Octopus is seen here with a green and black costume different than the green and yellow one he had been using.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #45
Spider-Man frees himself out of the debris of collapsed hotel, then battles Carlyle and defeats him, Dr. Octopus escapes. Later, as MJ asks Peter to wait for him, May brings up the knowledge of both Peter's and Otto Octavius' super identities and realizes Peter has been fighting the man she was going to marry.
GET KRAVEN #5 (13-22)
Probably a few days after GK 5 (1-12). Al Kraven gets beat up by Stitch Williams and the Chameleon, the Rothsteins brothers abuse Timby and Nickel gets shot, when Al recovers he gives a number to the Vulture to call Spider-Man and leaves for revenge.

Thursday, November 28: Thanksgiving
GET KRAVEN #6 (1-18)
Late the same night as GK 5 (13-22) (which, given the 3 hours Time Zone difference could be early morning of the next day in New York). Kraven cuts the Rothsteins brothers' tongues, and helped by the Vulture beats up Stitch Williams, Gerbil and Doctor Script, the Vulture cuts the Rothsteins brothers intimate parts. Then Spider-Man shows up and they fight a cyborg who reveals "Ned Tannengarden" is also the late Kraven's son and Al's brother, and is behind all the attacks to Al. Alyosha goes to see "Ned" who gets killed accidentally by a mad Chameleon for nobody believing he is the real Kraven. Spider-Man excuses himself for taking so long, he was busy with his "ex, a guy in a lobster suit and Doc Ock -- well, actually two of them" (in ASM2 44-45).

Friday, November 29
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #46 (1-2p4)
Peter goes to bed reflecting about "this week's" events in California.

Saturday, November 30
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #46 (2p5-8p3)
Doctor Strange visits Peter in his sleep to talk about their last encounter in ASM2 42 and to warn him of the consequences. Then wakes up in the middle of the night and reads about the spider wasp.

Sunday, December 1
GET KRAVEN #6 (19)
Probably a few days after GK 6 (1-18) enough for the Rothsteins brothers to be out of the hospital and back in business now as the "Rothsteins sisters", Timby goes to see them to get one last revenge. It is six months before GK 6 (20-23).
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #46 (8p4-20p2)
Shathra appears from Astral Plane and attacks a bum. Later, "three days" after Peter's dream in ASM2 46 (2-8), Spider-Man meets and battles Shathra. Spidey gets away. The moon shown partially covered in this issue must be a waxing gibbous moon.

Monday, December 2
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #46 (20p3-22)
Spidey stays up waiting in costume "for hours" until is time to go to school. Shathra decides on a new kind of play and implements her change in strategy to harm Spider-Man by telling lies about him to a newspaper reporter. School is back in session after the break during which Peter was in California.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #47
The same school day as ASM2 46 (20-22), during a month preceding a month in which school is held (a field trip is being planned for "next month"). Someone says see you Monday. Shathra's lies hit the media (Fantastic Four, MJ, Aunt May and JJJ hear the news) and Spidey battles her again, then escapes and collapses inside a museum. It's already 10:55 PM on the news coverage of Spidey's fight with Shathra. There's a banner saying December is Arachna-Mania Month! at the museum in which Spidey finds himself.

Tuesday, December 3
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #48
Probably the day after ASM2 47, Ezekiel rescues Spider-Man from the museum (where kids are watching with their teacher, so it's probably morning), takes him to Ghana in a private jet; after telling him about Kwaku Anansi takes him to the ruins of the spider and leaves him to battle Shathra who's followed them all the way. Ezekiel sends spiders to attack and defeat Shathra. Then MJ, who's listening the news still talking about Shathra's lies (on a dark LA morning, probably because of the announced coming storm), calls for a cab to the airport, her departure is scheduled for 11:45 AM (2:45 PM in New York). The time difference between New York and Ghana is 5 hours, Ghana's time being ahead, so it's probably around 6 to 7 PM in Ghana at the time Spidey battles Shathra.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #49 (1-8)
Right after his battle with Shathra in ASM2 48, Ezekiel tries to explain Peter about the mystic nature of his spider powers and warns him about a third danger coming, then Peter heads to the airport in Ghana as MJ's plane departs to New York.
At the airport Peter changes his flight to New York for one to LA "leaving in two hours". Later MJ gets to Peter's apartment in NY and meets Caryn (who is probably visiting a friend since she doesn't live at the same building than Peter s but at the one across the street), as Peter flies to LA. It is quite a long time before ASM2 55 (7-22).

Wednesday, December 4
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #49 (9-17)
After flying all night from Ghana, Peter's flight gets to LA probably the "morning" after ASM2 49 (1-8), at MJ's apartment they refuse to confirm if she lives there. He calls her phone and finds MJ is out for a "few days" to see someone special. He calls his own apartment then and his phone hasn't been reconnected after being late with a payment. Peter then uses the rear window to get inside MJ's apartment. After probably waiting for hours until dark at each other's apartments, Peter and Mary Jane decide to go back to their respective homes.

Thursday, December 5
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #49 (18-22)
MJ's flight back to LA makes a stop in Denver and Peter's flight lands there too for precaution after a thunder grazes the plane. At the Denver airport Peter finds MJ and they decide to miss their flights so they can talk.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #50 (1-22)
The same night as ASM2 49 (18-22). At the Denver airport, Spider-Man and Captain America protect Dr. Doom from a violent group of anti-Doom activists. Doom must appear here before T2 58. Peter and MJ talk things out.

Friday, December 6
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #50 (23)
The day after ASM2 50 (1-22). Peter and MJ are back together and in Colorado, where we see green grass and trees. Presumably, Peter has called in sick to school this past week.

Saturday, December 7
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #51 (1-13p5)
Probably the night of the day after ASM2 50 (23). Back in New York, Peter and MJ celebrate their reunion. It appears as though they have just returned and had made arrangements for MJ to stay in a hotel temporarily because Peters apartment is a disaster. A pimp promises to pay his loan sharks by Friday. Digger from ASM2 51-FB (4-5) appears in New York to exact revenge.

Monday, December 9
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #55 (1-7p3)
One day. Peter Parker takes interest in Melissa Coolridge, a student with potential, and arranges for her to transfer into his biology class. It is a school day halfway through a high school term. It is warm enough for short sleeves outdoors.

Tuesday, December 10
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #55 (7p4-22)
The day after ASM2 55 (1-7). Spider-Man subdues a group of thugs who rob Melissas apartment, and Peter finds out that Spider-Man nabbed Melissas brother a few months ago, in ASM2 56-FB (17p5). Ezekiel returns quite a long time after ASM2 49 (1-8). It is a school day, as is the day after this one. Eight nights separate this segment from ASM2 56 (1-19). It is cold enough for heat to be on inside, but not cold enough for coats. Full moon. 

Thursday, December 12
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #51 (13p6-22)
One night shortly after ASM2 51 (1-13). A police detective asks Spidey for help investigating Digger, who Spidey encounters in a nightclub.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #52 (1-13)
The same night as ASM2 51 (13-22). Digger gets away and Forelli hires Spidey to protect him from Digger.

Friday, December 13
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #52 (14-15p4)
The day after ASM2 52 (1-13). Peter teaches school as Digger gets caught up on decades of news.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #52  FB (17p6-18p1)
The same night as ASM2 52 (14-15). Digger attacks one of Forellis boats in at a New York pier.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #52 (15p5-23)
The same night as ASM2 52-FB (17-18). Forelli sends Spidey to Nevada. It is now the weekend.

Saturday, December 14
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #53
The day after ASM2 52 (15-23). Peter returns to New York from Nevada. After Spidey is summoned to save Forelli from Digger, Digger gets shot up by Forellis men and retreats. Green trees in Manhattan.

Sunday, December 15
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #54 (1-20)
The day after ASM2 53. Spider-Man destroys Digger and exposes Forelli after Spidey gets a big check for his protection services.

Tuesday, December 17
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #56  FB (2p2-4p4)
The night before ASM2 56 (1-19). For the eighth night in a row after ASM2 55 (7-22), Spidey secretly looks after Mel Coolridge as she searches for her brother.

Wednesday, December 18
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #56 (1-19)
One school day that occurs before another school day. Eight nights separate this segment from ASM2 55 (7-22), and this segment is referred to as having occurred the other night in ASM2 56-FB (21-22). Peter states, I havent been teaching that long. I just started here this semester. This would mean that everything from ASM2 32 (1-20) to now occurs during one semester. Following a tip received in a bar, Spidey finds Josh Coolridge in a rehab program run by Ezekiel. Green trees in New York.

Friday, December 20
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #56  FB (21-22)
The afternoon of a school day. ASM2 56 (1-19) is referred to as having occurred the other night. Mel and Josh Coolridge are reunited. Short-sleeve weather in New York.

Saturday, December 21
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #56 (20)
Probably the day after ASM2 56-FB (21-22). Peter tells M.J. about the Coolridges as they sit in Central Park, where we see green trees and light clothing.

January (after January 10)
THUNDERBOLTS #80
Spidey appears here. I dont have the details.

Thursday, March 20: Vernal Equinox
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #1  FB
One day, a straight week after SM&W 4-FB-FB (9p5-9p7). It is a couple of days before SM&W 1 and thirty-six hours before SM&W 3-4. This story must occur before the story arc that leads to Peter and M.J.s reunion. It is a school day and Peters school has a new assistant principal. Nick Fury picks up Peter from school to send him on a mission as Spider-Man. Spidey is flown out to an island off Japan, where he parachutes in to rescue a prisoner, who turns out to be Wolverine. Full moon.
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #2  FB
The same night as SM&W 1-FB. Spidey frees Logan, and, with the help of Reed Richards, they determine that images of Logans torture were being transmitted to a house in Paris.

Friday, March 21
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #3  FB
The day after SM&W 1-FB. In Paris, Logan and Spidey find a secret lab that explodes and nearly get run down by a car. Peter calls in to school claiming to be sick and planning to be back on Monday. It is a difficult time of year to find substitute teachers. That night, Cyclops picks them up and takes them to Switzerland, where they meet up with Nick Fury, who shoots Logan. We see green trees in Paris and snow in the Alps.
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #4  FB
The same night as SM&W 3-FB. This flashback occurs twenty-four hours before SM&W 4. Fury explains the situation and sends Logan and Spidey into Breckers mountain facility to stop him from selling his healing formula. By switching places (Peter wears Logans tiger-stripe costume), the heroes shut down Breckers operation. Snow in the Alps.

Saturday, March 22
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #1
One day, a couple of days after SM&W 1-FB. Spidey relates his adventure with Logan.
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #2
The same day as SM&W 1. Logan and Spidey continue to relate their adventure together.
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #3
The same day as SM&W 2. Thirty-six hours after the beginning of SM&W 1-FB. Logan and Spidey continue to talk about their adventure.
SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #4
The same day as SM&W 3. It is twenty-four hours after the end of SM&W 4-FB. Logan and Spidey finish their story, which turns out to be an explanation to Aunt May why Peters late for dinner. May knows that Peter is Spidey and has accepted it, so this story occurs sometime after PPSM2 50 (28-35). The fact that M.J. is not around is inconclusive for placement; she may be back, but away on a modeling gig. 

April
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #54 (21-22)
One day, long enough after ASM2 54 (1-20) for Peter to arrange to establish the Gwen Stacy Memorial Library at a school with the money he got from Forelli.

May
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #57
One school day. Peter notes that it is getting closer to summer vacation and that he only works as a teacher every Tuesday and Thursday; the latter reference may be just to his schedule for this semester, not for his entire teaching job to this point  regardless, this implies that it is either Tuesday or Thursday. Peters birthday is in a day or two, so this story should occur at the same time of year as S-M 21. Spider-Man joins the Fantastic Four (Reeds and Sues costumes are mismatched color-wise, but they both conform to the design introduced in FF3 40;, Iron Man (in an armor not seen elsewhere), and Thor (in classic costume, probably after the Reigning, given that he appears in PPSM2 53 during the Asgard-over-Manhattan storyline) in a battle with the Mindless Ones in Manhattan. Dr. Strange shows up too late to prevent the return of Dormammu.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #58
The same night as ASM2 57. Reed is not disfigured, so this story should occur before FF3 68 (1p1). As the heroes battle the Mindless Ones, Strange attempts to destroy Dormammu, but in the process he and Spidey end up in a plane outside of time and space and Spidey witnesses scenes from the past and future.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN #500
The same night as ASM2 58. 

June 1 
GET KRAVEN #6 (20-24)
Six months after GK 6 (19). Al Kraven and the Vulture do some superheroing by helping an old couple from being assaulted. Spider-Man talks to Tymby who tells him theyve been at it for three months.

			*	*	*

Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar
Posted by Dimadick on October 10, 2003 at 16:12:05:
In Reply to: Recent Spider-Man calendar 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 07:04:07:

Paul, your Spidey calendar seems to be rather impressive. But I am afraid there are still a couple of contradictions included in it.

> Tuesday, February 26
> SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #12-FB (1p2-1p3) NSA
> Vincent Colorito, AKA Leapfrog, is released from Evansville penitentiary under house arrest. These scenes are shown on the TV news in TW 12 (1-5) as happening earlier today.
> SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #12 (1-5) NSA
> The same day as TW 12-FB. At his aunts house Eugene Colorito sees the news about his dad being released from prison earlier and worries about the guys at school making fun of his father tomorrow, then Vincent comes to pick up his son and move to their own house. This story has some contradictions with already established facts about the characters previous history.

Among these contradictions is that the already established Leapfrog was named Vincent Patilio and has retired from being a supervillain some time ago. Spider-Man only met him after his retirement and on friendly terms. He supposedly reminds Peter of his deceased uncle Ben (Is there any old man who doesn't?).His son was named Eugene Paul Patilio and since Marvel Team-Up #121 (September 1982) had acted as a superheroe of minor importance under the name "The Fabulous Frog-Man" though he has only achieved victories over Speed Deamon, Walrus, White Rabbit and Yellow Claw. And he was already a college student at the time. Could Vincent and Eugene Colorito actualy be newly introduced characters?

> Tuesday, March 26
> PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #31
> One day. Peters scratches from the explosion in PPSM2 30 are shown as he showers. Peters TV and answering machine are still on moving boxes. Its afternoon when Caryn asks Peter to watch Barker for a couple of days while she goes to Vegas. NY News broadcasts a videotape of Fusion, who refers to the explosion in PPSM2 30 as recent, so this issue is not necessarily the same day as the previous issue. Indeed, Peter has come to terms with the 300 deaths from the explosion and refuses to blame himself. Fusions videotape spurs Peter to action, as he does research at the Midtown Public Library (so its not Sunday) and discovers where to find Fusion. He finds the villain, battles him, and is defeated.
> PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #32
> The same day as PPSM2 31, Fusion takes Spidey to his place, where Spidey figures out and overcomes Fusion's power of suggestion and defeats him. Then he goes home and feeds Barker.

> Wednesday, September 4
> PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #34
> Aunt May buys Peter a set of salt and pepper shakers for his new home. There is no indication that she knows Peters secret identity; in fact, there is none of the tension we see between Peter and May during the time just after the discovery. Peter notes that he has a bunch of papers to mark for school and that theyre due Friday, so this issue occurs after ASM2 32 (1-20). Caryn pops by to thank Peter for watching Barker, so it is likely shortly after the couple of days she was out of town (starting PPSM2 31), but not necessarily right after (she's not picking up Barker). She takes Peter to a Funfair in Central Park, which probably occurs on a weekend. We see carnival rides, green grass and trees, and mild weather. Then Spider-Man battles a guy named William at the fair. Caryn meets Jill Stacy there. It is September in a calendar hanging on a wall of the monastery where William was staying.
> PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #36 (1-11) NSA
> Billy Fender, a private investigator, obsessed with finding Spider-Mans identity states being six years after his big score and remembers the first time he saw Spidey.

Hmmm.. By this placement Karyn leaves for Las Vegas for a couple of days in March and returns in September? And Peter ends up taking care of Barker for about six months?

> Thursday, September 12
> PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #38 (21-22)
> Caryn sleeps holding the Teddy Bear Peter won for her in PPSM2 34 as Peter falls asleep past midnight, marking papers for school.
> PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (1-3) NSA
> After his wife states hell be out of town for the weekend, Congressman Bradley Miles loses his arm being attacked by a mind- controlled octopus at the beach, the month previous to PPSM2 39 (4-15).

> Friday, September 13
> PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (4-15)
> At a technology exhibit Peters class is attending, he detects something unusual with congressman Miles not hiding his association with Biotechnix, the company that provided him with a prosthetic limb after losing his arm last month. Peter calls Joe Robertson, who had been running an article about Biotechnix last month, and Robbie tells Peter they had some leads on a shady connection between Miles and Biotechnix a couple of weeks ago but Jonah wasn't interested in the story. Daredevil then tells Spider-Man that a sample microchip Peter got at the exhibit probably came from a Biotechnix building in Chinatown. Fusion, who is presumably manipulating Dr. Octopus, hurries Doc Ock to finish a limb for tomorrow. Spidey then sees congressman Miles and promises to uncover his connection with Biotechnix. Robbie keeps failing at getting Jonah interested in the story.

Hmmm...According to that story Congressman Bradley Miles lost his hand while swimming at the beach. You mention in your notes that there is a month between this and the next page of this story. Presumabely enough time for him to get his prosthetic limb and for Robertson to investigate on it. However on the dates you only place a single day between the events. This contradicts your own notes.
> 

> Thursday, November 7
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #1  FB
> One day, a couple of days before SM&W 1 and thirty-six hours before SM&W 3. This story must occur before the story arc that leads to Peter and M.J.s reunion. It is a school day and Peters school has a new assistant principal. Nick Fury picks up Peter from school to send him on a mission as Spider-Man. Spidey is flown out to an island off Japan, where he parachutes in to rescue a hostage, who turns out to be Wolverine. Full moon.
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #2  FB
> The same night as SM&W 1-FB. Spidey frees Logan, and, with the help of Reed Richards, they determine that images of Logans torture were being transmitted to a house in Paris.

> Friday, November 8
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #3  FB
> The day after SM&W 1-FB. In Paris, Logan and Spidey find a secret lab that explodes and nearly get run down by a car. Peter calls in to school claiming to be sick and planning to be back on Monday. It is a difficult time of year to find substitute teachers. That night, Cyclops picks them up and takes them to Switzerland, where they meet up with Nick Fury, who shoots Logan. We see green trees in Paris and snow in the Alps.

> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #4  FB
> The same night as SM&W 3-FB. 

> Saturday, November 9
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #1
> One day, a couple of days after SM&W 1-FB. Spidey relates his adventure with Logan.
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #2
> The same day as SM&W 1. Logan and Spidey continue to relate their adventure together.
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #3
> The same day as SM&W 2. Logan and Spidey continue to talk about their adventure.
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #4
> The same day as SM&W 3.
> Saturday, March 22
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #1
> One day, a couple of days after SM&W 1-FB. Spidey relates his adventure with Logan.
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #2
> The same day as SM&W 1. Logan and Spidey continue to relate their adventure together.
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #3
> The same day as SM&W 2. Thirty-six hours after the beginning of SM&W 1-FB. Logan and Spidey continue to talk about their adventure.
> SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #4
> The same day as SM&W 3. It is twenty-four hours after the end of SM&W 4-FB. Logan and Spidey finish their story, which turns out to be an explanation to Aunt May why Peters late for dinner. May knows that Peter is Spidey and has accepted it, so this story occurs sometime after PPSM2 50 (28-35). The fact that M.J. is not around is inconclusive for placement; she may be back, but away on a modeling gig. 
> 

You seem to have placed the same events on both November and March. One of them can't be correct.

Otherwise, congratulations. Great work! 

			*	*	*

Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 20:25:10:
In Reply to: Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar 
posted by Dimadick on October 10, 2003 at 16:12:05:

> Paul, your Spidey calendar seems to be rather impressive. But I am afraid there are still a couple of contradictions included in it.

Great! I figured there were some details I was not considering or errors I made. Individual comments below...


> > Tuesday, February 26
> > SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #12-FB (1p2-1p3) NSA
> > Vincent Colorito, AKA Leapfrog, is released from Evansville penitentiary under house arrest. These scenes are shown on the TV news in TW 12 (1-5) as happening earlier today.
> > SPIDER-MANS TANGLED WEB #12 (1-5) NSA
> > The same day as TW 12-FB. At his aunts house Eugene Colorito sees the news about his dad being released from prison earlier and worries about the guys at school making fun of his father tomorrow, then Vincent comes to pick up his son and move to their own house. This story has some contradictions with already established facts about the characters previous history.

> Among these contradictions is that the already established Leapfrog was named Vincent Patilio and has retired from being a supervillain some time ago. Spider-Man only met him after his retirement and on friendly terms. He supposedly reminds Peter of his deceased uncle Ben (Is there any old man who doesn't?).His son was named Eugene Paul Patilio and since Marvel Team-Up #121 (September 1982) had acted as a superheroe of minor importance under the name "The Fabulous Frog-Man" though he has only achieved victories over Speed Deamon, Walrus, White Rabbit and Yellow Claw. And he was already a college student at the time. Could Vincent and Eugene Colorito actualy be newly introduced characters?

Not my error. I'm afraid I'll have to blame the writer for this one. The name is definitely "Colorito" in TW 12, not Patilio, as it should be. "No Prize" explanation: the name "Colorito" is given by a TV news reporter, and it's quite possible the copy writers for that news program made a mistake. It happens. As for my synopsis, I'll correct the name.


> > Tuesday, March 26
> > PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #31
> > One day. Peters scratches from the explosion in PPSM2 30 are shown as he showers. Peters TV and answering machine are still on moving boxes. Its afternoon when Caryn asks Peter to watch Barker for a couple of days while she goes to Vegas. NY News broadcasts a videotape of Fusion, who refers to the explosion in PPSM2 30 as recent, so this issue is not necessarily the same day as the previous issue. Indeed, Peter has come to terms with the 300 deaths from the explosion and refuses to blame himself. Fusions videotape spurs Peter to action, as he does research at the Midtown Public Library (so its not Sunday) and discovers where to find Fusion. He finds the villain, battles him, and is defeated.
> > PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #32
> > The same day as PPSM2 31, Fusion takes Spidey to his place, where Spidey figures out and overcomes Fusion's power of suggestion and defeats him. Then he goes home and feeds Barker.

> > Wednesday, September 4
> > PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #34
> > Aunt May buys Peter a set of salt and pepper shakers for his new home. There is no indication that she knows Peters secret identity; in fact, there is none of the tension we see between Peter and May during the time just after the discovery. Peter notes that he has a bunch of papers to mark for school and that theyre due Friday, so this issue occurs after ASM2 32 (1-20). Caryn pops by to thank Peter for watching Barker, so it is likely shortly after the couple of days she was out of town (starting PPSM2 31), but not necessarily right after (she's not picking up Barker). She takes Peter to a Funfair in Central Park, which probably occurs on a weekend. We see carnival rides, green grass and trees, and mild weather. Then Spider-Man battles a guy named William at the fair. Caryn meets Jill Stacy there. It is September in a calendar hanging on a wall of the monastery where William was staying.
> > PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #36 (1-11) NSA
> > Billy Fender, a private investigator, obsessed with finding Spider-Mans identity states being six years after his big score and remembers the first time he saw Spidey.

> Hmmm.. By this placement Karyn leaves for Las Vegas for a couple of days in March and returns in September? And Peter ends up taking care of Barker for about six months?

A classic example of my changing dates but not narrative comments. My current explanation is to pull out what I affectionately call "the Jean Grey X-planation" -- Caryn made more than one trip and left Barker with Peter each time.


> > Thursday, September 12
> > PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #38 (21-22)
> > Caryn sleeps holding the Teddy Bear Peter won for her in PPSM2 34 as Peter falls asleep past midnight, marking papers for school.
> > PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (1-3) NSA
> > After his wife states hell be out of town for the weekend, Congressman Bradley Miles loses his arm being attacked by a mind- controlled octopus at the beach, the month previous to PPSM2 39 (4-15).

> > Friday, September 13
> > PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (4-15)
> > At a technology exhibit Peters class is attending, he detects something unusual with congressman Miles not hiding his association with Biotechnix, the company that provided him with a prosthetic limb after losing his arm last month. Peter calls Joe Robertson, who had been running an article about Biotechnix last month, and Robbie tells Peter they had some leads on a shady connection between Miles and Biotechnix a couple of weeks ago but Jonah wasn't interested in the story. Daredevil then tells Spider-Man that a sample microchip Peter got at the exhibit probably came from a Biotechnix building in Chinatown. Fusion, who is presumably manipulating Dr. Octopus, hurries Doc Ock to finish a limb for tomorrow. Spidey then sees congressman Miles and promises to uncover his connection with Biotechnix. Robbie keeps failing at getting Jonah interested in the story.

> Hmmm...According to that story Congressman Bradley Miles lost his hand while swimming at the beach. You mention in your notes that there is a month between this and the next page of this story. Presumabely enough time for him to get his prosthetic limb and for Robertson to investigate on it. However on the dates you only place a single day between the events. This contradicts your own notes.
> > 

Another example of notes not catching up with shifting dates. When you're a Congressman, those prosthetic limbs are furnished post haste!


> > Thursday, November 7
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #1  FB
> > One day, a couple of days before SM&W 1 and thirty-six hours before SM&W 3. This story must occur before the story arc that leads to Peter and M.J.s reunion. It is a school day and Peters school has a new assistant principal. Nick Fury picks up Peter from school to send him on a mission as Spider-Man. Spidey is flown out to an island off Japan, where he parachutes in to rescue a hostage, who turns out to be Wolverine. Full moon.
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #2  FB
> > The same night as SM&W 1-FB. Spidey frees Logan, and, with the help of Reed Richards, they determine that images of Logans torture were being transmitted to a house in Paris.

> > Friday, November 8
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #3  FB
> > The day after SM&W 1-FB. In Paris, Logan and Spidey find a secret lab that explodes and nearly get run down by a car. Peter calls in to school claiming to be sick and planning to be back on Monday. It is a difficult time of year to find substitute teachers. That night, Cyclops picks them up and takes them to Switzerland, where they meet up with Nick Fury, who shoots Logan. We see green trees in Paris and snow in the Alps.
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #4  FB
> > The same night as SM&W 3-FB. 

> > Saturday, November 9
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #1
> > One day, a couple of days after SM&W 1-FB. Spidey relates his adventure with Logan.
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #2
> > The same day as SM&W 1. Logan and Spidey continue to relate their adventure together.
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #3
> > The same day as SM&W 2. Logan and Spidey continue to talk about their adventure.
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #4
> > The same day as SM&W 3.
> > Saturday, March 22
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #1
> > One day, a couple of days after SM&W 1-FB. Spidey relates his adventure with Logan.
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #2
> > The same day as SM&W 1. Logan and Spidey continue to relate their adventure together.
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #3
> > The same day as SM&W 2. Thirty-six hours after the beginning of SM&W 1-FB. Logan and Spidey continue to talk about their adventure.
> > SPIDER-MAN & WOLVERINE #4
> > The same day as SM&W 3. It is twenty-four hours after the end of SM&W 4-FB. Logan and Spidey finish their story, which turns out to be an explanation to Aunt May why Peters late for dinner. May knows that Peter is Spidey and has accepted it, so this story occurs sometime after PPSM2 50 (28-35). The fact that M.J. is not around is inconclusive for placement; she may be back, but away on a modeling gig. 
> > 
> You seem to have placed the same events on both November and March. One of them can't be correct.

Good catch. November was the old placement and instead of cutting and pasting it into March, I must have copied and pasted.


> Otherwise, congratulations. Great work!

Thanks. I have a feeling that there are more mistakes and oversights, but I hope they're few and trust that other chronologists will catch 'em.

One other thing: I updated the comments on THE END's entry, as reflected in another thread. The full MU calendar will feature THE END #1-6 (not just three pages of issue 6), and my notes on the alternate reality have been replaced by new material.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Correction to my correction
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 20:35:47:
In Reply to: Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 20:25:10:

> > > PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (1-3) NSA
> > > After his wife states hell be out of town for the weekend, Congressman Bradley Miles loses his arm being attacked by a mind- controlled octopus at the beach, the month previous to PPSM2 39 (4-15).

> > > Friday, September 13
> > > PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (4-15)
> > > At a technology exhibit Peters class is attending, he detects something unusual with congressman Miles not hiding his association with Biotechnix, the company that provided him with a prosthetic limb after losing his arm last month. Peter calls Joe Robertson, who had been running an article about Biotechnix last month, and Robbie tells Peter they had some leads on a shady connection between Miles and Biotechnix a couple of weeks ago but Jonah wasn't interested in the story. Daredevil then tells Spider-Man that a sample microchip Peter got at the exhibit probably came from a Biotechnix building in Chinatown. Fusion, who is presumably manipulating Dr. Octopus, hurries Doc Ock to finish a limb for tomorrow. Spidey then sees congressman Miles and promises to uncover his connection with Biotechnix. Robbie keeps failing at getting Jonah interested in the story.

> > Hmmm...According to that story Congressman Bradley Miles lost his hand while swimming at the beach. You mention in your notes that there is a month between this and the next page of this story. Presumabely enough time for him to get his prosthetic limb and for Robertson to investigate on it. However on the dates you only place a single day between the events. This contradicts your own notes.
> > > 

> Another example of notes not catching up with shifting dates. When you're a Congressman, those prosthetic limbs are furnished post haste!

Duh, Paul! Pages 1-3 don't feature Spidey at all, so I'm free to place that segment a month before pages 4-15 and keep the temporal reference valid. Pages 1-3 are now positioned on Friday, August 16.

--Paul 

			*	*	*

Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar
Posted by Antonio Gavio on October 12, 2003 at 16:09:44:
In Reply to: Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar 
posted by Dimadick on October 10, 2003 at 16:12:05:

> Paul, your Spidey calendar seems to be rather impressive. But I am afraid there are still a couple of contradictions included in it.

Perhaps I can explain a little more about the reason of those contradictions; Paul has come up with this version of a Spidey calendar with a previuos version of it that I worked on a few months ago. Then he sent me back an updated version that I was supposed to recheck, but for one reason or another I haven't been able to do it. So it's probably my fault.
On the notes that I gave Paul I made sure to explain any inconsistencies that were found in the books (like the Frogman issue), Paul has shrinked somehow the file for easier reading. I promise to finally give it a look to see if any other mistakes can be found.
Antonio

			*	*	*

Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar
Posted by Administrator on October 10, 2003 at 18:28:17:
In Reply to: Recent Spider-Man calendar 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 07:04:07:

> To make the chronologies flow more smoothly, publication date was sometimes cast aside. Entire runs of one title might occur before that of another although they were published contemporaneously. And certain issues of a title may not appear in numerical order to accommodate important temporal references, hopefully without compromising a character's chronology. (Hey, Olshevsky did the same thing.)

I believe Olshevsky only did it when he was producing the *Official* Marvel Index. Did he reshuffle issues (based solely on "temporal reference") in his self-published work?

			*	*	*

Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 20:09:44:
In Reply to: Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar 
posted by Administrator on October 10, 2003 at 18:28:17:

> I believe Olshevsky only did it when he was producing the *Official* Marvel Index. Did he reshuffle issues (based solely on "temporal reference") in his self-published work?


No, I don't believe he did. This is because his first self-published work did not involve as extensive an analysis as the official Indexes did. The self-published volumes had no temporal references, and before and after appearances for characters were not complete or reconciled with other titles as comprehensively as the official Indexes.

--Paul
			*	*	*

Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar
Posted by Administrator on October 10, 2003 at 21:28:58:
In Reply to: Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 20:09:44:

My point is that I'm not sure we can justify doing it, simply by invoking George's name ("George did it; therefore, we can do it"). George only did it after he had Marvel's stamp of approval. For the purposes of the Project, I'd want either:

a) Marvel's stamp of approval; or
b) something more rock solid than temporal clues or hair styles or phases of the moon

before we reshuffle the order of issues in a title.

Remember here, though, I'm only talking about the Project. I don't mean this to be taken as a knock against your Calendar. In the context of the calendar, it makes perfect sense. Keep plugging away. I'm amazed at what you're putting together here, and it does make a lot of things easier on my end.

			*	*	*

Temporal references and issue re-sequencing
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 11, 2003 at 15:07:47:
In Reply to: Re: Recent Spider-Man calendar 
posted by Administrator on October 10, 2003 at 21:28:58:

You raise an interesting issue concerning the methodologies of chronologists...

My point is not just to invoke Olshevsky's name, but to indicate that the *methodology* he used (using temporal clues to order issues under certain circumstances) *did* get Marvel's seal of approval. This validates the methodology, in my mind, and Olshevsky's work has set a precedent. Don't get me wrong; I don't re-order issues with impunity. I'm more apt to declare temporal references topical than to mess up issue order, mostly because issue order *usually* reveals a logical progression of plot and characterization. In the very few instances I suggest re-sequencing issues of a single title, it's when the re-ordering has no impact on characters' logical chronologies. If, in re-sequencing, I'm missing plot and character references that my re-ordering has messed up, do let me know. Otherwise, I think I'm pretty "rock solid."

I do make the assumption that issues occur in numerical order, but I'm not slavish to issue order for the sake of issue order, and if I see compelling temporal evidence that an issue or two occur(s) out of sequence, I'll suggest re-ordering. And "compelling" to me is more than lunar phases (which involve a great deal of artistic license) and hair styles (which can easily change back and forth). "Compelling" temporal considerations from Olshevsky's experience seem to involve things like anniversaries, holidays, etc. that are integral to a story, must occur at a certain point on the calendar, *and* can be accommodated without messing up the logical flow of plot and character development.

If we believe that numerical sequencing is absolutely imperative in all cases (unless indicated otherwise explicitly by the comics' creators), is it because we assume the writers intended the issues to be read in numerical order? We ourselves have re-interpreted creators' work for the sake of logical continuity; can we not do the same *occasionally* for logical temporal placement? 

IIRC, the submitted Spidey calendar involves only a couple instances of re-sequencing, and I don't believe the whole rest of the MU calendar for this time period involves any.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing
Posted by Administrator on October 11, 2003 at 16:36:33:
In Reply to: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 11, 2003 at 15:07:47:

> My point is not just to invoke Olshevsky's name, but to indicate that the *methodology* he used (using temporal clues to order issues under certain circumstances) *did* get Marvel's seal of approval. This validates the methodology, in my mind, and Olshevsky's work has set a precedent. 

We don't know whether it was the methodology which received Marvel's seal of approval, or simply the results. We don't know which other reshufflings, if any, Olshevsky proposed that didn't see the light of day, because Marvel didn't approve them. The precedent was that Marvel agreed that stories sometimes occur out of published order.

> Don't get me wrong; I don't re-order issues with impunity. I'm more apt to declare temporal references topical than to mess up issue order, mostly because issue order *usually* reveals a logical progression of plot and characterization. In the very few instances I suggest re-sequencing issues of a single title, it's when the re-ordering has no impact on characters' logical chronologies. If, in re-sequencing, I'm missing plot and character references that my re-ordering has messed up, do let me know. Otherwise, I think I'm pretty "rock solid."

I never meant to imply that your calendar wasn't rock solid; only that the evidence needed for reshuffling stories should be rock solid.

> I do make the assumption that issues occur in numerical order, but I'm not slavish to issue order for the sake of issue order, and if I see compelling temporal evidence that an issue or two occur(s) out of sequence, I'll suggest re-ordering. And "compelling" to me is more than lunar phases (which involve a great deal of artistic license) and hair styles (which can easily change back and forth). "Compelling" temporal considerations from Olshevsky's experience seem to involve things like 

But there's an important distinction between us here. To you, it seems to be Olshevsky's experience; to me, it's Olshevsky's/Marvel's. He made these claims only when he had Marvel's imprimatur. 

> If we believe that numerical sequencing is absolutely imperative in all cases (unless indicated otherwise explicitly by the comics' creators), is it because we assume the writers intended the issues to be read in numerical order? 

No, it's because common sense suggests it, unless we're talking about books like Marvel Comics Presents, or Webspinners: Tales of Spider-Man. And, no, it doesn't have to be explicitly stated before we find ourselves reshuffling the books. ASM2 36 is an obvious case in point. The question is, *all topical references aside*, can the stories take place in their published order? I contend that we need more than topical references before we reshuffle issues. And before you can remind me that George did it, I'll point out that if you can get Marvel's approval to reshuffle particular issues, I'll grant that you've got "more than topical references."

			*	*	*

Re: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 11, 2003 at 19:00:31:
In Reply to: Re: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing 
posted by Administrator on October 11, 2003 at 16:36:33:

> I never meant to imply that your calendar wasn't rock solid; only that the evidence needed for reshuffling stories should be rock solid.

Don't worry. I didn't take it that way. :)


> > I do make the assumption that issues occur in numerical order, but I'm not slavish to issue order for the sake of issue order, and if I see compelling temporal evidence that an issue or two occur(s) out of sequence, I'll suggest re-ordering. And "compelling" to me is more than lunar phases (which involve a great deal of artistic license) and hair styles (which can easily change back and forth). "Compelling" temporal considerations from Olshevsky's experience seem to involve things like 

> But there's an important distinction between us here. To you, it seems to be Olshevsky's experience; to me, it's Olshevsky's/Marvel's. He made these claims only when he had Marvel's imprimatur. 

I think we're interpreting Olshevsky's work a bit differently, and neither of us really know the real scoop. I interpret Olshevsky's self-published work was a work in progress. I think he hadn't gotten around to dealing with temporal references until he did the official work for Marvel. Hence his early work suggests no re-shuffling, but once he got more into the work, he did. The Official Marvel Index published by Marvel is certainly more completely thought out than the Marvel Comics Index he did.

I think you're suggesting that he had been toying with the idea of mixing things up during the MCI, but didn't until he got Marvel's okay for the OMI.

> > If we believe that numerical sequencing is absolutely imperative in all cases (unless indicated otherwise explicitly by the comics' creators), is it because we assume the writers intended the issues to be read in numerical order? 

> No, it's because common sense suggests it, unless we're talking about books like Marvel Comics Presents, or Webspinners: Tales of Spider-Man. And, no, it doesn't have to be explicitly stated before we find ourselves reshuffling the books. ASM2 36 is an obvious case in point. The question is, *all topical references aside*, can the stories take place in their published order? I contend that we need more than topical references before we reshuffle issues. And before you can remind me that George did it, I'll point out that if you can get Marvel's approval to reshuffle particular issues, I'll grant that you've got "more than topical references."

If the calendar looks okay to the chronologists here, can we even attempt to get that approval?

--Paul 

			*	*	*

Re: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing
Posted by Administrator on October 11, 2003 at 20:24:20:
In Reply to: Re: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 11, 2003 at 19:00:31:

> If the calendar looks okay to the chronologists here, can we even attempt to get that approval?

Of course. Anyone can. But that was a rhetorical question, right?

			*	*	*

Re: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 11, 2003 at 21:45:40:
In Reply to: Re: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing 
posted by Administrator on October 11, 2003 at 20:24:20:

Honestly, I've never made the attempt to contact anyone at Marvel, so it wasn't a rhetorical question.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing
Posted by Kevin on October 13, 2003 at 09:33:25:
In Reply to: Re: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 11, 2003 at 21:45:40:

Well, why not? ;-) If you don't mind me saying so, many of you gentlemen here at this website do a better job of managing continuity than the editors at Marvel do, (and that's not a slight against Marvel, as they have so many titles to worry about, not to mention a business to run). We know some Marvel writers, (and Editors, remember Tom Brevort stopping by here?) use the MCP...why not just come out and submit this calender to Marvel? 

It's past time they published something along those lines anyway, (the last thing similar in nature in my mind was the Official Indexes from the late 80's or early 90's)... who knows, Paul B., maybe you can the Calender published in comic/magazine format! ;-) 

			*	*	*

The MCP and Marvel
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 16, 2003 at 07:21:39:
In Reply to: Re: Temporal references and issue re-sequencing 
posted by Kevin on October 13, 2003 at 09:33:25:

Kevin, you raise the general issue about the likelihood of any of the efforts here at the MCP being "officially" recognized by Marvel. Not only use of the site as a resource for producing stories, but also as some kind of publishable product in and of itself. Any thoughts on that, Russ?

--Paul 

			*	*	*

Re: The MCP and Marvel
Posted by Russ Chappell on October 16, 2003 at 16:35:42:
In Reply to: The MCP and Marvel 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 16, 2003 at 07:21:39:

A Marvel editor approached me a few years back with a proposal to publish the Project. I wasn't interested in being paid for the work, at the time, but he said their policies required it. He gave me Marvel's FedEx account number and requested I send a copy on diskette, so he could show his boss (which I did). He cautioned me that there were some major belt tightenings going on (I think this was about the time that the 35,000 circulation floor was announced), and that it might be quite a while before a decision was reached. That was probably three years ago. Now you know as much as I do.

I don't think the MCP is well suited for publication, at least until the Marvel Universe as we know it ceases to exist.

			*	*	*

Re: The MCP and Marvel
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 16, 2003 at 21:34:31:
In Reply to: Re: The MCP and Marvel 
posted by Russ Chappell on October 16, 2003 at 16:35:42:

Wow, I didn't know that. Thanks for sharing that info, Russ. Is that editor still around at Marvel? Even though you haven't heard back about a published MCP, do you still have some kind of "pipeline" to Marvel?

Getting back to the topic of "approval" of a chronology proposal (e.g. re-sequencing issues of a given title), it's hard to know who to ask. The writer of the title (assuming there's just one involved)?

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: The MCP and Marvel
Posted by Administrator on October 16, 2003 at 23:18:44:
In Reply to: Re: The MCP and Marvel 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 16, 2003 at 21:34:31:

> Wow, I didn't know that. Thanks for sharing that info, Russ. Is that editor still around at Marvel? 

I honestly don't know. He was an assistant editor on the X-books at the time, and was later elevated to a full editorship.

> Even though you haven't heard back about a published MCP, do you still have some kind of "pipeline" to Marvel?

Not per se. I've received emails, and conducted conversations with, writers and editors, but only in the framework of their being a fan of the MCP, not in any official Marvel capacity.

> Getting back to the topic of "approval" of a chronology proposal (e.g. re-sequencing issues of a given title), it's hard to know who to ask. The writer of the title (assuming there's just one involved)?

No. The editor of the most recently published story in question.

			*	*	*

One nitpick
Posted by Jeph! on October 19, 2003 at 22:58:47:
In Reply to: Recent Spider-Man calendar 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 07:04:07:

> Monday, October 22
> SENTRY/THE VOID #1 (21-22)
> The day after S/V 1 (1-20). The destruction in New York is labeled the most expensive natural disaster in history; this qualification allows this story to occur after 9-11.

However, the WTC towers are visible in SENTRY/X-MEN, on pp.1 and 23. They're drawn rather sketchily, as is most everything else Texiera draws, but they're fairly obviously supposed to be the WTC -- the first panel of the book shows a complete New York skyline with bridges, the Empire State, and the WTC in their correct spots.

I hate pointing out a problem without offering a solution, but -- you folks know more about the calendar than I do. Any way this can be reshuffled to accomodate the WTC in the Sentry series?

-Jeph! 

			*	*	*

Re: Sentry
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 20, 2003 at 07:23:53:
In Reply to: One nitpick 
posted by Jeph! on October 19, 2003 at 22:58:47:

Good catch, Jeph. I've moved the Sentry series to August without much problem, but my notes are incomplete regarding the Sentry series, since I don't have every issue. Here are my notes. Can anyone correct or elaborate?


Sunday, August 12
SENTRY #1
One stormy early morning, years after the Sentry made his last appearance. Bob Reynolds awakens, convinced of the impending doom of the Void. Seeing the aftermath of his delirium and that he was drinking, his wife Lindy suggests that she go to Judys for a few days. Bob flies off, convinced hes been called to duty as the Sentry. We see green grass, but the autumn leaves must be topical.
SENTRY #2
The same day as SENTRY 1? The Fantastic Four appear. According to the MCP, Reed Richards appears here between TB 44 and IFW 2.
SENTRY #3
The same day as SENTRY 2? The Fantastic Four, Spider-Man, Hulk, and Dr. Strange appear.
SENTRY #4
The same day as SENTRY 3. Dr. Strange hints at the story of the Sentry to Reed Richards. The Sentry warns Professor X that the Void is coming; Xaviers presence among the X-Men suggests placement of this story during or after Maximum Security. Peter Parker suddenly remembers the Sentry while investigating magazine issues that were wiped from existence. The Sentry approaches Tony Stark about their dim memories and the Voids approach, then he encounters the Watchtower. We see green grass and falling autumn leaves at Xaviers.
SENTRY #5
The same night as SENTRY 4. Inside the Watchtower, Sentry disables the hypnotic transmitter that made everyone forget him, and the world remembers the Sentry. The Void causes an unnatural hurricane in the Atlantic and Sentry gathers the Fantastic Four, Hulk, Spider-Man, Archangel, and several Avengers together to face the coming danger.
SENTRY/FANTASTIC FOUR #1
The same night as SENTRY 5.
SENTRY/X-MEN #1
The same night as S/FF 1. Archangel recalls a past encounter with the Sentry. The WTC towers are seen in this issue, placing this story before ASM2 36.
SENTRY/SPIDER-MAN #1
The same night as S/X 1. Spider-Man recalls previous encounters with the Sentry.
SENTRY/HULK #1
The same night as S/SM 1. Hulk recalls previous encounters with the Sentry.
SENTRY/THE VOID #1 (1-20)
The same night as S/H 1. Everyone realizes that the Sentry is the Void and the heroes are forced to reactivate the transmitter, again wiping knowledge of the Sentry from peoples minds.

Monday, August 13
SENTRY/THE VOID #1 (21-22)
The day after S/V 1 (1-20). The destruction in New York is labeled the most expensive natural disaster in history.


--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Sentry
Posted by Jeph! on October 21, 2003 at 11:22:53:
In Reply to: Re: Sentry 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 20, 2003 at 07:23:53:

> I've moved the Sentry series to August without much problem

Well then, here's another problem for you.

In these notes, you rightly say that Prof. X's appearance places the story "during or after" Maximum Security -- which, on your calendar, is Sept. 3-8.

"Sentry", you claim, takes two days -- presumably Sept. 9-10?

Gah! New York City is declared a disaster area the day before Sept. 11?

I know we've been through this before, but -- any possibility of pushing MaxSec back a week or two? Or, horrors, of calling the "Sept. 11" date topical and pushing it forward?

(Paul: "No.")

> my notes are incomplete regarding the Sentry series, since I don't have every issue. Here are my notes. Can anyone correct or elaborate?

I have the TPB -- I'll go through it and check your notes. Everything seems fine to me, though -- which issues DO you have? I'll focus on the others.

-Jeph! 

			*	*	*

Re: Sentry
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 21, 2003 at 18:58:31:
In Reply to: Re: Sentry 
posted by Jeph! on October 21, 2003 at 11:22:53:

> > I've moved the Sentry series to August without much problem

> Well then, here's another problem for you.

> In these notes, you rightly say that Prof. X's appearance places the story "during or after" Maximum Security -- which, on your calendar, is Sept. 3-8.

> "Sentry", you claim, takes two days -- presumably Sept. 9-10?

> Gah! New York City is declared a disaster area the day before Sept. 11?

> I know we've been through this before, but -- any possibility of pushing MaxSec back a week or two? Or, horrors, of calling the "Sept. 11" date topical and pushing it forward?

> (Paul: "No.")

Dagnabbit, I figured I overlooked something. No way I'm moving that Sept. 11 date; it's referenced much too often as "9-11" in the MU. As for moving MAXSEC back, I'll see what we've got once I have a full accounting of the SENTRY series.


> > my notes are incomplete regarding the Sentry series, since I don't have every issue. Here are my notes. Can anyone correct or elaborate?

> I have the TPB -- I'll go through it and check your notes. Everything seems fine to me, though -- which issues DO you have? I'll focus on the others.

Great! I don't have SENTRY 2-3. Nor do I have SENTRY/FANTASTIC FOUR. Any plot summaries or temporal references you can provide would be greatly appreciated.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Sentry #2-3, Sentry/FF
Posted by Jeph! on October 24, 2003 at 13:39:51:
In Reply to: Re: Sentry 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 21, 2003 at 18:58:31:

Okay, here's what I've gotten from the Sentry issues you're missing.


SENTRY #2: One day, with cloudy skies. It appears to be early evening, as the Thing and the Torch are watching William Shatner's "World's Greatest Abduction Mysteries", which seems like a FOX-type primetime show rather than a daytime show.

The TV show makes reference to the Void attacking Turkey in the night -- and since the Void didn't have physical power until the Sentry released him by drinking the formula in Sentry #1, enough time has passed between now and Sentry #1 for the Void to attack Turkey, and for a TV show to get made about it. (And since Turkey is ahead of the USA in terms of time zones, "night" in Turkey would be afternoon in the USA -- so if the Void attacked Turkey in the afternoon after the morning he was released, the evening-airing TV show was probably produced the NEXT morning -- making this the day after Sentry #1.)

Additionally, the Bugle's headline reads "The Killer Cloud Killed My Husband", so unless it's a late-late edition, this MUST be the day after Sentry #1.

The Sentry stands atop the remains of Four Freedoms Plaza, and comments to Reed on "how many of these buildings have been recently rebuilt". I believe this to be a reference to the Void's last attack, "years" ago -- but it could also refer to Onslaught, or any other NYC-trashing event.

Flashbacks to the Sentry's wedding -- no temporal references that I can see.


SENTRY #3: Following directly from Sentry #2. Evening into a cold, cloudy night. Bare trees and autumn leaves. According to Reed Richards' diary excerpt, it's "October 17th".

One small flashback, to the time the Void teamed up with the Kingpin -- detailed more fully in the FBs in "Sentry / Spider-Man".

(I'm curious how all of Reed's Sentry-related paper files, and the unicorn statue sitting on top of a VHS cassette, were moved into Pier Four if the FF have been conditioned to not notice that they exist.)

To flesh out your temporal passage a bit, Sentry #4 continues directly from this issue, and it's nighttime -- Tony Stark is having a party, but Billy Turner is sleeping and Joe Robertson calls it a "godforsaken hour" to still be working.

Additionally, the Sentry announces in Sentry #5 that the Void's hurricane will make landfall "this evening" -- so some of Sentry #5 takes place the following day, TWO days after Sentry #1. A likely break for midnight is between pp.8-9.

This means that the entire "Sentry" series, including the wrap-up in "Sentry vs. the Void" pp.21-22, covers FOUR days, not two -- and if Reed's diary is to be believed, those days are October 16-19th.

Sentry #1 - day 1, "October 16"
Sentry #2-4, Sentry #5 pp.1-8 - day 2, "October 17"
Sentry #5 pp.9-22, S/FF, S/Spidey, S/Hulk, S/X-Men, Sentry vs. the Void pp.1-20 - day 3, "October 18"
Sentry vs. the Void pp.21-22 - day 4, "October 19"


SENTRY / FANTASTIC FOUR: Like all the other one-shots, this features Reed Richards remembering an adventure he had with the Sentry. It's evening, two days after Sentry #1, with stormy skies on Liberty Island.

In the flashbacks, an adventure with Cloc and the Cosmic Cube, it's "afternoon", wrapping up with an outdoor barbeque in long pants and shirtsleeves.


Hope that helps, Paul! I know, the "October" references aren't that promising, but that's what it says.

Let me know if you have any other questions...

-Jeph! 

			*	*	*

Twin Towers or Reed's Journal?
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 24, 2003 at 20:47:44:
In Reply to: Sentry #2-3, Sentry/FF 
posted by Jeph! on October 24, 2003 at 13:39:51:

So the Sentry story shows the Twin Towers, meaning it happens before September 11.

AND it happens in October, according to Reed Richards' journal.

There are only two ways for both references to be right:

1) The destruction of the WTC did NOT occur on 9/11 in the Marvel Universe. BUT there are too many references in various titles to "9-11" for me to want to move the calendar date of that event.

2) The Sentry story occurs the October BEFORE 9-11 (eleven months earlier). BUT that would place the story too far back in time, during a period when Cap had an energy shield instead of the classic shield seen in SENTRY, among other things.

SO one of the two references -- Twin Towers showing or Reed's journal entry -- must be wrong. Which reference is more compelling?

--Paul 

			*	*	*

Re: Twin Towers or Reed's Journal?
Posted by Jeph! on October 24, 2003 at 23:03:25:
In Reply to: Twin Towers or Reed's Journal? 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 24, 2003 at 20:47:44:

> 1) The destruction of the WTC did NOT occur on 9/11 in the Marvel Universe.

This has been my position all along -- but since it's clearly not yours, I'm not going to push you on it.

(I'd always thought that maybe you could try to place it on 11/9, and claim that people are using the European date numbering system when they say "9/11" -- meaning November 9th. But that's just me. I'm wacky.)

> SO one of the two references -- Twin Towers showing or Reed's journal entry -- must be wrong. Which reference is more compelling?

Well, since you've ignored dates before, I'd think that would be the way to go. The "October 17th" date is, actually, topical -- "Sentry" #3 was published in November 2000. And you can ignore something if it's topical... ;-)

Since the series was published significantly before 9/11, I'd tend to try to place it before the MU 9/11. Can you push Maximum Security back a week, and place "Sentry" on, say, September 2-5?

(This would also give "X-Men: the Search for Cyclops" more time to occur in than the 1-2 days you currently have it squashed into, to allow for Cyclops' appearance in ASM2 #36...)

I think having the Void destroy Rockefeller Center less than a week before Osama bin Laden destroys the WTC is still pushing it, but New York landmarks are always getting trashed in Marvel Comics anyway -- and "Sentry vs. the Void" makes it clear that (1) NYC was evacuated, and (2) everyone thought it was a hurricane anyway. So I'm okay with it if you are.

-Jeph! 

			*	*	*

Re: Twin Towers or Reed's Journal?
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 25, 2003 at 15:22:10:
In Reply to: Re: Twin Towers or Reed's Journal? 
posted by Jeph! on October 24, 2003 at 23:03:25:

> > 1) The destruction of the WTC did NOT occur on 9/11 in the Marvel Universe.

> This has been my position all along -- but since it's clearly not yours, I'm not going to push you on it.

> (I'd always thought that maybe you could try to place it on 11/9, and claim that people are using the European date numbering system when they say "9/11" -- meaning November 9th. But that's just me. I'm wacky.)

> > SO one of the two references -- Twin Towers showing or Reed's journal entry -- must be wrong. Which reference is more compelling?

> Well, since you've ignored dates before, I'd think that would be the way to go. The "October 17th" date is, actually, topical -- "Sentry" #3 was published in November 2000. And you can ignore something if it's topical... ;-)

I'd sooner ignore Reed's one journal entry than many spoken references to "9-11" in various Marvel titles. And since we're talking about Americans making the references, I'd rather stick with September 11 rather than go with November 9.


> Since the series was published significantly before 9/11, I'd tend to try to place it before the MU 9/11. Can you push Maximum Security back a week, and place "Sentry" on, say, September 2-5?

I could try, but now that I look at it, one potential problem with this is how this would affect the Thunderbolts' calendar. Remember how we tried to insert Hawkeye into ASM2 36 during a *short* break between TB 49 and TB 50? Working backward from there we must also note how TB 45 ties in with CM5 13 right before MAXSEC 2. Pushing MAXSEC back a week creates a gap somewhere between TB 45 and 49 that might not work.

The lazy side of me would rather place the Sentry story in October, as per Reed's journal; that placement would be a lot easier.

I should also point out that for the sake of character chronologies we've ignored the WTC appearance in ASM2 26 (1-5), which is placed on the calendar on October 4. Can we do the same for a depiction of the Twin Towers in two panels on page 1 of SENTRY/X-MEN #1?


> (This would also give "X-Men: the Search for Cyclops" more time to occur in than the 1-2 days you currently have it squashed into, to allow for Cyclops' appearance in ASM2 #36...)

Does it need more time?


> I think having the Void destroy Rockefeller Center less than a week before Osama bin Laden destroys the WTC is still pushing it, but New York landmarks are always getting trashed in Marvel Comics anyway -- and "Sentry vs. the Void" makes it clear that (1) NYC was evacuated, and (2) everyone thought it was a hurricane anyway. So I'm okay with it if you are.

Well, placing the Void's attack a month after 9-11 wouldn't be "pushing it" in terms of major trashings of NYC occurring in close succession...

--Paul

			*	*	*

T-Bolts, Search for Cyclops
Posted by Jeph! on October 27, 2003 at 00:06:11:
In Reply to: Re: Twin Towers or Reed's Journal? 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 25, 2003 at 15:22:10:

> I'd sooner ignore Reed's one journal entry than many spoken references to "9-11" in various Marvel titles. And since we're talking about Americans making the references, I'd rather stick with September 11 rather than go with November 9.

Oh, I've got more lame excuses to move ASM2 #36. Perhaps in the MU the NAME of the terrorist group was "September Eleven"? After all, a real terrorist group known as "November 17" exists, doesn't it?

Anyway -- like I said -- I won't push you on this, as far as your calendar is concerned.

> > Can you push Maximum Security back a week, and place "Sentry" on, say, September 2-5?
>
> I could try, but now that I look at it, one potential problem with this is how this would affect the Thunderbolts' calendar. Remember how we tried to insert Hawkeye into ASM2 36 during a *short* break between TB 49 and TB 50? Working backward from there we must also note how TB 45 ties in with CM5 13 right before MAXSEC 2. Pushing MAXSEC back a week creates a gap somewhere between TB 45 and 49 that might not work.

I checked out T-Bolts #45-48 last night, and discovered that a gap of two days (which you seem to have lengthened to three days) exists between #45-46 -- in this time, the T-Bolts have arrived on Titan.

Why can't we assume that the trip to Titan TOOK 2-3 days, and posit a similar 2-3 day gap between #47-48, for the T-Bolts' return trip?

(The T-Bolts' jumpship can get from the earth to the moon in six minutes. How long would it take to get to Titan, Saturn's moon? Seriously -- let's do the math.)

Looking at #48, nothing definitively says to me that it's the same day as #47. It SEEMS to be, but it doesn't HAVE to be. It could easily be three days later.

> I should also point out that for the sake of character chronologies we've ignored the WTC appearance in ASM2 26 (1-5), which is placed on the calendar on October 4. Can we do the same for a depiction of the Twin Towers in two panels on page 1 of SENTRY/X-MEN #1?

Ugh. That doesn't sit right with me.

> > (This would also give "X-Men: the Search for Cyclops" more time to occur in...)
>
> Does it need more time?

It seems to, in my memory -- three days seems a bit short. If finding Cyclops was so easy that Phoenix and Cable could do it in under three days, why didn't they before? I'll give it a look...

-Jeph! 

			*	*	*

Re: T-Bolts, Search for Cyclops
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 27, 2003 at 07:05:08:
In Reply to: T-Bolts, Search for Cyclops 
posted by Jeph! on October 27, 2003 at 00:06:11:

> > I'd sooner ignore Reed's one journal entry than many spoken references to "9-11" in various Marvel titles. And since we're talking about Americans making the references, I'd rather stick with September 11 rather than go with November 9.

> Oh, I've got more lame excuses to move ASM2 #36. Perhaps in the MU the NAME of the terrorist group was "September Eleven"? After all, a real terrorist group known as "November 17" exists, doesn't it?

> Anyway -- like I said -- I won't push you on this, as far as your calendar is concerned.

Thank you.


> > > Can you push Maximum Security back a week, and place "Sentry" on, say, September 2-5?
> >
> > I could try, but now that I look at it, one potential problem with this is how this would affect the Thunderbolts' calendar. Remember how we tried to insert Hawkeye into ASM2 36 during a *short* break between TB 49 and TB 50? Working backward from there we must also note how TB 45 ties in with CM5 13 right before MAXSEC 2. Pushing MAXSEC back a week creates a gap somewhere between TB 45 and 49 that might not work.

> I checked out T-Bolts #45-48 last night, and discovered that a gap of two days (which you seem to have lengthened to three days) exists between #45-46 -- in this time, the T-Bolts have arrived on Titan.

> Why can't we assume that the trip to Titan TOOK 2-3 days, and posit a similar 2-3 day gap between #47-48, for the T-Bolts' return trip?

> (The T-Bolts' jumpship can get from the earth to the moon in six minutes. How long would it take to get to Titan, Saturn's moon? Seriously -- let's do the math.)

Okay, here's the math...

The moon is, on average, 240,000 miles from earth. Saturn's distance from earth varies greatly, but the minimum distance is 746,000,000 miles.

If it takes six minutes to get to the moon, it would take a minimum of 13 days to get to Saturn.

Titan's position relative to Saturn is highly variable, especially with respect to both bodies' relative position to earth.

Furthermore, the jumpship may have different speeds, including a low speed for relatively short hops (as to the moon) and a higher speed for longer travel.

The upshot of it is, we can probably insert any number of days for the space trips to and from Titan. And it doesn't need to be the same number coming and going; there could be engine trouble, etc.

I'll re-check my issues of TB and see how this could work.


> Looking at #48, nothing definitively says to me that it's the same day as #47. It SEEMS to be, but it doesn't HAVE to be. It could easily be three days later.

I'll take another look at this, too.


> > I should also point out that for the sake of character chronologies we've ignored the WTC appearance in ASM2 26 (1-5), which is placed on the calendar on October 4. Can we do the same for a depiction of the Twin Towers in two panels on page 1 of SENTRY/X-MEN #1?

> Ugh. That doesn't sit right with me.

> > > (This would also give "X-Men: the Search for Cyclops" more time to occur in...)
> >
> > Does it need more time?

> It seems to, in my memory -- three days seems a bit short. If finding Cyclops was so easy that Phoenix and Cable could do it in under three days, why didn't they before? I'll give it a look...

Thanks, Jeph. It may have turned out to be relatively easy, but did Nathan and Jean *think* it would be so?

--Paul

			*	*	*

My stab at T-Bolts, Sentry, Maximum Security
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 28, 2003 at 22:14:12:
In Reply to: T-Bolts, Search for Cyclops 
posted by Jeph! on October 27, 2003 at 00:06:11:

Okay, Jeph. Here's my attempt at accommodating the Sentry series between Maximum Security and 9-11, with a resulting adjustment to Thunderbolts. I can't say I scutinized this extensively, and I haven't tinkered with the passage of time in the Search for Cyclops series, but I thought I'd run it up the flagpole...


Saturday, September 1
SPIDER-MAN: REVENGE OF THE GREEN GOBLIN #3 (10-23)
The day after SM:RGG 3 (1-9). It is a few years after ASM 248 and before ASM2 25.
IRON MAN v3 #33 (5-22)
The day after IM3 33 (1-4).
MAXIMUM SECURITY #1  FB (7p2-8)
Video footage of alien criminals battling heroes, including the Human Torch, X-Man (between XM 66 and XU 31/3, according to the MCP), Punisher, and Sunfire.
IRON MAN v3 #34
The same night as the end of IM3 33. Full moon.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #22 (1-16p6)
Probably the same night as IM3 34. It is a few weeks after ASM2 12.

Sunday, September 2
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #22 (16p7-22)
The morning after ASM2 22 (1-16).
MAXIMUM SECURITY #1  FB (12/13p3)
Three video screens show the latest reports of heroes battling aliens: Daredevil versus Devos in New York, the New Warriors versus Spragg in Vermont, and the Winter Guard versus Controller and others in Smolensk.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #23
Probably the same day as ASM2 22 (16-22). It is after SM:RGG 1 (16-22) and a month before ASM2 25 (26-39). It is fifteen years after the flashbacks in this issue.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #24 (1-6p3)
The same day as ASM2 23.
MAXIMUM SECURITY #1
The same day as the ASM2 24 (1-6). It is probably the day after IM3 34 and the same day as the latest reports footage of MAXSEC 1-FB (16-17). This issue, showing the beginning of the alien importation, occurs after A3 34 and the end of the second flashback in this issue. It is long enough after the first flashback for U.S.Agent to settle into his new assignment. Spideys appearance here must be a new scene, not a tape of his encounter with aliens in ASM2 24, judging by the setting and the slightly different appearance of the Badoon in this issue from the aliens in ASM2 24. Spidey may appear here while on his way home from the encounter in ASM2 24.
THOR v2 #30
The same day as MAXSEC 1. It is after MAXSEC 2FB. Since MAXSEC 1 occurs after the MSDP 1 (23-40), which occurs a week or so after AI, which in turn follows T2 29, then Malekith must have waited more than a week to release the might of the Casket of Ancient Winters. Why? Who knows with a lunatic like Malekith?
IRON MAN v3 #35
It must be the same day as MAXSEC 1. It is a few hours  probably the day after  IM3 34. We see green grass and trees in Nebraska.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #24 (6p4-24)
The same night as ASM2 24 (1-6) and MAXSEC 1.
UNCANNY X-MEN #386
Probably the same night as ASM2 24 (6-24). Ross and Queen Divine Justice collect Storm to take her to Wakanda. This story occurs during hurricane season, and late enough for a hurricane named Sam. Jean appears here after XMF 6.

Monday, September 3
UNCANNY X-MEN #387
Probably the day after UX 386. It is after BP3 25 (1-20) and months after the beginning of UX 379.
BISHOP: THE LAST X-MAN #15
Probably the same day as UX 387. This issue occurs before MAXSEC 2 and X 107.
CAPTAIN MARVEL v5 #12 (9-22)
Probably the same day as BSHP2 15. It is shortly after CM5 12 (1-8). During his appearance at Marlos comic store, Captain Marvel battles Una and Zev. 
CAPTAIN MARVEL v5 #13
The same day as CM5 12 (9-22). This issue must occur before TB 47-FB (7p2).
CAPTAIN AMERICA v3 #36
The same night as TB 45. It is after MAXSEC 1. Full moon.
MAXIMUM SECURITY #2
The same night as CA3 36, TB 45, CM5 12, and BTLXM 15. It is before A3 35. The Avengers screens must be showing recorded scenes that occurred recently, especially since Genis should be on the moon at this point. Chronological analysis suggests that Iron Man, the FF, and the Surfer have been dealing with Ego for a day or so.

Tuesday, September 4
U.S.AGENT v2 #3  FB
One day. This flashback featuring the Power Broker occurs sometime during Maximum Security. I just stuck it here.
INCREDIBLE HULK v3 #21
Probably the day after MAXSEC 2. Green trees in Iowa.
THUNDERBOLTS #45 (1-9)
One day. It is three weeks after TB 45-FB. As the Ego-Mass continues to threaten earth, Andrea Sterman pursues an investigation into Omega-32, John Watkins awakens after five years in a coma, and the T-Bolts take off for the moon in a jumpship provided by Techno/Ogre to deal with Moonstone. It takes the teamsix minutes to get there. Captain Britain cameos. The scenes shown on Technos screens must be pre-recorded.
THUNDERBOLTS #47  FB (7p2)
The same day as TB 45 (1-9). This flashback must occur after CM5 13. Mentor asks Rick Jones and Captain Marvel for help in dealing with Moonstone.
THUNDERBOLTS #45 (10-22)
The same day as TB 47-FB (7p2). It is days before TB 48 (1-11). Carla gets some clues about the moonstone legacy from the Supreme Intelligence, then squares off against her fellow T-Bolts before standing down. Captain Marvel arrives on the scene. Meanwhile, Techno/Ogre checks in with Goliath concerning the continued Ego-Mass problem, Wonder Mans recovery, and Atlas continued incapacity. As Techno/Orge signs off, he is attacked and disabled by Scourge.
THUNDERBOLTS #46 (1p1-2/3p1)
The same day as TB 45 (10-22). It is two months after TB 34 and two days before TB 46 (2/3-22). Scourge stands over the defeated Techno.

Wednesday, September 5 
INCREDIBLE HULK v3 #22
Probably the day after H3 21.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #1
One night. Cloak is losing control of his power, so this story must occur after M/K:DS 3/2.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #2
The same night as M/K 1.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #3
The same night as M/K 2.
X-MEN: THE SEARCH FOR CYCLOPS #1 (1-11)
One night, months after X 98 (1-). Cyclops returns from death in this series, so it must occur after the assumption of his death as voiced in UX 387. To allow time for Scott to return and be present at 9-11, I inserted this series right after UX 387, during Maximum Security. It would explain Jeans and Nathans absences in X2 107and MAXSEC 3 (1-37).

Thursday, September 6 
X-MEN v2 #107  FB
One day. It is after UX 387.
X-MEN v2 #107
The same day as X 107-FB. It is after BTLXM 15 and a few weeks before UX 390. Full moon. Jean and Cable are not present; I have them in X:SC at this time.
X-MEN UNLIMITED #29
The same day as X 107. It is probably the day after A3 35. We see green grass and trees in New York.
GAMBIT v3 #23
Probably the same day as XU 29. It is two weeks after MAXSEC 1-FB (28-29). At the end of this issue, New Sun materializes behind Gambit and watches him walk off, but this must occur a while before New Suns attack in GAM3 24.
X-MEN: THE SEARCH FOR CYCLOPS #1 (12-23)
The day after X:SC 1 (1-11).
X-MEN: THE SEARCH FOR CYCLOPS #2
The same night as X:SC 1 (12-23).
X-MEN: THE SEARCH FOR CYCLOPS #3
The same night as X:SC 2.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #4
Probably the same night as XU 29 and GAM3 23. It is probably the night of the day after MK 3.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #5
The same night as M/K 4. Full moon.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #6
The same night as M/K 5. Full moon.
INCREDIBLE HULK v3 #23
Ends on a night with a full moon.

Friday, September 7
SENTRY #1
One stormy early morning, years after the Sentry made his last appearance. Bob Reynolds awakens, convinced of the impending doom of the Void. Seeing the aftermath of his delirium and that he was drinking, his wife Lindy suggests that she go to Judys for a few days. Bob flies off, convinced hes been called to duty as the Sentry. We see green grass, but the autumn leaves must be topical.
X-MEN: THE SEARCH FOR CYCLOPS #4
Probably the day after X:SC 3.
AVENGERS v3 #35
Probably the same day as X:SC 4.
MAXIMUM SECURITY #3 (1-37p1)
The same day as A3 35. Probably the day after MK 6, XU 29, and GAM2 23. It is a week before MAXSEC 3 (37-40). According to the MCP, Wolverine is here before W2 154. Xavier must appear here before SENTRY 4. Again, Jean and Nathan are not present.
THUNDERBOLTS #46 (2/3p2-22)
One day, two days after TB 46 (1-2). We see the aftermath and clean-up of the Ego-infestation following MAXSEC 3 (1-37). The Thunderbolts and Captain Marvel have arrived on Titan, after what may have been a two-day journey. There, Moonstone undergoes some tests, and Isaac determines that the gem must be removed from her. Citizen V is up and about in a London hospital and ready to resume his responsibilities in the V-Battalion after years of being out of commission. Meanwhile, hours away from his impending destruction, Techno transmits his speech program into the headquarters main drive and asks Scourge questions about his motivations. As Atlas grows from energies he can no longer contain, Techno sacrifices himself to free a transformed Jolt from her biocontainment chamber. Green trees in Washington, DC.
THUNDERBOLTS #47 (1-22)
The same day as TB 46 (2/3-22). It is weeks after A3 34. With the help of Genis, the Thunderbolts put an end to Mentors plans to remove the gem from Moonstone; instead, Isaac reroutes her neurosynaptic access to the stone, freeing her mind and will from the influence of the original wielder of the gem. Atlas runs Amok, and Scourge (with an assist from Goliath) miniaturizes him into his gauntlet and hurls it into a chasm to explode, saving Burton Canyon. Green grass north of Los Angeles.
THUNDERBOLTS #48  FB (1p3-1p4)
The same day as TB 47 (1-22). After several weeks of imprisonment, Ogre emerges from his biocontainment unit and sees the deactivated Techno.
THUNDERBOLTS #47 (23)
Hours after TB 47 (1-22), the Beetle armor arrives at the old X-Factor headquarters in Washington and Citizen V prepares to assume leadership of a new team.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #25 (20p4-22)
One day. Storm, after having been picked up in UX 386, after probably getting sidetracked into assisting with the worldwide crisis of MAXSEC, and after waiting for the return of TChalla, finally greets the Wakandan king. It is long enough after BP3 25 (1-20) for TChalla to change Wakandas monetary standard, return nationalized assets, and force a State Department hearing.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #26
The same day as BP3 25 (20-22). While rounding up aliens leftover from MAXSEC, Storm and Panther find a runaway Deviant mother and child. Ghaurs demands for their return sparks a delicate political situation that captures the worlds attention. Given this political situation, its best to place this storyline before the terrorist attacks of 9-11. We see snow in Wakanda, which I would say is certainly possible in October.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #27 
The same day as BP3 26. The crisis deepens and Storm returns to the X-Men. We see green grass and trees in DC.
DAREDEVIL v2 #20/2
One night during football season. Spidey and Daredevil yuk it up in a bar and fight a couple of street thugs. Full moon and thunder.

Sunday, September 9
SENTRY #2
The cloudy day after SENTRY 1. It appears to be early evening, as the Thing and the Torch are watching William Shatners Worlds Greatest Abduction Mysteries, which seems like a FOX-type primetime show rather than a daytime show. The TV show makes reference to the Void attacking Turkey in the night -- and since the Void didnt have physical power until the Sentry released him by drinking the formula in SENTRY 1, enough time has passed between that issue and now for the Void to attack Turkey, and for a TV show to get made about it. (And since Turkey is ahead of the USA in terms of time zones, night in Turkey would be afternoon in the USA -- so if the Void attacked Turkey in the afternoon after the morning he was released, the evening-airing TV show was probably produced the next morning -- making this the day after SENTRY 1.) Additionally, the Bugles headline reads The Killer Cloud Killed My Husband, so unless its a late-late edition, this must be the day after SENTRY 1. The Sentry stands atop the remains of Four Freedoms Plaza, and comments to Reed on how many of these buildings have been recently rebuilt  this may be a reference to the Voids last attack, years ago, but it could also refer to Onslaught, or any other NYC-trashing event. According to the MCP, Reed Richards appears here between TB 44 and IFW 2.
SENTRY #3
The same cold, cloudy night as SENTRY 2. The Fantastic Four, Spider-Man, Hulk, and Dr. Strange appear. Bare trees and autumn leaves. According to Reed Richards diary, its October 17, but this must be topical.
SENTRY #4
The same night as SENTRY 3. Dr. Strange hints at the story of the Sentry to Reed Richards. The Sentry warns Professor X that the Void is coming; Xaviers presence among the X-Men suggests placement of this story after MAXSEC 3 (1-37). Peter Parker suddenly remembers the Sentry while investigating magazine issues that were wiped from existence. The Sentry approaches Tony Stark about their dim memories and the Voids approach, then he encounters the Watchtower. Tonys having a party, Billy is sleeping, and Joe Robertson says its a godforsaken hour to be working. We see green grass and falling autumn leaves at Xaviers.
SENTRY #5 (1-8)
The same night as SENTRY 4. Inside the Watchtower, Sentry disables the hypnotic transmitter that made everyone forget him, and the world remembers the Sentry. 
SENTRY #5 (9-22)
The day after SENTRY 5 (1-8). The Void causes an unnatural hurricane in the Atlantic and the Sentry gathers the Fantastic Four, Hulk, Spider-Man, Archangel, and several Avengers together on Liberty Island to face the coming danger.
SENTRY/FANTASTIC FOUR #1
The same night as SENTRY 5 (9-22). On a stormy Liberty Island, Reed Richards recalls a past encounter with the Sentry.
SENTRY/X-MEN #1
The same night as S/FF 1. On Liberty Island, Archangel recalls a past encounter with the Sentry. The WTC towers are seen in this issue, placing this story before ASM2 36.
SENTRY/SPIDER-MAN #1
The same night as S/X 1. On Liberty Island, Spider-Man recalls previous encounters with the Sentry.
SENTRY/HULK #1
The same night as S/SM 1. On Liberty Island, Hulk recalls previous encounters with the Sentry.
SENTRY/THE VOID #1 (1-20)
The same night as S/H 1. Everyone realizes that the Sentry is the Void and the heroes are forced to reactivate the transmitter, again wiping knowledge of the Sentry from peoples minds.

Sunday, September 9
SENTRY/THE VOID #1 (21-22)
The day after S/V 1 (1-20). The destruction in New York is labeled the most expensive natural disaster in history.
THUNDERBOLTS #48 (1-11)
One day. It is days after TB 45 (10-22). If it took as long to return to earth from Titan as it may have to go from the moon to Titan, then it may be two days after TB 47 (1-22)  for this timing to work, however, wed have to assume that Hallie was laying low around Mt. Charteris for a couple of days while SHIELD was taking a long time securing the Thunderbolts base and Ogre was checking damaged equipment and securing portions of the base. This is not difficult to believe, given that the T-Bolts never knew about large parts of the base after living there for months. As SHIELD delves deeper into Mt. Charteris, Ogre disappears through a tesseract portal with Humus Sapiens still in the last biocontainment unit. At that moment, the T-Bolts arrive on earth, discover Hallie alive, then, to avoid SHIELD, they all retreat to the Canadian Rockies, where they regroup that night (an hour later) and lock on Scourges location. Full moon.

Monday, September 10
THUNDERBOLTS #52  FB
It is either the same day as TB 48 (1-11) or the day after. This flashback occurs between TB 48 (1-11) and TB 49.
THUNDERBOLTS #48 (12-22)
The day after TB 48 (1-11). Citizen V runs a training session with his new team, which is joined by the new Meteorite. Roger Aubrey goes to retrieve endangered reporter Andrea Sterman in Los Angeles, where we see green trees. The T-Bolts track Scourge to Denver Airport, where they defeat and unmask him to reveal (a faked) Captain America, prompting Hallie to blow the whistle on Hawkeyes motives and to reveal her crippled physical state. 
THUNDERBOLTS #49
The same day as TB 48 (12-22). It is after TB 59-FB (13-14). I dont place a gap between TB 48 and 49.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #28
One day. BP3 27 is referred to as having occurred the other day and it is years after DEF 84. Magneto and Namor discuss the political situation regarding Ghaur, and Dr. Doom joins in, via transmission from Planet Doom. Everett K. Ross mentions our new rookie president, but we dont know to whom this refers.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #29
The same day as BP3 28.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #30  FB (10-11)
The same day as BP3 29. Panther flees from the mob with Ross and Officer Price.
CAPTAIN AMERICA v4 #1  FB
The day before CA4 1 (1-20).
MOMENT OF SILENCE #1/3 (1-3p6)
One day. Firefighter Michael Otten goes into work, subbing for a sick colleague. It is Monday, September 10, 2001.

Tuesday, September 11 
MOMENT OF SILENCE #1/3 (3p7-4)
The morning after MOS 1/3 (1-3). Michael Ottens family see the World Trade Tower tragedy unfold on TV. It is 09/11/01.
MOMENT OF SILENCE #1/1
September 11. Port Authority building inspector Tony Savas works with firefighters, rescue workers, and police in the Wold Trade Center disaster.
MOMENT OF SILENCE #1/4
September 11. A family goes about their daily business when they see the World Trade Center ablaze. They fear the worst about the father of the family, who works at WTC, but he arrives home safely that night.
CAPTAIN AMERICA v4 #1 (1-20)
September 11. This segment occurs seven months before CA4 1, which is supposed to occur on Easter.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #36
A flashback issue set on September 11. Hawkeye was pulled here in the short break between TB 49 and 50, as explained by Jeph; after TB 50 he is incarcerated and wouldnt be able to be present. It would be nice to think that the other Thunderbolts, since theyre in DC, surreptitiously (undercover) assist with the aftermath of the Pentagon attack. Cyclops is here, so it must be after X:SC 4. Magneto is here, probably because he was in the New York area anyway, having dealt with the Panther in the Bronx in BP3 28. This issue must occur after XU 32/2, as the WTC is still standing in that story.
THUNDERBOLTS #50  FB (8p5-8p6)
One evening at dinner time.

Wednesday, September 12
THUNDERBOLTS #50  FB (9p2)
The early morning after TB 50-FB (8), just long enough after TB 49 for 9-11 to occur. After helping out in New York, Hawkeye rejoins his teammates in Washington to continue their mission.
THUNDERBOLTS #50 (1-36)
The same day as TB 50-FB (9p2).
MOMENT OF SILENCE #1/3 (5)
The day after MOS 1/3 (4). The Ottens continue to watch TV coverage of the rescue effort at the World Trade Center without word of Michael Ottens fate. It is 09/12/01.

Thursday, September 13
THUNDERBOLTS #50 (37)
The day after TB 50 (1-36). For reasons elaborated below, I would insert a gap of a few months between epilogs 2 and 3 in TB 50, during which time pardons are secured for the Thunderbolts and the Redeemer program is reevaluated in Citizen Vs absence. You know, those bureaucratic wheels turn slowly.

			*	*	*

Re: My stab at T-Bolts, Sentry, Maximum Security
Posted by Jeph! on October 28, 2003 at 23:03:03:
In Reply to: My stab at T-Bolts, Sentry, Maximum Security 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 28, 2003 at 22:14:12:

> I can't say I scutinized this extensively ... but I thought I'd run it up the flagpole...

Well, there's typos aplenty -- but yep, that's the general thrust of what I was thinking.

Specific typos:

You list the day after Sept. 7th as "Sept. 9th" -- it should be Sept. 8th.

You list Sentry #5 (9-22), all four Sentry one-shots, and Sentry vs. the Void (1-20) on this mislabeled Sept. 8th -- they should occur on Sept. 9th, as Sentry #5 pp.9-22 occur the day AFTER pp.1-8.

Therefore, Sentry vs. the Void (21-22) should be placed on Sept. 10th -- instead of on the 9th, where you have them.

That's just on a first reading -- there may be more. The T-Bolts' stuff looks good, though.

By the way, I don't know if you'd care to note it, but the WTC towers appear in Black Panther v3 #29.

-Jeph! 

			*	*	*

Re: My stab at T-Bolts, Sentry, Maximum Security
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 29, 2003 at 07:06:22:
In Reply to: Re: My stab at T-Bolts, Sentry, Maximum Security 
posted by Jeph! on October 28, 2003 at 23:03:03:

See, I told you I didn't scrutinize this thoroughly (or apparently even casually!). That's what I get for trying to rush a reply out the door. Here's a cleaned-up version, based on your comments. Please let me know if there's more. It will be nice to finally settle the Sentry thing. (As an aside, what are people's insurance rates like in the Manhattan of the MU?)


Saturday, September 1
SPIDER-MAN: REVENGE OF THE GREEN GOBLIN #3 (10-23)
The day after SM:RGG 3 (1-9). It is a few years after ASM 248 and before ASM2 25.
IRON MAN v3 #33 (5-22)
The day after IM3 33 (1-4).
MAXIMUM SECURITY #1  FB (7p2-8)
Video footage of alien criminals battling heroes, including the Human Torch, X-Man (between XM 66 and XU 31/3, according to the MCP), Punisher, and Sunfire.
IRON MAN v3 #34
The same night as the end of IM3 33. Full moon.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #22 (1-16p6)
Probably the same night as IM3 34. It is a few weeks after ASM2 12.

Sunday, September 2
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #22 (16p7-22)
The morning after ASM2 22 (1-16).
MAXIMUM SECURITY #1  FB (12/13p3)
Three video screens show the latest reports of heroes battling aliens: Daredevil versus Devos in New York, the New Warriors versus Spragg in Vermont, and the Winter Guard versus Controller and others in Smolensk.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #23
Probably the same day as ASM2 22 (16-22). It is after SM:RGG 1 (16-22) and a month before ASM2 25 (26-39). It is fifteen years after the flashbacks in this issue.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #24 (1-6p3)
The same day as ASM2 23.
MAXIMUM SECURITY #1
The same day as the ASM2 24 (1-6). It is probably the day after IM3 34 and the same day as the latest reports footage of MAXSEC 1-FB (16-17). This issue, showing the beginning of the alien importation, occurs after A3 34 and the end of the second flashback in this issue. It is long enough after the first flashback for U.S.Agent to settle into his new assignment. Spideys appearance here must be a new scene, not a tape of his encounter with aliens in ASM2 24, judging by the setting and the slightly different appearance of the Badoon in this issue from the aliens in ASM2 24. Spidey may appear here while on his way home from the encounter in ASM2 24.
THOR v2 #30
The same day as MAXSEC 1. It is after MAXSEC 2FB. Since MAXSEC 1 occurs after the MSDP 1 (23-40), which occurs a week or so after AI, which in turn follows T2 29, then Malekith must have waited more than a week to release the might of the Casket of Ancient Winters. Why? Who knows with a lunatic like Malekith?
IRON MAN v3 #35
It must be the same day as MAXSEC 1. It is a few hours  probably the day after  IM3 34. We see green grass and trees in Nebraska.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #24 (6p4-24)
The same night as ASM2 24 (1-6) and MAXSEC 1.
UNCANNY X-MEN #386
Probably the same night as ASM2 24 (6-24). Ross and Queen Divine Justice collect Storm to take her to Wakanda. This story occurs during hurricane season, and late enough for a hurricane named Sam. Jean appears here after XMF 6.

Monday, September 3
UNCANNY X-MEN #387
Probably the day after UX 386. It is after BP3 25 (1-20) and months after the beginning of UX 379.
BISHOP: THE LAST X-MAN #15
Probably the same day as UX 387. This issue occurs before MAXSEC 2 and X 107.
CAPTAIN MARVEL v5 #12 (9-22)
Probably the same day as BSHP2 15. It is shortly after CM5 12 (1-8). During his appearance at Marlos comic store, Captain Marvel battles Una and Zev. 
CAPTAIN MARVEL v5 #13
The same day as CM5 12 (9-22). This issue must occur before TB 47-FB (7p2).
CAPTAIN AMERICA v3 #36
The same night as TB 45. It is after MAXSEC 1. Full moon.
MAXIMUM SECURITY #2
The same night as CA3 36, TB 45, CM5 12, and BTLXM 15. It is before A3 35. The Avengers screens must be showing recorded scenes that occurred recently, especially since Genis should be on the moon at this point. Chronological analysis suggests that Iron Man, the FF, and the Surfer have been dealing with Ego for a day or so.

Tuesday, September 4
U.S.AGENT v2 #3  FB
One day. This flashback featuring the Power Broker occurs sometime during Maximum Security. I just stuck it here.
INCREDIBLE HULK v3 #21
Probably the day after MAXSEC 2. Green trees in Iowa.
THUNDERBOLTS #45 (1-9)
One day. It is three weeks after TB 45-FB. As the Ego-Mass continues to threaten earth, Andrea Sterman pursues an investigation into Omega-32, John Watkins awakens after five years in a coma, and the T-Bolts take off for the moon in a jumpship provided by Techno/Ogre to deal with Moonstone. It takes the teamsix minutes to get there. Captain Britain cameos. The scenes shown on Technos screens must be pre-recorded.
THUNDERBOLTS #47  FB (7p2)
The same day as TB 45 (1-9). This flashback must occur after CM5 13. Mentor asks Rick Jones and Captain Marvel for help in dealing with Moonstone.
THUNDERBOLTS #45 (10-22)
The same day as TB 47-FB (7p2). It is days before TB 48 (1-11). Carla gets some clues about the moonstone legacy from the Supreme Intelligence, then squares off against her fellow T-Bolts before standing down. Captain Marvel arrives on the scene. Meanwhile, Techno/Ogre checks in with Goliath concerning the continued Ego-Mass problem, Wonder Mans recovery, and Atlas continued incapacity. As Techno/Orge signs off, he is attacked and disabled by Scourge.
THUNDERBOLTS #46 (1p1-2/3p1)
The same day as TB 45 (10-22). It is two months after TB 34 and two days before TB 46 (2/3-22). Scourge stands over the defeated Techno.

Wednesday, September 5 
INCREDIBLE HULK v3 #22
Probably the day after H3 21.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #1
One night. Cloak is losing control of his power, so this story must occur after M/K:DS 3/2.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #2
The same night as M/K 1.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #3
The same night as M/K 2.
X-MEN: THE SEARCH FOR CYCLOPS #1 (1-11)
One night, months after X 98 (1-). Cyclops returns from death in this series, so it must occur after the assumption of his death as voiced in UX 387. To allow time for Scott to return and be present at 9-11, I inserted this series right after UX 387, during Maximum Security. It would explain Jeans and Nathans absences in X2 107and MAXSEC 3 (1-37).

Thursday, September 6 
X-MEN v2 #107  FB
One day. It is after UX 387.
X-MEN v2 #107
The same day as X 107-FB. It is after BTLXM 15 and a few weeks before UX 390. Full moon. Jean and Cable are not present; I have them in X:SC at this time.
X-MEN UNLIMITED #29
The same day as X 107. It is probably the day after A3 35. We see green grass and trees in New York.
GAMBIT v3 #23
Probably the same day as XU 29. It is two weeks after MAXSEC 1-FB (28-29). At the end of this issue, New Sun materializes behind Gambit and watches him walk off, but this must occur a while before New Suns attack in GAM3 24.
X-MEN: THE SEARCH FOR CYCLOPS #1 (12-23)
The day after X:SC 1 (1-11).
X-MEN: THE SEARCH FOR CYCLOPS #2
The same night as X:SC 1 (12-23).
X-MEN: THE SEARCH FOR CYCLOPS #3
The same night as X:SC 2.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #4
Probably the same night as XU 29 and GAM3 23. It is probably the night of the day after MK 3.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #5
The same night as M/K 4. Full moon.
MARVEL KNIGHTS #6
The same night as M/K 5. Full moon.
INCREDIBLE HULK v3 #23
Ends on a night with a full moon.

Friday, September 7
SENTRY #1
One stormy early morning, years after the Sentry made his last appearance. Bob Reynolds awakens, convinced of the impending doom of the Void. Seeing the aftermath of his delirium and that he was drinking, his wife Lindy suggests that she go to Judys for a few days. Bob flies off, convinced hes been called to duty as the Sentry. We see green grass, but the autumn leaves must be topical.
X-MEN: THE SEARCH FOR CYCLOPS #4
Probably the day after X:SC 3.
AVENGERS v3 #35
Probably the same day as X:SC 4.
MAXIMUM SECURITY #3 (1-37p1)
The same day as A3 35. Probably the day after MK 6, XU 29, and GAM2 23. It is a week before MAXSEC 3 (37-40). According to the MCP, Wolverine is here before W2 154. Xavier must appear here before SENTRY 4. Again, Jean and Nathan are not present.
THUNDERBOLTS #46 (2/3p2-22)
One day, two days after TB 46 (1-2). We see the aftermath and clean-up of the Ego-infestation following MAXSEC 3 (1-37). The Thunderbolts and Captain Marvel have arrived on Titan, after what may have been a two-day journey. There, Moonstone undergoes some tests, and Isaac determines that the gem must be removed from her. Citizen V is up and about in a London hospital and ready to resume his responsibilities in the V-Battalion after years of being out of commission. Meanwhile, hours away from his impending destruction, Techno transmits his speech program into the headquarters main drive and asks Scourge questions about his motivations. As Atlas grows from energies he can no longer contain, Techno sacrifices himself to free a transformed Jolt from her biocontainment chamber. Green trees in Washington, DC.
THUNDERBOLTS #47 (1-22)
The same day as TB 46 (2/3-22). It is weeks after A3 34. With the help of Genis, the Thunderbolts put an end to Mentors plans to remove the gem from Moonstone; instead, Isaac reroutes her neurosynaptic access to the stone, freeing her mind and will from the influence of the original wielder of the gem. Atlas runs Amok, and Scourge (with an assist from Goliath) miniaturizes him into his gauntlet and hurls it into a chasm to explode, saving Burton Canyon. Green grass north of Los Angeles.
THUNDERBOLTS #48  FB (1p3-1p4)
The same day as TB 47 (1-22). After several weeks of imprisonment, Ogre emerges from his biocontainment unit and sees the deactivated Techno.
THUNDERBOLTS #47 (23)
Hours after TB 47 (1-22), the Beetle armor arrives at the old X-Factor headquarters in Washington and Citizen V prepares to assume leadership of a new team.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #25 (20p4-22)
One day. Storm, after having been picked up in UX 386, after probably getting sidetracked into assisting with the worldwide crisis of MAXSEC, and after waiting for the return of TChalla, finally greets the Wakandan king. It is long enough after BP3 25 (1-20) for TChalla to change Wakandas monetary standard, return nationalized assets, and force a State Department hearing.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #26
The same day as BP3 25 (20-22). While rounding up aliens leftover from MAXSEC, Storm and Panther find a runaway Deviant mother and child. Ghaurs demands for their return sparks a delicate political situation that captures the worlds attention. Given this political situation, its best to place this storyline before the terrorist attacks of 9-11. We see snow in Wakanda, which I would say is certainly possible in October.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #27 
The same day as BP3 26. The crisis deepens and Storm returns to the X-Men. We see green grass and trees in DC.
DAREDEVIL v2 #20/2
One night during football season. Spidey and Daredevil yuk it up in a bar and fight a couple of street thugs. Full moon and thunder.

Saturday, September 8
SENTRY #2
The cloudy day after SENTRY 1. It appears to be early evening, as the Thing and the Torch are watching William Shatners Worlds Greatest Abduction Mysteries, which seems like a FOX-type primetime show rather than a daytime show. The TV show makes reference to the Void attacking Turkey in the night -- and since the Void didnt have physical power until the Sentry released him by drinking the formula in SENTRY 1, enough time has passed between that issue and now for the Void to attack Turkey, and for a TV show to get made about it. (And since Turkey is ahead of the USA in terms of time zones, night in Turkey would be afternoon in the USA -- so if the Void attacked Turkey in the afternoon after the morning he was released, the evening-airing TV show was probably produced the next morning -- making this the day after SENTRY 1.) Additionally, the Bugles headline reads The Killer Cloud Killed My Husband, so unless its a late-late edition, this must be the day after SENTRY 1. The Sentry stands atop the remains of Four Freedoms Plaza, and comments to Reed on how many of these buildings have been recently rebuilt  this may be a reference to the Voids last attack, years ago, but it could also refer to Onslaught, or any other NYC-trashing event. According to the MCP, Reed Richards appears here between TB 44 and IFW 2.
SENTRY #3
The same cold, cloudy night as SENTRY 2. The Fantastic Four, Spider-Man, Hulk, and Dr. Strange appear. Bare trees and autumn leaves. According to Reed Richards diary, its October 17, but this must be topical.
SENTRY #4
The same night as SENTRY 3. Dr. Strange hints at the story of the Sentry to Reed Richards. The Sentry warns Professor X that the Void is coming; Xaviers presence among the X-Men suggests placement of this story after MAXSEC 3 (1-37). Peter Parker suddenly remembers the Sentry while investigating magazine issues that were wiped from existence. The Sentry approaches Tony Stark about their dim memories and the Voids approach, then he encounters the Watchtower. Tonys having a party, Billy is sleeping, and Joe Robertson says its a godforsaken hour to be working. We see green grass and falling autumn leaves at Xaviers.
SENTRY #5 (1-8)
The same night as SENTRY 4. Inside the Watchtower, Sentry disables the hypnotic transmitter that made everyone forget him, and the world remembers the Sentry. 

Sunday, September 9
THUNDERBOLTS #48 (1-11)
One day. It is days after TB 45 (10-22). If it took as long to return to earth from Titan as it may have to go from the moon to Titan, then it may be two days after TB 47 (1-22)  for this timing to work, however, wed have to assume that Hallie was laying low around Mt. Charteris for a couple of days while SHIELD was taking a long time securing the Thunderbolts base and Ogre was checking damaged equipment and securing portions of the base. This is not difficult to believe, given that the T-Bolts never knew about large parts of the base after living there for months. As SHIELD delves deeper into Mt. Charteris, Ogre disappears through a tesseract portal with Humus Sapiens still in the last biocontainment unit. At that moment, the T-Bolts arrive on earth, discover Hallie alive, then, to avoid SHIELD, they all retreat to the Canadian Rockies, where they regroup that night (an hour later) and lock on Scourges location. Full moon.
SENTRY #5 (9-22)
The day after SENTRY 5 (1-8). The Void causes an unnatural hurricane in the Atlantic and the Sentry gathers the Fantastic Four, Hulk, Spider-Man, Archangel, and several Avengers together on Liberty Island to face the coming danger.
SENTRY/FANTASTIC FOUR #1
The same night as SENTRY 5 (9-22). On a stormy Liberty Island, Reed Richards recalls a past encounter with the Sentry.
SENTRY/X-MEN #1
The same night as S/FF 1. On Liberty Island, Archangel recalls a past encounter with the Sentry. The WTC towers are seen in this issue, placing this story before ASM2 36.
SENTRY/SPIDER-MAN #1
The same night as S/X 1. On Liberty Island, Spider-Man recalls previous encounters with the Sentry.
SENTRY/HULK #1
The same night as S/SM 1. On Liberty Island, Hulk recalls previous encounters with the Sentry.
SENTRY/THE VOID #1 (1-20)
The same night as S/H 1. Everyone realizes that the Sentry is the Void and the heroes are forced to reactivate the transmitter, again wiping knowledge of the Sentry from peoples minds.

Monday, September 10
THUNDERBOLTS #52  FB
It is either the same day as TB 48 (1-11) or the day after. This flashback occurs between TB 48 (1-11) and TB 49.
SENTRY/THE VOID #1 (21-22)
The day after S/V 1 (1-20). The destruction in New York is labeled the most expensive natural disaster in history.
THUNDERBOLTS #48 (12-22)
The day after TB 48 (1-11). Citizen V runs a training session with his new team, which is joined by the new Meteorite. Roger Aubrey goes to retrieve endangered reporter Andrea Sterman in Los Angeles, where we see green trees. The T-Bolts track Scourge to Denver Airport, where they defeat and unmask him to reveal (a faked) Captain America, prompting Hallie to blow the whistle on Hawkeyes ruse and to reveal her crippled physical state. 
THUNDERBOLTS #49
The same day as TB 48 (12-22). It is after TB 59-FB (13-14). I dont place a gap between TB 48 and 49.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #28
One day. BP3 27 is referred to as having occurred the other day and it is years after DEF 84. Magneto and Namor discuss the political situation regarding Ghaur, and Dr. Doom joins in, via transmission from Planet Doom. Everett K. Ross mentions our new rookie president, but we dont know to whom this refers.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #29
The same day as BP3 28. The WTC towers are seen here, so this story must occur before ASM2 36.
BLACK PANTHER v3 #30  FB (10-11)
The same day as BP3 29. Panther flees from the mob with Ross and Officer Price.
CAPTAIN AMERICA v4 #1  FB
The day before CA4 1 (1-20).
MOMENT OF SILENCE #1/3 (1-3p6)
One day. Firefighter Michael Otten goes into work, subbing for a sick colleague. It is Monday, September 10, 2001.

Tuesday, September 11 
MOMENT OF SILENCE #1/3 (3p7-4)
The morning after MOS 1/3 (1-3). Michael Ottens family see the World Trade Tower tragedy unfold on TV. It is 09/11/01.
MOMENT OF SILENCE #1/1
September 11. Port Authority building inspector Tony Savas works with firefighters, rescue workers, and police in the Wold Trade Center disaster.
MOMENT OF SILENCE #1/4
September 11. A family goes about their daily business when they see the World Trade Center ablaze. They fear the worst about the father of the family, who works at WTC, but he arrives home safely that night.
CAPTAIN AMERICA v4 #1 (1-20)
September 11. This segment occurs seven months before CA4 1, which is supposed to occur on Easter.
AMAZING SPIDER-MAN v2 #36
A flashback issue set on September 11. Hawkeye was pulled here in the short break between TB 49 and 50, as explained by Jeph; after TB 50 he is incarcerated and wouldnt be able to be present. It would be nice to think that the other Thunderbolts, since theyre in DC, surreptitiously (undercover) assist with the aftermath of the Pentagon attack. Cyclops is here, so it must be after X:SC 4. Magneto is here, probably because he was in the New York area anyway, having dealt with the Panther in the Bronx in BP3 28. This issue must occur after XU 32/2, as the WTC is still standing in that story.
THUNDERBOLTS #50  FB (8p5-8p6)
One evening at dinner time.

Wednesday, September 12
THUNDERBOLTS #50  FB (9p2)
The early morning after TB 50-FB (8), just long enough after TB 49 for 9-11 to occur. After helping out in New York, Hawkeye rejoins his teammates in Washington to continue their mission.
THUNDERBOLTS #50 (1-36)
The same day as TB 50-FB (9p2).
MOMENT OF SILENCE #1/3 (5)
The day after MOS 1/3 (4). The Ottens continue to watch TV coverage of the rescue effort at the World Trade Center without word of Michael Ottens fate. It is 09/12/01.

Thursday, September 13
THUNDERBOLTS #50 (37)
The day after TB 50 (1-36). For reasons elaborated below, I would insert a gap of a few months between epilogs 2 and 3 in TB 50, during which time pardons are secured for the Thunderbolts and the Redeemer program is reevaluated in Citizen Vs absence. You know, those bureaucratic wheels turn slowly.

			*	*	*

Comments from Antonio and other Spidey experts...?
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 21, 2003 at 19:16:00:
In Reply to: Recent Spider-Man calendar 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 07:04:07:

I plan to incorporate the revised Spidey calendar into the main MU calendar this coming weekend, unless anyone has more observations or suggestions to alter it. I'd appreciate any input, as it will be more problematic to rearrange stuff once it's mixed in with everything else. Thanks.

I'm currently working on the Maximum Security/Sentry timing and plan to incorporate the comics I get this week and next week into the calendar, plus any chronology reviews folks submit in the next week. Then it's time to roll out the new, improved MU calendar. We'll see if it's a trick or a treat.

--Paul 

			*	*	*

My Comments...
Posted by Kevin on October 22, 2003 at 19:06:17:
In Reply to: Comments from Antonio and other Spidey experts...?
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 21, 2003 at 19:16:00:

Well, I've read over most of it, and this Spidey placement calender looks fine to me.

Here's my comments and concerns:

I didn't buy PP:SM #42 and 43 because of the awful art and guest writer. Any reason why those issues don't go between #41 and #44? I notice you have #42 and 43 in April, for 'Spring Break', whereas #41 and 44 happen in September. But surely that reference to Spring Break alone is not enough to move an entire comic out of publication order. For instance, I notice you kept PP:SM #36 in publication order, even though that issue didn't even feature Peter Parker...or did I miss something...

I notice a similar shuffling of placement for PP:SM #37, moving it to November, ummm...perhaps just for the sake of a snow storm, I guess? I know there are different standards for what is dismissable as topical and what's not, (your system does indeed work different from the regular MCP) but...maybe if you move the "Spring Break" issues of #42 and #43 to September, making it a Labor Day bash, or something? (that's a broad example). Or maybe just write of the 'winter' references in #37 as a freak snow storm, caused by any ol' excuse like the Cask of Ancient Winters, or a Weather Controlling villian not seen on the loose...

Moving on, you've got PP:SM #39-41 happening in the Sept. area. Issue #41 features an appearance by Matt Murdock, who Peter Parker calls up on the phone. Murdock seems very hesitant about talking to Peter on the cell phone line. I would say this is clearly after Murdock's secret identity has been blown, (which your calender agrees with me on that point, even though in real life, I think PP:SM #39-41 were published right before this issue of DD where his identity is blown).

Concerning my DD placement: As I recall, you have DD 41 to 50 happening in the Sept. time period. As discussed recently, we agreed a gap should be made in DD#46, for Kingpin to go to Bolivia, and to make comments in DD#50 work, (about the weekend) and for Matt to be laying low from the press in a hotel room, (referenced in DD#45). 

Does your Spiderman calender contradict anything for Daredevil during this period? For instance, if I recall correctly, the scene with Peter and Matt on the phone in PP:SM #41 has Matt at his office, from the looks of it. Would this contradict with him laying low in the hotel room from DD#45 and #46, (wherein we have a gap?)


I did spot this on your Spidey calender:

>Monday, September 2: Labor Day
DAREDEVIL v2 #43
Matt says Spider-Man is out of town. 

I don't know what dates you settled on giving DD for DD#41 to 50, could you post them here for me to go over with you?

Okay, moving beyond that, when you post the calender in a couple of weeks, are you going to post it here, or email it to us again? May I suggest, whichever way you do it, you divide it down into portions, like ("Here's Jan. to June of Year 1 of this calender") etc. Might be helpful for digesting the entire calender. ;-)

			*	*	*

Partial answer and question for Russ
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 23, 2003 at 07:00:43:
In Reply to: My Comments... 
posted by Kevin on October 22, 2003 at 19:06:17:

Kevin,

The out-of-sequence placements were discussed in another thread, and I'll probably return to this discussion in another post, but I wanted to address your DD question...

> Moving on, you've got PP:SM #39-41 happening in the Sept. area. Issue #41 features an appearance by Matt Murdock, who Peter Parker calls up on the phone. Murdock seems very hesitant about talking to Peter on the cell phone line. I would say this is clearly after Murdock's secret identity has been blown, (which your calender agrees with me on that point, even though in real life, I think PP:SM #39-41 were published right before this issue of DD where his identity is blown).

> Concerning my DD placement: As I recall, you have DD 41 to 50 happening in the Sept. time period. As discussed recently, we agreed a gap should be made in DD#46, for Kingpin to go to Bolivia, and to make comments in DD#50 work, (about the weekend) and for Matt to be laying low from the press in a hotel room, (referenced in DD#45). 

> Does your Spiderman calender contradict anything for Daredevil during this period? For instance, if I recall correctly, the scene with Peter and Matt on the phone in PP:SM #41 has Matt at his office, from the looks of it. Would this contradict with him laying low in the hotel room from DD#45 and #46, (wherein we have a gap?)

> 
> I did spot this on your Spidey calender:

> >Monday, September 2: Labor Day
> DAREDEVIL v2 #43
> Matt says Spider-Man is out of town. 

> I don't know what dates you settled on giving DD for DD#41 to 50, could you post them here for me to go over with you?

I have PPSM2 41 (Sunday, 9/15) occurring the day after DD2 50 (early Saturday morning, 9/14). Does that make sense from Matt's perspective?


> Okay, moving beyond that, when you post the calender in a couple of weeks, are you going to post it here, or email it to us again? May I suggest, whichever way you do it, you divide it down into portions, like ("Here's Jan. to June of Year 1 of this calender") etc. Might be helpful for digesting the entire calender. ;-)

Yes, it is going to be HUGE. Russ, what would be the best way to post this document -- in chunks on the forum page or some other way? E-mail it to you first?

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Partial answer and question for Russ
Posted by Kevin on October 23, 2003 at 07:57:52:
In Reply to: Partial answer and question for Russ 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 23, 2003 at 07:00:43:

> The out-of-sequence placements were discussed in another thread, and I'll probably return to this discussion in another post, but I wanted to address your DD question...

oops, sorry...going by my scattered attendance as of late, I probably missed that thread somehow...

> I have PPSM2 41 (Sunday, 9/15) occurring the day after DD2 50 (early Saturday morning, 9/14). Does that make sense from Matt's perspective?

Hmmm...could be problematic. DD#50 seems to show Matt without his mask on in front of all the Kingpin's men, which seems to indicate he no longer cares who knows whether he's DD or not. 

Meanwhile, the conversations between Peter and Matt in PP:SM #41 seems to indicate Matt is still trying to keep his secret identity a secret. 

I'm waiting for further issues to see where Brian Michael Bendis is going with this 'Matt had his mask off in the final scene of DD50' storyline...but he's taking a brief timeout, and letting guest writer/artist David Mack do issues 51 to 55, (which we're halfway through). These current issues don't even SHOW Daredevil beyond a couple panels...so I'm still waiting to see where Bendis is going with his storyline...

Anyone else have thoughts on this? 

I'll try and double check PP:SM 39-41 tonight, to see if I'm interpreting that right, (and I think I am, going by how hesitant Matt was on the phone)...

			*	*	*

More analysis...
Posted by Kevin on October 24, 2003 at 16:52:46:
In Reply to: Re: Partial answer and question for Russ 
posted by Kevin on October 23, 2003 at 07:57:52:

Well, I looked through PP:SM #39-41 last night.

As you have noted, DD is in #39, in costume, having a quick chat with Spidey, on a rooftop somewhere.

DD is also in #41, where, as I remembered, he tells Peter something like, "I told you never to call me on this phone," and he is at his office. He's also reluctant to break the whole attorney/client privalege info to Peter. This sounds like a Matt Murdock seen before DD#50.

DD#41 to 49 shows Matt going through even more crap, finding it harder and harder to keep his identity a secret. 

DD#50 (and this is how I'm understanding it until proven otherwise) shows a Matt who's fed up with hiding, and he takes out Kingpin, and he doesn't bother to have his mask on in front of all of Kingpin's men. He's showing Kingpin's bruised and battered body to them, and declaring himself the new Kingpin of Hell's Kitchen.

So I'd say the PP:SM #41 scene MUST happen before DD#50, if at all possible.

Here's what I've noticed.

Sunday, Sept. 8
Amazing SPiderman v2 #32 (21-23) 

You note the above pages as "One night, shortly after ASM2 32, (1-20), (probably three days after, given that this night is probably Sunday)"

Well, it's actually 5 days after ASM2 32, (1-20). In actuality, it's 3 days after PP:SM #36, pgs. 11-22. You have dates for Spidey to appear from Sept. 8th to Sept. 15th. Maybe you can just backdate the events of ASM #32, (21 -23)...or maybe you can do some slight shuffling around somewhere else so that PP:SM #41 happens just a couple days prior...

I notice in DD#46, Milla asks Matt (at his office), "I thought you were going to stay low?" As in, stay shacked up in that hotel from DD#45, and not come back out for a while. The scenes with Matt from DD#46-49 all happen on the same day, (and onto into the evening and night). Maybe you can work it so that the phone call to Matt in PP:SM #41 happens right before Milla stops in and Matt invites her to lunch in DD#46. Or maybe you can get it to happen the day before the scenes with Matt from DD#46-49.

There's other clues to suggest PPSM #41 happens before DD#50. Foggy tells Matt on the phone in DD#49 that the sectretary quit, (after the attack on Matt just outside his office by Typhoid Mary). But then we see in PPSM #41 Matt's secretary put the phone call from "a Mr. Parker" through to Matt. Also, the Matt Murdock in PPSM #41 didn't have a singed face and hair, (like he did following Typhoid Mary's attack in DD46 to 48).

I'll study your Spidey calender some more tonight...if you have any suggestions, I'd love to hear them. ;-)

			*	*	*

Re: More analysis...
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 24, 2003 at 20:28:34:
In Reply to: More analysis... 
posted by Kevin on October 24, 2003 at 16:52:46:

> Sunday, Sept. 8
> Amazing SPiderman v2 #32 (21-23) 

> You note the above pages as "One night, shortly after ASM2 32, (1-20), (probably three days after, given that this night is probably Sunday)"

> Well, it's actually 5 days after ASM2 32, (1-20). In actuality, it's 3 days after PP:SM #36, pgs. 11-22. You have dates for Spidey to appear from Sept. 8th to Sept. 15th. Maybe you can just backdate the events of ASM #32, (21 -23)...or maybe you can do some slight shuffling around somewhere else so that PP:SM #41 happens just a couple days prior...

I'll just change the word "three" to "five." No biggie. Thanks for catching that error.

> I notice in DD#46, Milla asks Matt (at his office), "I thought you were going to stay low?" As in, stay shacked up in that hotel from DD#45, and not come back out for a while. The scenes with Matt from DD#46-49 all happen on the same day, (and onto into the evening and night). Maybe you can work it so that the phone call to Matt in PP:SM #41 happens right before Milla stops in and Matt invites her to lunch in DD#46. Or maybe you can get it to happen the day before the scenes with Matt from DD#46-49.

Bingo. All your points are well taken, and I think, easily addressed. Since Spidey's chronology is so tight with appearances, how about I keep the date for PPSM2 41 and create a bigger gap in DD2 46 to make DD's calendar read as thus...

Tuesday, September 3
DAREDEVIL v2 #45 (1-8)

Wednesday, September 4
DAREDEVIL v2 #45 (9-21)
DAREDEVIL v2 #46 (1-10)

Friday, September 13
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (4-15)

Sunday, September 15
PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #41

Friday, September 20
DAREDEVIL v2 #46 (16-21)
DAREDEVIL v2 #48
DAREDEVIL v2 #49

Saturday, September 21
DAREDEVIL v2 #50

Does this work?

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: More analysis...
Posted by Kevin on October 25, 2003 at 12:15:04:
In Reply to: Re: More analysis... 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 24, 2003 at 20:28:34:

> I'll just change the word "three" to "five." No biggie. Thanks for catching that error.

Not a problem.

> Tuesday, September 3
> DAREDEVIL v2 #45 (1-8)

> Wednesday, September 4
> DAREDEVIL v2 #45 (9-21)
> DAREDEVIL v2 #46 (1-10)

> Friday, September 13
> PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #39 (4-15)

> Sunday, September 15
> PETER PARKER, SPIDER-MAN v2 #41

> Friday, September 20
> DAREDEVIL v2 #46 (16-21)
> DAREDEVIL v2 #48
> DAREDEVIL v2 #49

> Saturday, September 21
> DAREDEVIL v2 #50

> Does this work?

Oh, I see...instead of leaving DD#50 on Sept. 15th, you just moved it ahead by one week to Sept. 21st. Heh, clever and simple...yes, that'll probably work, though it increases the gap in DD#46...but then again, we DID have to make room for Kingpin to make a side trip to Bolivia...so in the end, yes, that'll work just fine...

See, that's why I'm just the helper, and your "Master of the Calender!!!" ;-) 

			*	*	*

Re: More analysis...
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 25, 2003 at 14:47:15:
In Reply to: Re: More analysis... 
posted by Kevin on October 25, 2003 at 12:15:04:

The only negative is that the full moon in DAREDEVIL v2 #47  FB (1-13) would be topical, but it was topical in the old placement anyway. And given the clues that DD2 50 occurs early on a Saturday morning, the full moon will be problematic unless we move this entire story arc past September. At this point, we'll stick with the calendar adjustment above and see how the current DD story arc plays itself out. We may see another adjustment later.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: question for Russ
Posted by Administrator on October 23, 2003 at 17:27:31:
In Reply to: Partial answer and question for Russ 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 23, 2003 at 07:00:43:

> I have PPSM2 41 (Sunday, 9/15) occurring the day after DD2 50 (early Saturday morning, 9/14). Does that make sense from Matt's perspective?

I think so.

Oh, you meant the other question was for me....

> 
> > Okay, moving beyond that, when you post the calender in a couple of weeks, are you going to post it here, or email it to us again? May I suggest, whichever way you do it, you divide it down into portions, like ("Here's Jan. to June of Year 1 of this calender") etc. Might be helpful for digesting the entire calender. ;-)

> Yes, it is going to be HUGE. Russ, what would be the best way to post this document -- in chunks on the forum page or some other way? E-mail it to you first?

There's not an intrinsic reason in the forum why the calendar would have to be split up, but I imagine that, depending on the size, many people would just give up after the first dozen screens. So from a sociological standpoint, I think you'd get a better response if it were broken up into smaller chunks. But that's just my opinion.

While I wouldn't refuse an email, I don't see a need for it.

			*	*	*

Re: Comments from Antonio and other Spidey experts...?
Posted by Antonio Gavio on October 27, 2003 at 16:23:25:
In Reply to: Comments from Antonio and other Spidey experts...? 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 21, 2003 at 19:16:00:

Paul:
Ever since ASM2 56 I've grown unconfortable with the way the calendar is being worked. A comment by Peter Parker saying he just started teaching "this semester" threw the work of months on the Spidey calendar to the floor; and probably because of that I've just given myself excuses to not seat back and resume work on said project.
I finally convinced myself of going back to work on it a few days ago to check your latest version of the calendar, but sadly to say I didn't like the results.
There are many instances where I found mitakes and inconsistencies basically bacause you have taken pieces of a whole (to acomodate Peter's comment in ASM2 56) and moved them around without fixing the holes you were leaving behind. The final product seems forced and a little careless.
The point is I'm not sure I want to keep working like this anymore, whitout a plan. I don't think we should work on the calendar backwards (from present to past) but from the beginning. I believe there are matters that need to be solved before we start work on the calendar, like canonicity of some titles (Marvel: The Lost Generation). The way the calendar is being worked I can see lots of problems whenever (if ever) we interlap our calendar with Geoge Olchewsky's.
Maybe we should seriously start thinking of proposing the idea to Marvel so they actually use this calendar of ours and save us both, us and them, lots of time and future mistakes. Believe it or not I think it's more than possible to create a way to avoid continuity mistakes, at least in my experience.
Antonio 

			*	*	*

Re: Comments from Antonio and other Spidey experts...?
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 27, 2003 at 21:01:09:
In Reply to: Re: Comments from Antonio and other Spidey experts...? 
posted by Antonio Gavio on October 27, 2003 at 16:23:25:

> Ever since ASM2 56 I've grown unconfortable with the way the calendar is being worked. A comment by Peter Parker saying he just started teaching "this semester" threw the work of months on the Spidey calendar to the floor; and probably because of that I've just given myself excuses to not seat back and resume work on said project.

Wish I had known that, Antonio. And the work is on the floor, as you say, not in the trash. Trial and error.

> I finally convinced myself of going back to work on it a few days ago to check your latest version of the calendar, but sadly to say I didn't like the results.
> There are many instances where I found mitakes and inconsistencies basically bacause you have taken pieces of a whole (to acomodate Peter's comment in ASM2 56) and moved them around without fixing the holes you were leaving behind. The final product seems forced and a little careless.

Mistakes? Inconsistencies? Pieces? Holes? I'm sorry, Antonio, but I can't make changes or even respond unless you provide details. I haven't been completely sold on my proposed arrangement (although now, as I noted, I have worked it into the grand calendar given the previous lack of vocal criticism, spring break aside), and have been counting on folks to offer some good alternatives about placement.

I get the impression that you feel my approach is, shall we say, haphazard, and lacking an appreciation for the bigger picture of the interconnectedness of the MU.

What did you *like* about the previous arrangement? How did it work better than this one? What babies did I throw out with the bathwater?


> The point is I'm not sure I want to keep working like this anymore, whitout a plan. I don't think we should work on the calendar backwards (from present to past) but from the beginning. 

I'm not sure if you've lost interest because of specific mistakes you feel I've made in exact calendar placement of recent Spidey adventures (as you seem to indicate above) OR because you disagree with the general approach of working on recent chronology at this point (which I know you've raised in the past).


> I believe there are matters that need to be solved before we start work on the calendar, like canonicity of some titles (Marvel: The Lost Generation). The way the calendar is being worked I can see lots of problems whenever (if ever) we interlap our calendar with Geoge Olchewsky's.

I see problems if we work on *precise* calendar placements at the beginning AND end and work toward the middle. Chances are high that things won't work -- precise dates won't match up because we don't know yet how many years we're talking about yet. The only options are: to work backward in segments (with Crossing to Maximum Security next), to work forward from FF 1 (as you propose), or somehow decide on an overall structure of time for the whole period and fill in details later (and decide where the leap years fall, too).

As a reminder: I have a good idea about *rough* calendar placements for the first eleven years after FF 1, but it's difficult to assign specific dates to many stories yet and still have temporal references to things like days of the week etc. work out. I would make the argument that sometimes you need to know about later stories to place earlier stories. No matter which direction we work, we'd need to be aware of the entirety of MU time; note the occasional references to early MU stories in the recent calendar -- Uncle Ben's death, etc., etc.


> Maybe we should seriously start thinking of proposing the idea to Marvel so they actually use this calendar of ours and save us both, us and them, lots of time and future mistakes. Believe it or not I think it's more than possible to create a way to avoid continuity mistakes, at least in my experience.

Ah, you want to take the error out of "trial and error."

I've been skeptical about Marvel's taking any interest in a calendar these days. I just think they'd consider such a thing a straightjacket for creativity, or something that's just not needed to turn a profit (and they'd be right on that account). Too pedantic for art, too irrelevant for business.

I'd be happy if someone would disabuse me of these thoughts. As you can tell, I just haven't been confident enough about approaching whoever at Marvel.

Besides, the MCP doesn't need a stamp of approval from Marvel to do work of benefit to us chronologists. Is a calendar different?

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Comments from Antonio and other Spidey experts...?
Posted by Antonio Gavio on October 28, 2003 at 16:36:41:
In Reply to: Re: Comments from Antonio and other Spidey experts...? 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 27, 2003 at 21:01:09:

> Mistakes? Inconsistencies? Pieces? Holes? I'm sorry, Antonio, but I can't make changes or even respond unless you provide details. 

To name a few without taking too deep of a screening:

February
SMTW #11 Peter is already a teacher by this issue and PPSM2 37 fits a lot smoother right after this without having to move it out of publication order.
March
PPSM2 30 Here Peter has just moved, an attorney aware of his separation with MJ calls him offering his services (as they have been doing for the "last week"). Peter reasons Randy has been such a good guy about him moving out on such a short notice (should he still be thinking this in March if he left Randy in November?). Both these facts indicate it hasn't been too long since Peter and MJ separated.
April
PPSM2 43 (8-22) Happens the day after PPSM 4 (1-7) not the same day.
June
SM/BC:ETMD Peter is already a teacher here.
August
ASM2 30 (1-4)Peter's answering machine saying he has moved has not changed since March? May is talking about MJ leaving and Peter moving out as recent, it shouldn't be that long since PPSM2 30.
September
PPSM2 44 The June 10th doesn't have any meaning here anymore.
SM:SC #1 (1-11) Spider-Man appeared on the Tonight Show last month wich happens in April? Al Kraven was already a friends with Spider-Man since GK 1/2, placing this issue before that one.

As you see the mistakes and inconsistencies are generated by the holes left by the pieces taken out of place from the previous version that I worked.

>I haven't been completely sold on my proposed arrangement (although now, as I noted, I have worked it into the grand calendar given the previous lack of vocal criticism, spring break aside), and have been counting on folks to offer some good alternatives about placement.

I realize all of this is probably my fault in a big way for not giving you updates of my work as you requested repeatedly. 

> I get the impression that you feel my approach is, shall we say, haphazard, and lacking an appreciation for the bigger picture of the interconnectedness of the MU.

> What did you *like* about the previous arrangement? How did it work better than this one? What babies did I throw out with the bathwater?

> 
> > The point is I'm not sure I want to keep working like this anymore, whitout a plan. I don't think we should work on the calendar backwards (from present to past) but from the beginning. 

> I'm not sure if you've lost interest because of specific mistakes you feel I've made in exact calendar placement of recent Spidey adventures (as you seem to indicate above) OR because you disagree with the general approach of working on recent chronology at this point (which I know you've raised in the past).

The mistakes you might have made are just that, mistakes, can't blame you for trying; but working so close behind publication time is going to give us headaches like the present more often than we'd like.

> 
> > I believe there are matters that need to be solved before we start work on the calendar, like canonicity of some titles (Marvel: The Lost Generation). The way the calendar is being worked I can see lots of problems whenever (if ever) we interlap our calendar with Geoge Olchewsky's.

> I see problems if we work on *precise* calendar placements at the beginning AND end and work toward the middle. Chances are high that things won't work -- precise dates won't match up because we don't know yet how many years we're talking about yet. The only options are: to work backward in segments (with Crossing to Maximum Security next), to work forward from FF 1 (as you propose), or somehow decide on an overall structure of time for the whole period and fill in details later (and decide where the leap years fall, too).

> As a reminder: I have a good idea about *rough* calendar placements for the first eleven years after FF 1, but it's difficult to assign specific dates to many stories yet and still have temporal references to things like days of the week etc. work out. I would make the argument that sometimes you need to know about later stories to place earlier stories. 

Wich is exactly why we shouldn't work too close to publication time.

>No matter which direction we work, we'd need to be aware of the entirety of MU time; note the occasional references to early MU stories in the recent calendar -- Uncle Ben's death, etc., etc.

> 
> > Maybe we should seriously start thinking of proposing the idea to Marvel so they actually use this calendar of ours and save us both, us and them, lots of time and future mistakes. Believe it or not I think it's more than possible to create a way to avoid continuity mistakes, at least in my experience.

> Ah, you want to take the error out of "trial and error."

If posible why not?

> I've been skeptical about Marvel's taking any interest in a calendar these days. I just think they'd consider such a thing a straightjacket for creativity, or something that's just not needed to turn a profit (and they'd be right on that account). Too pedantic for art, too irrelevant for business.

> I'd be happy if someone would disabuse me of these thoughts. As you can tell, I just haven't been confident enough about approaching whoever at Marvel.

> Besides, the MCP doesn't need a stamp of approval from Marvel to do work of benefit to us chronologists. Is a calendar different?

> --Paul

I'm not looking for a stamp of aproval but for a way to benefit each party involved.

Antonio 

			*	*	*

Venom flashbacks in SPECSM #5
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 21:26:13:

Anyone out there know enough about Eddie Brock's early appearances to place the flashbacks in this week's Spectacular Spider-Man in his chronology?

--Paul 

			*	*	*

Re: Venom flashbacks in SPECSM #5
Posted by drew on October 11, 2003 at 15:02:26:
In Reply to: Venom flashbacks in SPECSM #5 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 10, 2003 at 21:26:13:

I do, I haven't gotten the issue yet. When I get it. I should be able to figure it out. Grr I say to not having it Already

			*	*	*

STRONGARM II...SIMON STROUD...STRYFE
Posted by Arthur Stein on October 12, 2003 at 08:41:28:

new entries marked **


STRONGARM II/ARMSTRONG

**VSS 1/3
PPTSSSS 1/3
WOSMSS 1/3


STROUD, SIMON

**COTL 30
COTL 31
COTL 32
**COTL 33
COTL 34


STRYFE

C 2-FB
**NM 86 (31p4-31p5)
NM 87


Note to newcomers. Just to explain what my postings areas an avid Marvelist I had my own version of this Marvel Chronology Project (MCP). I am now comparing the two, and for all character entries in the MCP, I am checking if I have any appearances that may have been overlooked. Validating them. Chronologizing them. Posting them (so others have an opportunity to refute or comment). The aim... to help in the completeness of this magnificent piece of information engineering!



#125

126. Oct 16
new entries marked **
SUGAR MAN
XF 113
**C2 26
X 48
X 49
C2 29

SUMMERS, MADELYNE "MADDIE" JENNIFER PRYOR
UX 239
**XF 36 (4)
UX 240

SUMMERS, NATHAN CHRISTOPHER CHARLES
XF 38-FB
** UX 238 (25p5), (25p6), (27p7)
UX 239

Note to newcomers. Just to explain what my postings areas an avid Marvelist I had my own version of this Marvel Chronology Project (MCP). I am now comparing the two, and for all character entries in the MCP, I am checking if I have any appearances that may have been overlooked. Validating them. Chronologizing them. Posting them (so others have an opportunity to refute or comment). The aim... to help in the completeness of this magnificent piece of information engineering! 
#126

			*	*	*

Ultimate Universe Chronology v 1.5
Posted by Jimmy Flowers on October 12, 2003 at 16:12:37:

Ultimates 010-FB1 (Pages 2-5)
Ultimates 010-FB2 (Pages 6-7)
Ultimates 001 (Pages 1 through 23)
Ultimate Team-Up 005-FB (Page 3, panels 3-4)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB1 (Pages 14-17)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB2 (Page 19, panels 2, 4+ through Page 21)
Ultimate Team-Up 005-FB (Page 3, panel 5)
Ultimate Team-Up 005-FB (Page 3, panel 6)
Ultimate X-Men 011-FB (Pages 1 through 9)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB3 (Page 22, panel 2 through Page 23)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 005-FB (Pages 2-3, 6, 9, 13-14, 16-19)
Ultimate Spider-Man 033-FB (Page 8, panel 4 through Page 11)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB01 (Pages 2-5)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB02 (Pages 6-9)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB03 (Pages 10-11)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB04 (Pages 12-13)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB05 (Pages 14-15)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB06 (Pages 16-17)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB07 (Pages 18-20)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB08 (Page 21, panel 1)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB09 (Page 21, panel 2)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB10 (Page 21, panel 3)
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 1
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 2
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 3
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 4
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 012-FB (Pages 2 through 3)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014-FB1 (Pages 1 through 2)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 010-FB (Pages 6 through 10)
Ultimate Spider-Man 001
Ultimate Spider-Man 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 003
Ultimate Spider-Man 004
Ultimate Spider-Man 005
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 003-FB (Page 7, panel 4)
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 007
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate Spider-Man 008
Ultimate Spider-Man 009
Ultimate Spider-Man 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 012
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men One-Half
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 001
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 002
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 003
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 004
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014-FB2 (Page 3)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 005
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 006
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 007
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 008
Ultimate Spider-Man 013
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 009
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 1-25)
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 26-28)
Ultimate Spider-Man 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 015
Ultimate Spider-Man 016
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 010
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 012
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 013
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 018
Ultimate Spider-Man 019
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 1-18)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB1 (Page 6)
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 19+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB2 (Pages 7-31)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 13+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046 (Pages 2-5 and 32)
Ultimate X-Men 013
Ultimate X-Men 014
Ultimates 001 (Page 24+)
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimates 002
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 29-30)
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 015
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 016
Ultimate Spider-Man One-Half
Ultimate Spider-Man 022
Ultimate Spider-Man 023
Ultimate Spider-Man 024
Ultimate Spider-Man 025
Ultimate Spider-Man 026
Ultimate Spider-Man 027
Ultimates 004 (Pages 14+)
Ultimates 005
Ultimates 006
Ultimates 007
Ultimates 008
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011
Ultimates 012
Ultimate X-Men 021
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB1 (Pages 2-7)
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB2 (Pages 10-11)
Ultimate X-Men 025
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB3 (Page 14 panels 1-3)
Ultimate Spider-Man 028
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate Adventures 001
Ultimate Adventures 002
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate Adventures 005
Ultimate Adventures 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 030
Ultimate Spider-Man 031
Ultimate Spider-Man 032
Ultimate Spider-Man 045-FB (Pages 9-10)
Ultimate X-Men 026 (Pages 22-24)
Ultimate Spider-Man 033
Ultimate Spider-Man 034
Ultimate Spider-Man 035
Ultimate Spider-Man 036
Ultimate Spider-Man 037
Ultimate Spider-Man 038
Ultimate Spider-Man 039
Ultimate X-Men 027
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB4 (Page 14 panel 4 through Page 16)
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 1-10)
Ultimate Spider-Man 040
Ultimate Spider-Man 041
Ultimate Spider-Man 042
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate Spider-Man 045
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)
Ultimate X-Men 033
Ultimate X-Men 034
Ultimate X-Men 035
Ultimate X-Men 036
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038 

			*	*	*

Re: Ultimate Universe Chronology v 1.5
Posted by SLIMER1509 on October 16, 2003 at 11:38:41:
In Reply to: Ultimate Universe Chronology v 1.5 
posted by Jimmy Flowers on October 12, 2003 at 16:12:37:

Just awesome. 

			*	*	*

Ultimate Universe Character Chronologies v 1.5
Posted by Jimmy Flowers on October 12, 2003 at 16:17:25:

AGENT QUARTERMAIN
Ultimate Spider-Man 026
Ultimate Spider-Man 027

ANT-MAN/DOCTOR PYM
Ultimate Spider-Man 014
Ultimates 002
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimates 004 (Pages 14+)
Ultimates 005
Ultimates 006
Ultimates 008
Ultimates 009

AYERS, MR.
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044

BARNES, GAIL
Ultimates 007

BEAST/HENRY MCCOY
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate X-Men 021
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 025
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038

BLACK WIDOW
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014-FB1 (Pages 1 through 2)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014-FB2 (Page 3)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014
Ultimates 007
Ultimates 008

BLACK WIDOW/NATASHA ROMANOV
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 011
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 035

BLADE
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 1-28)

BLOB
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 025
Ultimate X-Men 026 (Pages 22-24)
Ultimate X-Men 027

BORIS
Ultimate X-Men 008

BRADDOCK, BRIAN
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)

BRADDOCK, PROFESSOR
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)

BRADDOCK, STRIKE AGENT BETSY
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)

BRADLEY, AGENT
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 024

BRANKIN, DR. EAMONN
Ultimates 007

BRANT, BETTY
Ultimate Spider-Man 008
Ultimate Spider-Man 016
Ultimate Spider-Man 019
Ultimate Spider-Man One-Half
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 043

BROCK SR., EDDIE
Ultimate Spider-Man 033-FB (Page 8, panel 4 through Page 11)

BROCK SR., MRS. EDDIE
Ultimate Spider-Man 033-FB (Page 8, panel 4 through Page 11)

BUCKY/BUCKY BARNES
Ultimates 010-FB2 (Pages 6-7)
Ultimates 001 (Pages 1 through 23)
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 007

BUSH, PRESIDENT GEORGE
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 011
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 1-10)

CAPTAIN AMERICA
Ultimates 010-FB1 (Pages 2-5)
Ultimates 010-FB2 (Pages 6-7)
Ultimates 001 (Pages 1 through 23)
Ultimates 002
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimates 004 (Pages 14+)
Ultimates 005
Ultimates 006
Ultimates 007
Ultimates 008
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate X-Men 033

CARTER, SHIELD AGENT SHARON
Ultimate Spider-Man 018
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB1 (Page 6)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB2 (Pages 7-31)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 13+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046 (Pages 2-5 and 32)

CHENEY, VICE PRESIDENT DICK
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate X-Men 027
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 1-10)

CHI, LEE
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB1 (Pages 14-17)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB2 (Page 19, panels 2, 4+ through Page 21)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB3 (Page 22, panel 2 through Page 23)
Ultimate Adventures 005

CHI, MASTER KWI
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB1 (Pages 14-17)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB2 (Page 19, panels 2, 4+ through Page 21)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB3 (Page 22, panel 2 through Page 23)

COLOSSUS
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men One-Half
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate X-Men 021
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038

CROWLEY, SHIELD AGENT
Ultimate X-Men 009

CRUSHER HOGAN
Ultimate Spider-Man 003
Ultimate Spider-Man 004

CURRIE, LAUCHLIN
Ultimates 010-FB2 (Pages 6-7)

CYCLOPS/SCOTT SUMMERS
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men One-Half
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate X-Men 021
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB1 (Pages 2-7)
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB2 (Pages 10-11)
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB3 (Page 14 panels 1-3)
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB4 (Page 14 panel 4 through Page 16)
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate X-Men 033
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038

DANNER, RUTH
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB1 (Pages 14-17)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB3 (Page 22, panel 2 through Page 23)
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004

DAREDEVIL/MATT MURDOCK
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 1
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 2
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 3
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 4
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 007
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 008
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 1-28)
Ultimate X-Men 036
Ultimate X-Men 037

DETONATOR/RICKY GIBSON
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB02 (Pages 6-9)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB05 (Pages 14-15)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB10 (Page 21, panel 3)

DEWOLFF, CAPTAIN JEAN
Ultimate Spider-Man 031
Ultimate Spider-Man 032

DOCTOR BRANKIN
Ultimate War 1

DOCTOR CORNELIUS
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012

DOCTOR KNOX
Ultimate X-Men 027

DOCTOR OCTOPUS
Ultimate Spider-Man 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 003
Ultimate Spider-Man 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 015
Ultimate Spider-Man 016
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 018
Ultimate Spider-Man 019
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 1-18)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB1 (Page 6)
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 19+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046 (Pages 7+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 13+)

DOCTOR SKRTIC
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 019

DOCTOR STRANGE
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 012-FB (Pages 2 through 3)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 013

ELECTRO
Ultimate Spider-Man 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 012

ELEKTRA
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 1
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 2
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 3
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 4
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 1-28)

ELIZABETH, SHANNON
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)

ESHELMAN, BOAZ
Ultimate X-Men 001

FANCY DAN
Ultimate Spider-Man 009
Ultimate Spider-Man 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 012

FATHER JOE
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB1 (Pages 14-17)
Ultimate Adventures 001
Ultimate Adventures 003

FIMMEL, TRAVIS
Ultimate X-Men 030

FORGE
Ultimate X-Men 027
Ultimate X-Men 030

FURY, NICK
Ultimate X-Men 011-FB (Pages 1 through 9)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 005
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB1 (Page 6)
Ultimates 002
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimate Spider-Man 024
Ultimate Spider-Man 026
Ultimate Spider-Man 027
Ultimates 004 (Pages 14+)
Ultimates 005
Ultimates 006
Ultimates 007
Ultimates 008
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate Spider-Man 039
Ultimate X-Men 027
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 1-10)
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)
Ultimate X-Men 038

GAMBIT
Ultimate X-Men 013
Ultimate X-Men 014

GELDOFF
Ultimate Spider-Man 040
Ultimate Spider-Man 041
Ultimate Spider-Man 042
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044

GIANT MAN
See Ant-Man
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004

GREEN GOBLIN/NORMAN OSBORN
Ultimate Spider-Man 001
Ultimate Spider-Man 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 003
Ultimate Spider-Man 004
Ultimate Spider-Man 005
Ultimate Spider-Man 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 007
Ultimate Spider-Man 022
Ultimate Spider-Man 023
Ultimate Spider-Man 024
Ultimate Spider-Man 025
Ultimate Spider-Man 026
Ultimate Spider-Man 027

GREENWOOD, BRUCE
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 007

GREY, PROFESSOR
Ultimate War 2

HALE, TRACI
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 1-18)
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 19+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046 (Pages 7+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 13+)

HAMMER, JUSTIN
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 018
Ultimate Spider-Man 019
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 1-18)
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 19+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB2 (Pages 7-31)

HAMMERHEAD
Ultimate X-Men 013
Ultimate X-Men 014

HARD-DRIVE
Ultimate War 1

HAWKEYE
Ultimates 008
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 011
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4

HAWK-OWL/JACK DANNER
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB1 (Pages 14-17)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB2 (Page 19, panels 2, 4+ through Page 21)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB3 (Page 22, panel 2 through Page 23)
Ultimate Adventures 001
Ultimate Adventures 002
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate Adventures 005

HERBIE
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 009
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)

HERR KLEISER
Ultimates 010-FB1 (Pages 2-5)
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011

HHVX
Ultimate X-Men 022

HULK
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 002
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 003
Ultimates 002
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimates 005
Ultimates 007
Ultimates 009
Ultimate War 2

HUMAN TORCH/JOHNNY STORM
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 009
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)

ICEMAN/BOBBY DRAKE
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men One-Half
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038

INVISIBLE GIRL/SUE STORM
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 009
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)

IRON FIST/DANNY RAND
Ultimate Spider-Man One-Half

IRON MAN/TONY STARK
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 005-FB (Pages 2-3, 6, 9, 13-14, 16-19)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 004
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 005
Ultimates 001 (Page 24+)
Ultimates 002
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimates 004 (Pages 14+)
Ultimates 005
Ultimates 006
Ultimates 007
Ultimates 008
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 028
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 1-10)
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)

JACKSON, DRAKE
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004

JAMESON, J JONAH
Ultimate Spider-Man 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 008
Ultimate Spider-Man 012
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 015
Ultimate Spider-Man 016
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 1-18)
Ultimate Spider-Man One-Half
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 031

JARVIS
Ultimates 002
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 006

JONES, DEBBIE
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004

JUBILEE
Ultimate X-Men 007

JUGGERNAUT
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate War 1

KING, LARRY
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)

KINGPIN
Ultimate Spider-Man 009
Ultimate Spider-Man 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 012

KITTY PRYDE
Ultimate X-Men 021
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038

KONG
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 26-28)
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 031
Ultimate Spider-Man 034
Ultimate Spider-Man 040

KRAVEN
Ultimate Spider-Man 016
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 019
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 1-18)
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 19+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)

LIZARD
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 010-FB (Pages 6 through 10)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 039

LORD BRADDOCK
Ultimate X-Men 019

MACTAGGERT, MOIRA
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB01 (Pages 2-5)
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate X-Men 027
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)

MAGNETO
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB01 (Pages 2-5)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB02 (Pages 6-9)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB03 (Pages 10-11)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB04 (Pages 12-13)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB05 (Pages 14-15)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB06 (Pages 16-17)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB07 (Pages 18-20)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB08 (Page 21, panel 1)
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 003-FB (Page 7, panel 4)
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 025
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 026 (Pages 22-24)
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate X-Men 033

MAGNETO'S COMPUTER
Ultimate X-Men 024

MAN-THING
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 010

MARVEL GIRL/JEAN GREY
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate X-Men 021
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 025
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate Spider-Man 042
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038

MASTER STONE
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 1
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 2
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 3
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 4

MASTERMIND
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 027

MISS KLEIN
Ultimate X-Men 030

MISTER BIG
Ultimate Spider-Man 009
Ultimate Spider-Man 010

MISTER FANTASTIC/REED RICHARDS
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 009
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)

MISTER SEVILLE
Ultimate X-Men 025

MONTANA
Ultimate Spider-Man 009
Ultimate Spider-Man 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 012

MS. WILLOW
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate Adventures 005

MULTIPLE MAN
Ultimate X-Men 027

NELSON, FOGGY
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 1
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 2
Ultimate Daredevil & Elektra 4

NIGHTCRAWLER
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 027
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038

ORB-WEAVER
Ultimate X-Men 022

OSBORN, HARRY
Ultimate Spider-Man 001
Ultimate Spider-Man 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 003
Ultimate Spider-Man 004
Ultimate Spider-Man 005
Ultimate Spider-Man 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 007
Ultimate Spider-Man 022
Ultimate Spider-Man 023
Ultimate Spider-Man 024
Ultimate Spider-Man 025
Ultimate Spider-Man 026
Ultimate Spider-Man 027

OX
Ultimate Spider-Man 009
Ultimate Spider-Man 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 012

PARKER, AUNT MAY
Ultimate Spider-Man 033-FB (Page 8, panel 4 through Page 11)
Ultimate Spider-Man 001
Ultimate Spider-Man 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 003
Ultimate Spider-Man 004
Ultimate Spider-Man 005
Ultimate Spider-Man 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 007
Ultimate Spider-Man 008
Ultimate Spider-Man 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 013
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 018
Ultimate Spider-Man 019
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 13+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 023
Ultimate Spider-Man 024
Ultimate Spider-Man 028
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 030
Ultimate Spider-Man 031
Ultimate Spider-Man 032
Ultimate Spider-Man 045-FB (Pages 9-10)
Ultimate Spider-Man 033
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate Spider-Man 045

PARKER, MARY
Ultimate Spider-Man 033-FB (Page 8, panel 4 through Page 11)

PARKER, RICHARD
Ultimate Spider-Man 033-FB (Page 8, panel 4 through Page 11)

PARKER, UNCLE BEN
Ultimate Spider-Man 033-FB (Page 8, panel 4 through Page 11)
Ultimate Spider-Man 001
Ultimate Spider-Man 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 003
Ultimate Spider-Man 004
Ultimate Spider-Man 005

PHOENIX
Ultimate X-Men 025

PRINCIPAL ZEVAD
Ultimate Spider-Man 043

PRINZE JR., FREDDIE
Ultimates 004 (Pages 14+)
Ultimates 005

PROFESSOR X/CHARLES XAVIER
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB01 (Pages 2-5)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB02 (Pages 6-9)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB03 (Pages 10-11)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB04 (Pages 12-13)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB06 (Pages 16-17)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB07 (Pages 18-20)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB09 (Page 21, panel 2)
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 014
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate X-Men 021
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 025
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)
Ultimate X-Men 033
Ultimate X-Men 038

PROSIMIAN
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 025

PROTEUS/DAVID XAVIER
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019

PRYDE, KITTY
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB1 (Pages 2-7)
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate Spider-Man 042
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)

PUNISHER/FRANK CASTLE
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 006
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 007
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 008

QUICKSILVER/PIETRO LEHNSHEER
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB03 (Pages 10-11)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB07 (Pages 18-20)
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men One-Half
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimates 008
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 2

RALPH (THE OWL)
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate Adventures 005

RASPUTIN, ILYANA
Ultimate X-Men 018

RHINO
Ultimate Spider-Man 028

RHODES, JIM
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 004

RIGGS, SHIELD AGENT
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB1 (Page 6)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB2 (Pages 7-31)

ROBERTSON, JOE
Ultimate Spider-Man 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 008
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 015
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 1-18)
Ultimate Spider-Man One-Half
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 031

ROGUE
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)
Ultimate X-Men 038

ROSS, BETTY
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimates 004 (Pages 14+)
Ultimates 005
Ultimates 006
Ultimates 007
Ultimates 009

ROSS, GENERAL THUNDERBOLT
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 003
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 011

RUMSFIELD, DONALD
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 1-10)

SABRETOOTH
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 001
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 026 (Pages 22-24)
Ultimate X-Men 027
Ultimate X-Men 030

SALUKI
Ultimate X-Men 022

SANDMAN
Ultimate Spider-Man 017

SANDMAN/FLINT MARKO
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB2 (Pages 7-31)

SCARLET WITCH/WANDA LEHNSHEER
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB03 (Pages 10-11)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB07 (Pages 18-20)
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men One-Half
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimates 008
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 2

SEBASTIAN SHAW
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 025

SENATOR ANDREW BORDER TURK
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024

SHANG-CHI
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 015
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 016

SISTER MARY
Ultimate Adventures 001

SPIDER-MAN IMPOSTER
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 030
Ultimate Spider-Man 031

SPIDER-MAN/PETER PARKER
Ultimate Spider-Man 033-FB (Page 8, panel 4 through Page 11)
Ultimate Spider-Man 001
Ultimate Spider-Man 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 003
Ultimate Spider-Man 004
Ultimate Spider-Man 005
Ultimate Spider-Man 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 007
Ultimate Spider-Man 008
Ultimate Spider-Man 009
Ultimate Spider-Man 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 012
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 001
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 002
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 003
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 004
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 005
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 006
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 007
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 008
Ultimate Spider-Man 013
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 009
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 1-28)
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 26-28)
Ultimate Spider-Man 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 015
Ultimate Spider-Man 016
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 010
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 012
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 013
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 018
Ultimate Spider-Man 019
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 1-18)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB1 (Page 6)
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 19+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB2 (Pages 7-31)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 13+)
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 29-30)
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 015
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 016
Ultimate Spider-Man One-Half
Ultimate Spider-Man 022
Ultimate Spider-Man 023
Ultimate Spider-Man 024
Ultimate Spider-Man 025
Ultimate Spider-Man 026
Ultimate Spider-Man 027
Ultimate Spider-Man 028
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 030
Ultimate Spider-Man 031
Ultimate Spider-Man 032
Ultimate Spider-Man 045-FB (Pages 9-10)
Ultimate Spider-Man 033
Ultimate Spider-Man 034
Ultimate Spider-Man 035
Ultimate Spider-Man 036
Ultimate Spider-Man 037
Ultimate Spider-Man 038
Ultimate Spider-Man 039
Ultimate Spider-Man 040
Ultimate Spider-Man 041
Ultimate Spider-Man 042
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate Spider-Man 045
Ultimate X-Men 034
Ultimate X-Men 035
Ultimate X-Men 036
Ultimate X-Men 037

STACY, CAPTAIN
Ultimate Spider-Man 015
Ultimate Spider-Man 016
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 019
Ultimate Spider-Man 023
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 031

STACY, GWEN
Ultimate Spider-Man 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 015
Ultimate Spider-Man 016
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 022
Ultimate Spider-Man 023
Ultimate Spider-Man 028
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 031
Ultimate Spider-Man 032
Ultimate Spider-Man 033
Ultimate Spider-Man 034
Ultimate Spider-Man 036
Ultimate Spider-Man 040
Ultimate Spider-Man 041
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044

STARK, MORGAN
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 005-FB (Pages 2-3, 6, 9, 13-14, 16-19)

STORM/ORORO MUNROE
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 014
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate X-Men 021
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 025
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate Spider-Man 042
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)
Ultimate X-Men 037

SUMATRAN
Ultimate X-Men 022

TABIDI
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 019
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 1-18)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)

TARA
Ultimate X-Men 034
Ultimate X-Men 035
Ultimate X-Men 036
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038

THE PRINCIPAL/MORGAN JONES
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate Adventures 005

THING/BEN GRIMM
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 009
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)

THOMAS, STRIKE AGENT DAI
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017

THOMPSON, FLASH
Ultimate Spider-Man 001
Ultimate Spider-Man 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 003
Ultimate Spider-Man 004
Ultimate Spider-Man 005
Ultimate Spider-Man 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 007
Ultimate Spider-Man 008
Ultimate Spider-Man 009
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 001
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 004
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 26-28)
Ultimate Spider-Man 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 015
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 019
Ultimate Spider-Man 022
Ultimate Spider-Man 023
Ultimate Spider-Man 034
Ultimate Spider-Man 040
Ultimate Spider-Man 041

THOR
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimates 005
Ultimates 006
Ultimates 007
Ultimates 008
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)

TIPPLE, HANK
Ultimate Adventures 001
Ultimate Adventures 002
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate Adventures 005

TOAD
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate War 1

TOLLIVER, DANIEL
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB1 (Pages 14-17)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB2 (Page 19, panels 2, 4+ through Page 21)
Ultimate Adventures 005-FB3 (Page 22, panel 2 through Page 23)
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate Adventures 005

TRASK, BOLIVAR
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 015

UNUS
Ultimate War 3

URICH, BEN
Ultimate Spider-Man 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 008
Ultimate Spider-Man 012
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 015
Ultimate Spider-Man 016
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)
Ultimate Spider-Man One-Half
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 031
Ultimate Spider-Man 043

VANISHER
Ultimate War 1

VENOM/EDDIE BROCK JR.
Ultimate Spider-Man 033-FB (Page 8, panel 4 through Page 11)
Ultimate Spider-Man 017
Ultimate Spider-Man 033
Ultimate Spider-Man 034
Ultimate Spider-Man 035
Ultimate Spider-Man 036
Ultimate Spider-Man 037
Ultimate Spider-Man 038

WALKER, PATSY
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 009

WALTERS, BARBARA
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 1-10)

WASP/JANET VAN DYNE
Ultimates 002
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimates 004 (Pages 14+)
Ultimates 005
Ultimates 006
Ultimates 007
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate Spider-Man 031

WATSON, MARY JANE
Ultimate Spider-Man 001
Ultimate Spider-Man 002
Ultimate Spider-Man 003
Ultimate Spider-Man 004
Ultimate Spider-Man 005
Ultimate Spider-Man 006
Ultimate Spider-Man 007
Ultimate Spider-Man 008
Ultimate Spider-Man 009
Ultimate Spider-Man 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 012
Ultimate Spider-Man 013
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 1-28)
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 26-28)
Ultimate Spider-Man 014
Ultimate Spider-Man 015
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 018
Ultimate Spider-Man 020 (Pages 1-18)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 015
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 016
Ultimate Spider-Man 022
Ultimate Spider-Man 023
Ultimate Spider-Man 024
Ultimate Spider-Man 025
Ultimate Spider-Man 026
Ultimate Spider-Man 027
Ultimate Spider-Man 028
Ultimate Spider-Man 029
Ultimate Spider-Man 030
Ultimate Spider-Man 031
Ultimate Spider-Man 034
Ultimate Spider-Man 035
Ultimate Spider-Man 037
Ultimate Spider-Man 040
Ultimate Spider-Man 041
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate X-Men 034

WATSON, MRS.
Ultimate Spider-Man 043

WOLVERINE/LOGAN
Ultimate X-Men 011-FB (Pages 1 through 9)
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 003-FB (Page 7, panel 4)
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 001
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate X-Men 021
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB1 (Pages 2-7)
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate X-Men 033
Ultimate X-Men 034
Ultimate X-Men 035
Ultimate X-Men 036
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038

WONG
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 012-FB (Pages 2 through 3)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 013

WOO, SHIELD AGENT
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 1-12)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB2 (Pages 7-31)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 13+)

WRAITH, JOHN
Ultimate X-Men 011-FB (Pages 1 through 9)
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012

XANDU
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 012
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 013

ZELAZNY, AGENT
Ultimate War 4

			*	*	*

Re: Ultimate Universe Character Chronologies v 1.5
Posted by Kevin on October 15, 2003 at 16:54:15:
In Reply to: Ultimate Universe Character Chronologies v 1.5 
posted by Jimmy Flowers on October 12, 2003 at 16:17:25:

Wow, I just got down checking out all these listings, and I think it deserves a round of applause! Good job, Jimmy, this is very thorough! ;-) 

			*	*	*

Re: Ultimate Universe Character Chronologies v 1.5
Posted by French Thom on October 17, 2003 at 18:48:46:
In Reply to: Ultimate Universe Character Chronologies v 1.5 
posted by Jimmy Flowers on October 12, 2003 at 16:17:25:

Excellent work, Jimmy!

			*	*	*

Ultimate Universe Team Chronologies v 1.5
Posted by Jimmy Flowers on October 12, 2003 at 16:18:25:

ACOLYTES
Ultimate X-Men 020

BROTHERHOOD OF MUTANTS
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB03 (Pages 10-11)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB04 (Pages 12-13)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB05 (Pages 14-15)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB06 (Pages 16-17)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB07 (Pages 18-20)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB08 (Page 21, panel 1)
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 025
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate X-Men 026 (Pages 22-24)
Ultimate X-Men 027
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB4 (Page 14 panel 4 through Page 16)
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 1-10)

DINOSAURS
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB2 (Pages 10-11)

ENFORCERS
Ultimate Spider-Man 009
Ultimate Spider-Man 010
Ultimate Spider-Man 011
Ultimate Spider-Man 012

FANTASTIC FOUR
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 009
Ultimate Spider-Man Super Special (Pages 31+)

FBI
Ultimate Spider-Man 009

HAWKEYE
Ultimate War 1

HELLFIRE CLUB
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 025

IRAQI ARMY
Ultimate X-Men 011-FB (Pages 1 through 9)

MANDROIDS
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 004
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 005

MILITARY
Ultimates 010-FB2 (Pages 6-7)
Ultimates 001 (Pages 1 through 23)
Ultimate X-Men 011-FB (Pages 1 through 9)
Ultimate X-Men 026-FB10 (Page 21, panel 3)
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 003
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate X-Men 028

MUTANT X
Ultimate X-Men 008

NASA
Ultimate X-Men 027

NATZIS
Ultimates 010-FB1 (Pages 2-5)
Ultimates 001 (Pages 1 through 23)
Ultimates 011

PLASMIDS
Ultimate Spider-Man 025

RED DEVIL
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 005-FB (Pages 2-3, 6, 9, 13-14, 16-19)

RUSSIAN MAFIA
Ultimate X-Men 008

SENTINELS
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men 027
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 1-10)

SHIELD
Ultimate Spider-Man 016
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate Spider-Man 018
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB1 (Page 6)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046-FB2 (Pages 7-31)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021 (Pages 13+)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046 (Pages 2-5 and 32)
Ultimate Spider-Man 046 (Pages 2-5 and 32)
Ultimates 002
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate Spider-Man 026
Ultimate Spider-Man 027
Ultimates 008
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate Spider-Man 039
Ultimate X-Men 027
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 032
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)

SHIELD (PAGES 1-12)
Ultimate Spider-Man 021

SKRULLS
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 009
Ultimates 008
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011

STRIKE
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018

ULTIMATES
Ultimates 001 (Page 24+)
Ultimates 002
Ultimates 003
Ultimates 004 (Pages 1 through 13)
Ultimates 004 (Pages 14+)
Ultimates 005
Ultimates 006
Ultimates 007
Ultimates 008
Ultimates 009
Ultimates 010
Ultimates 011
Ultimate War 1
Ultimate War 2
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate Adventures 003
Ultimate Adventures 004
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)

US ARMY
Ultimate X-Men One-Half

WEAPON X
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012

X-MEN
Ultimate X-Men 011-FB (Pages 1 through 9)
Ultimate X-Men 001
Ultimate X-Men 002
Ultimate X-Men 003
Ultimate X-Men 004
Ultimate X-Men 005
Ultimate X-Men 006
Ultimate X-Men One-Half
Ultimate Marvel Team-Up 011
Ultimate X-Men 007
Ultimate X-Men 008
Ultimate X-Men 009
Ultimate X-Men 010
Ultimate X-Men 011
Ultimate X-Men 012
Ultimate X-Men 013
Ultimate X-Men 014
Ultimate X-Men 015
Ultimate X-Men 016
Ultimate X-Men 017
Ultimate X-Men 018
Ultimate X-Men 019
Ultimate X-Men 020
Ultimate X-Men 021
Ultimate X-Men 022
Ultimate X-Men 023
Ultimate X-Men 024
Ultimate X-Men 029-FB1 (Pages 2-7)
Ultimate X-Men 025
Ultimate War 3
Ultimate War 4
Ultimate X-Men 028
Ultimate X-Men 029
Ultimate X-Men 030
Ultimate X-Men 031
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 1-10)
Ultimate Spider-Man 042
Ultimate Spider-Man 043
Ultimate Spider-Man 044
Ultimate X-Men 032 (Pages 11+)
Ultimate X-Men 033
Ultimate X-Men 034
Ultimate X-Men 035
Ultimate X-Men 036
Ultimate X-Men 037
Ultimate X-Men 038

			*	*	*

Spectacular Spiderman 250!
Posted by Rolas on October 13, 2003 at 15:24:55:

hey, Chameleon appears in Spectacular SpiderMan 250, but apear in cameo in a litle panel in the hospital where is Flash Tompson.

			*	*	*

Daredevil & Kingpin in MARVEL SUPER-HEROES (v.3) #4/2
Posted by RLG on October 13, 2003 at 17:47:41:

This story shows Matt working at his legal clinic, which was first seen in DD #248. Currently, M/SH3 #4/2 is placed just before the "Born Again" saga, which is long before the clinic was opened.

I do not know where the story should be placed in Daredevil's and Kingpin's chronologies, but since it is a stand alone issue, it could be placed just about anywhere during the time that the clinic was open. 

			*	*	*

Master Pandemonium
Posted by captamr on October 15, 2003 at 12:23:34:

A fairly significant omission of Master Ps origin in WCA2 9  FB, which is listed in Mephistos listings, occurs in his own chronology. His first appearance would then be second (listed in red):

MASTER PANDEMONIUM / Martin Preston

WCA2 9  FB**
WCA2 4
WCA2 8  BTS

Charlie

			*	*	*

Questions on the current Calendar project
Posted by RLG on October 15, 2003 at 14:31:59:

First off, I am amazed by what I've seen so far. Considering the lack of concern with continuity at Marvel lately, I'm constantly impressed with the effort put into this web site and the recent calendar.

As I understand it, the calendar will begin sometime before the Onslaught storyline and continue to the present. Has a cut-off point been established? If (hopefully) the time comes to go back to FF #1 and start the calendar from the "beginning", do you foresee any problems making the current calendar mesh? 

(Speaking of the "early years", I would imagine it will be far easier than the present endeavor - no unresolved plot issues, only a dozen or so issues a month, etc..)

As I've stated before, I apologize for not being able to help with current titles. When the time comes to "calendarize" the titles from the `60's to the `90's, I would be glad to help.

- RLG 

			*	*	*

Re: Questions on the current Calendar project
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 16, 2003 at 07:16:13:
In Reply to: Questions on the current Calendar project 
posted by RLG on October 15, 2003 at 14:31:59:

> First off, I am amazed by what I've seen so far. Considering the lack of concern with continuity at Marvel lately, I'm constantly impressed with the effort put into this web site and the recent calendar.

Gee, thanks. Of course it's a team effort, and I appreciate the work and spirit of fellow chronologists here. :)


> As I understand it, the calendar will begin sometime before the Onslaught storyline and continue to the present. Has a cut-off point been established? If (hopefully) the time comes to go back to FF #1 and start the calendar from the "beginning", do you foresee any problems making the current calendar mesh? 

The ultimate goal is to have an MU calendar from just prior to FF 1 to the present. We'll see if that ever comes to fruition. I do have a leg up on the first eleven years with the Avengers Year-By-Year effort at Van Plexico's Avengers Assemble website.

As far as "connecting" that time period to the current calendar time period, I've thought of potential problems, including coming to grips with the real ages of MU characters (*cough* Franklin *cough*) and the meshing of the MU calendar dates with "real world" dates and years.
Gives me a headache...

The current project is the firming up of a calendar running from just prior to 9-11 to the present. Assuming no major issues with the posted Spidey calendar, that should happen in a couple of weeks.

I'm already working on a skeleton draft calendar for the preceding two MU years -- from A 391 to 9-11. The first of those two years covers the Crossing, Onslaught, Heroes Reborn, Heroes Return, etc. The second of those two years starts around A3 10.


> (Speaking of the "early years", I would imagine it will be far easier than the present endeavor - no unresolved plot issues, only a dozen or so issues a month, etc..)

You bet.


> As I've stated before, I apologize for not being able to help with current titles. When the time comes to "calendarize" the titles from the `60's to the `90's, I would be glad to help.

Glad to know that, RLG!


--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Questions on the current Calendar project
Posted by Kevin on October 16, 2003 at 09:06:15:
In Reply to: Re: Questions on the current Calendar project 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 16, 2003 at 07:16:13:


> I'm already working on a skeleton draft calendar for the preceding two MU years -- from A 391 to 9-11. The first of those two years covers the Crossing, Onslaught, Heroes Reborn, Heroes Return, etc. The second of those two years starts around A3 10.

Eh, you know what? I prefer to look at it as A 391 to the Maximum Security crossover. Thus what we have for the most part already completed is "From Maximum Security to the present". The thing is, on the calender, you have the vast majority of Marvel issues published from late 2000, and 9-11 happened of course in real life in 2001. We just happened to backdate the events of such issues, (like ASM 36) to around the Maximum Security period, which was published in Oct. of 2000, (for calender purposes, and because ASM 36 is indeed out of order with the rest of the storylines). 

So I'm just pointing out we have most everything Marvel Published from mid to late 2000 on the calender, (unless I'm mistaken). 

			*	*	*

Re: Questions on the current Calendar project
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 16, 2003 at 21:26:10:
In Reply to: Re: Questions on the current Calendar project 
posted by Kevin on October 16, 2003 at 09:06:15:

That's right. By "9-11" I mean MU's 9-11, which was "back-dated" on the Marvel Calendar. And I used 9-11 because it predates most of Maximum Security. In actuality, the current calendar stretches back to the July before 9-11 and covers a period of about two years. The next calendar project covers the preceding two years. So when that's done we'll have more than four years of MU time chronicled, covering comics published from the mid-1990s to whatever the present will be at that point.

--Paul

			*	*	*

SUNDANCE...SUNSTROKE...SUPER SKRULL
Posted by Arthur Stein on October 16, 2003 at 16:24:22:

new entries marked **


SUNDANCE

FW 12/2
WARM 15/2
**IM 317/2


SUNSTROKE/

**WCA2 17
**WCA2 24
TB 25-FB


SUPER SKRULL/KL'RT

A 92
**A 93
A 94

.. .. .. .. ..

CM 53
** M/CHL 3 (as Joshua Plague, revealed to be Super Skrull M/CHL 6 (30p3)
** M/CHL 5 (as Joshua Plague)
M/CHL 6


Note to newcomers. Just to explain what my postings areas an avid Marvelist I had my own version of this Marvel Chronology Project (MCP). I am now comparing the two, and for all character entries in the MCP, I am checking if I have any appearances that may have been overlooked. Validating them. Chronologizing them. Posting them (so others have an opportunity to refute or comment). The aim... to help in the completeness of this magnificent piece of information engineering! 



#126

			*	*	*

Has THE ONE ABOVE ALL ever been shown? (The Supreme Being that the Living Tribunal represents)...?
Posted by Doctor Doom on October 17, 2003 at 03:48:39:

Has THE ONE ABOVE ALL OTHERS ever been shown in any comic? (The being that the Living Tribunal represents) 

			*	*	*

Re: Has THE ONE ABOVE ALL ever been shown? (The Supreme Being that the Living Tribunal represents)...?
Posted by ElrahPrime on February 11, 2004 at 09:27:24:
In Reply to: Has THE ONE ABOVE ALL ever been shown? (The Supreme Being that the Living Tribunal represents)...? 
posted by Doctor Doom on October 17, 2003 at 03:48:39:

Living Tribunal is the One Above All. It's only his M-body that usually appears.

			*	*	*

Chronology review: Agent X #13-15
Posted by Paul O'Brien on October 18, 2003 at 14:40:22:

And so it ends...

DEADPOOL WALKIN'
AGENT X #13 (11/2003) by Gail Simone, Alvin Lee and Udon
AGENT X #14 (12/2003) by Simone, Lee and Udon
AGENT X #15 (12/2003) by Simone, Lee and Udon

GENERAL COMMENTS
This is the final arc of the series, serving the main function of bringing Deadpool back into circulation.

Green trees in New York.

SYNOPSIS:
* AGENT X #14, pages 1-2 (flashback). Afternoon; Harlington, Texas. Outlaw attends her father's funeral. Subsequently, she drives out of Texas.

Characters: Outlaw.

[Not expressly labelled as a flashback, but it's in broad daylight and appears between two continuous scenes taking place at night, so it can't be in chronological sequence. Following this scene, Outlaw apparently drives from Texas back to New York, where she arrives on issue #14, page 14. The scene also includes a flashback to Outlaw as a child, but we can ignore that for purposes of the current calendar.]

* AGENT X #13, pages 1-4. Night. Aboard the Golfinho, "three hundred nautical miles from the eastern seaboard." It's a cargo vessel, but the crew take passengers for bribes. The Black Swan and an uncommunicative hooded man (obviously Deadpool) are attacked by thugs, but the Swan easily sees them off.

Characters: Black Swan, Deadpool

[The thugs have been drinking and are affronted by Deadpool's refusal to join in; this suggests that it's evening, not early morning.]

* AGENT X #13, pages 5-21. New York; afternoon and evening. At his amusement park, Agent X has just fended off an attack from a group of inexperienced mercenaries hired by the mob. The Taskmaster comes by to tell Agent X that Sandi has got them a job which they need to take. "Soon", Agent X and the Taskmaster meet up with Higashi and Sandi. Higashi is going to a meeting of the Four Winds factions; by hiring Agency X as his bodyguards he hopes to send the message that Agency X are no longer enemies of the Four Winds. All four get into a limousine and drive off to the dinner. Two unnamed assassins (cutesy Japanese girls) attack and try to kill Higashi on behalf of the Northern Wind. Agent X and the Taskmaster defeat the assassins. They make it to the party, where Higashi heads off to deal with the Northern Wind leaders. Agent X talks to Sandi about the time they slept together (in issue #10) and is pleasantly surprised to find that she's quite happy about it. After the party, Agent X, Taskmaster and Sandi return to Sandi's apartment. The Black Swan and Deadpool are waiting for them - much to everyone's surprise, since the Agency X characters all assumed that Agent X was Deadpool. On impulse, Agent X draws his gun and shoots Deadpool in the head.

Characters: Agent X, Taskmaster, Higashi, Sandi Brandenberg, Black Swan, Deadpool

[Agent X says he has been sleeping rough in the fairground for "three days now". He doesn't say clearly why this is, but he's been sulking after his decision to close Agency X in the previous issue, and the implications of his decision to . So it's probably three days after the end of issue #12. Agent X also says, in narration, that the fight against Higashi's organisation - ie, issue #6 - was "a few months ago."]

* AGENT X #14, pages 3-9. New York; continuation from the previous scene (probably post-midnight by now). Sandi and the Taskmaster leave Deadpool to heal. The Black Swan delivers a lengthy expository spiel; the gist is that in the explosion in the final issue of DEADPOOL, the personalities of Deadpool, the Swan and Nijo (the Swan's henchmen) got intermingled, and Deadpool's healing powers were also spread among the three of them. Agent X is a bunch of stray personality traits from the Swan and Deadpool, reanimating the corpse of Nijo. Deadpool, meanwhile, has been left as a virtual blank. The Swan wants to use his powers to put everyone's minds back to normal.

Characters: Agent X, Sandi Brandenberg, Taskmaster, Deadpool, Black Swan

[Only shortly after the previous scene. The scene includes a brief flashback to the final issue of DEADPOOL, elaborating marginally on the events seen in that issue.]

* AGENT X #14, pages 10-21. New York, the next evening. The Swan, Sandi, Taskmaster, Agent X and Deadpool head to the amusement park so that the Swan can restore everyone's minds undisturbed. Meanwhile, Outlaw returns to New York and arrives at Sandi's apartment, where she finds fairly obvious evidence that Sandi has been sleeping with Alex. At the amusement park, the Black Swan does indeed restore everyone's minds - but one his own personality is restored, he immediately betrays the others and sets about trying to kill anyone. Agent X is on the back foot when Deadpool pops up, now restored to... well, to his usual level of sanity. Deadpool attacks the Black Swan.

Characters: Agent X, Sandi Brandenberg, Taskmaster, Deadpool, Outlaw, Black Swan

[The caption says "soon"; however, when Outlaw arrives in Sandi's apartment, it's already dark and the clock says 9.38, so it must be the evening. Green leaves on the trees, and a full moon.]

* AGENT X #15. Continuation from the previous issue. Big fight issue. Agent X, Sandi, Taskmaster and Deadpool join forces against the Black Swan, joined by Outlaw and a bunch of henchmen sent as a favour by Higashi. The Swan is killed. As he dies, the X scars disappear from Agent X's head and appear on the Black Swan's head. Agent X remains alive (though apparently loses some of the personality traits that he had copied from Deadpool). In order to avoid any possibility of the Black Swan's healing powers returning him to life again, Agent X decides to take the corpse to a taxidermist(!). Agent X invites Deadpool to join Agency X; he declines. Agent X and Deadpool squabble comedically as the supporting cast stroll off to celebrate victory by buying breakfast. End of series.

Characters: Agent X, Sandi Brandenberg, Taskmaster, Deadpool, Outlaw, Black Swan

[Obviously, a direct continuation from the previous issue. This whole scene at the amusement park runs through the night and concludes just before dawn. Oddly, while Deadpool expressly declines the offer to join Agency X, Sandi has a line of dialogue near the end which suggests that both he and Outlaw decided to join. The "Our First Company Vacation" page shows Outlaw in all photos, but Deadpool only appears in one; my interpretation is that Sandi is doing a bit of wishful thinking here. Outlaw joins, but Deadpool doesn't.]

Following this story, there's a page with a farewell message from the creative team, folloed by a page of "photos" captioned "Our First Company Vacation!" This consists of five photos of Agent X, Sandi, Taskmaster, Outlaw and Deadpool dragging the Black Swan's stuffed corpse around various landmarks. No, really, it does. Ludicrous as this page is, there's no obvious reason why it can't be canon, especially given that Agent X was seriously proposing to have the Black Swan stuffed on the previous page. A minor technical point is that there doesn't seem to be any character available to take the photos in several cases - unless the idea is that Deadpool took most of them. The photos show numerous different cities and would suggest a holiday of at least a couple of weeks. They are (top to bottom):-

1. Everyone on a roller coaster.
2. Outlaw, Sandi, Taskmaster and Agent X pose for the camera next to a sign saying "Ray Ray & Jed, Krok Kountry!". Meanwhile, a crocodile tries to make off with the Swan's corpse.
3. Outlaw and Agent X surf with the Silver Surfer(!). Agent X is using the Swan's corpse as a surfboard. The photo only shows water; there's no land in sight.
4. Agent X, Taskmaster, Outlaw and Sandi fly off into the sky in a stolen Fantasticar. On the roof of a building below, the Thing shakes his fist angrily.
5. Agent X, Taskmaster, Outlaw, Sandi, Deadpool and the Swan's corpse (propped up at an angle) pose for the camera in front of the Eiffel Tower.

And that's the end of the series... 

			*	*	*

Re: Chronology review: Agent X #13-15
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 19, 2003 at 08:59:25:
In Reply to: Chronology review: Agent X #13-15 
posted by Paul O'Brien on October 18, 2003 at 14:40:22:

Hey, Paul.

Thanks for your latest contribution. I'll add it to the master calendar. Just a few questions before I do...


> Green trees in New York.

Do they appear in every issue?


> [Only shortly after the previous scene. The scene includes a brief flashback to the final issue of DEADPOOL, elaborating marginally on the events seen in that issue.]

I just realized...I don't have a synopsis of that final DP3 issue. Would you be able to provide one?


> * AGENT X #15. Continuation from the previous issue. Big fight issue. Agent X, Sandi, Taskmaster and Deadpool join forces against the Black Swan, joined by Outlaw and a bunch of henchmen sent as a favour by Higashi. The Swan is killed. As he dies, the X scars disappear from Agent X's head and appear on the Black Swan's head. Agent X remains alive (though apparently loses some of the personality traits that he had copied from Deadpool). In order to avoid any possibility of the Black Swan's healing powers returning him to life again, Agent X decides to take the corpse to a taxidermist(!). Agent X invites Deadpool to join Agency X; he declines. Agent X and Deadpool squabble comedically as the supporting cast stroll off to celebrate victory by buying breakfast. End of series.

> Characters: Agent X, Sandi Brandenberg, Taskmaster, Deadpool, Outlaw, Black Swan

> [Obviously, a direct continuation from the previous issue. This whole scene at the amusement park runs through the night and concludes just before dawn. 

Any idea where in this issue midnight falls?


> Following this story, there's a page with a farewell message from the creative team, folloed by a page of "photos" captioned "Our First Company Vacation!" This consists of five photos of Agent X, Sandi, Taskmaster, Outlaw and Deadpool dragging the Black Swan's stuffed corpse around various landmarks. No, really, it does. Ludicrous as this page is, there's no obvious reason why it can't be canon, especially given that Agent X was seriously proposing to have the Black Swan stuffed on the previous page. A minor technical point is that there doesn't seem to be any character available to take the photos in several cases - unless the idea is that Deadpool took most of them. The photos show numerous different cities and would suggest a holiday of at least a couple of weeks. They are (top to bottom):-

> 1. Everyone on a roller coaster.
> 2. Outlaw, Sandi, Taskmaster and Agent X pose for the camera next to a sign saying "Ray Ray & Jed, Krok Kountry!". Meanwhile, a crocodile tries to make off with the Swan's corpse.
> 3. Outlaw and Agent X surf with the Silver Surfer(!). Agent X is using the Swan's corpse as a surfboard. The photo only shows water; there's no land in sight.
> 4. Agent X, Taskmaster, Outlaw and Sandi fly off into the sky in a stolen Fantasticar. On the roof of a building below, the Thing shakes his fist angrily.
> 5. Agent X, Taskmaster, Outlaw, Sandi, Deadpool and the Swan's corpse (propped up at an angle) pose for the camera in front of the Eiffel Tower.

How would you propose citing these photos? AX 15/2 (1p1) for the first photo, AX 15/2 (1p2) for the second, and so on?

For the purposes of the MCP, we can list Deadpool here since he actually appears in one photo. For the calendar, we can note him as being BTS as the photographer on all the other photos, on the assumption that he joined the Agency X gang for the vacation trip but not as an official employee.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Chronology review: Agent X #13-15
Posted by Paul O'Brien on October 22, 2003 at 14:13:17:
In Reply to: Re: Chronology review: Agent X #13-15 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 19, 2003 at 08:59:25:

>>Green trees in New York.

>Do they appear in every issue?

Impossible to say in issue #13. Issues #14-15 are consistent about it. Incidentally, Outlaw's scene at the beginning of issue #14 seems to show greenery in Texas.

>I just realized...I don't have a synopsis of that final DP3 issue. Would you be able to provide one?

I'll dig it out.

>Any idea where in this issue midnight falls?

Hard to say. Between pages 14-15 of issue #14 (ie, after the Outlaw subplot) seems to be the only sensible gap. It can't be any earlier than that because of the clock showing on page 14, and there's no apparent gap later on. There's no way they could have been fighting the Black Swan for nine hours.

>How would you propose citing these photos? AX 15/2 (1p1) for the first photo, AX 15/2 (1p2) for the second, and so on?

If they're canon, I think that would have to be the approach.

			*	*	*

Re: Chronology review: Agent X #13-15
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 23, 2003 at 06:48:37:
In Reply to: Re: Chronology review: Agent X #13-15 
posted by Paul O'Brien on October 22, 2003 at 14:13:17:

>> How would you propose citing these photos? AX 15/2 (1p1) for the first photo, AX 15/2 (1p2) for the second, and so on?

> If they're canon, I think that would have to be the approach.

No reason to assume these scenes are not canon. I'll put them on the calendar.

--Paul

			*	*	*

TABOO..GLENN TALBOT...MATT TALBOT
Posted by Arthur Stein on October 20, 2003 at 12:34:40:

new entries marked **


TABOO

A 187-FB
**DRSTR3 15/2-FB (5p2)
WBN 13-FB


TALBOT, GLENN

H2 112
**H2 113 unnamed. (16p1,20p5-p6)
H2 114

.. .. .. .. ..

H2 203
**H2 204 (6)
H2 205


TALBOT, MAJ. MATT
(WILLIAM MATTHEW TALBOT H2 437 (4p3))

H2 436
** CUTTING EDGE 1 Major Matt Talbot appears in CUTTING EDGE #1 Dec 95 which I do not find listed anywhere in the MCP. It is a one shot title that references events in H2 436 and specifically states it continues in H2 437. 
H2 437

Similarly...

OMNIBUS/LT. DALLAS

H2 436
** CUTTING EDGE #1
H2 437

RINGMASTER II/MAYNARD TIBOLDT

CA 411
** CUTTING EDGE #1
SMTU 5/2


Note to newcomers. Just to explain what my postings areas an avid Marvelist I had my own version of this Marvel Chronology Project (MCP). I am now comparing the two, and for all character entries in the MCP, I am checking if I have any appearances that may have been overlooked. Validating them. Chronologizing them. Posting them (so others have an opportunity to refute or comment). The aim... to help in the completeness of this magnificent piece of information engineering! 



#127

			*	*	*

TALISMAN II...TARANTULA II...TARGET
Posted by Arthur Stein on October 24, 2003 at 11:46:26:

new entries marked **


TALISMAN II/ELIZABETH TWOYOUNGMEN

AF 35
**AF 37
AF 38


TARANTULA II/CAPT. LUIS ALVAREZ

**WOSM 35
WOSM 36


TARGET

W2 29-FB
**W2 27 unnamed (13)
W2 28


Note to newcomers. Just to explain what my postings areas an avid Marvelist I had my own version of this Marvel Chronology Project (MCP). I am now comparing the two, and for all character entries in the MCP, I am checking if I have any appearances that may have been overlooked. Validating them. Chronologizing them. Posting them (so others have an opportunity to refute or comment). The aim... to help in the completeness of this magnificent piece of information engineering! 



#128

			*	*	*

Posted by John Simons on October 27, 2003 at 08:40:42:

A loooong time ago, I volunteered to do some analysis to bring the UTSM series fully into the MCP. I did make a good start on it; a check in the archives will show updated chronologies by me for all of the recurring characters throughout the series. This work has already all been added to the MCP.
What I meant to do next was an issue-by-issue examination in order to add in all the other characters, the villains and guest stars and such. Unfortunately, a bunch of life changes including a new baby and a new house intruded on my hobby time for quite awhile. The work was all done in scribbled notes, but I never actually went back to type it up and post it before now. Going through some boxes of papers I came across these notes, and after some checking around the MCP I have determined that no one else has added this info yet (thank goodness). So, 3 years after I initially agreed to do it, heres the rest of the scoop!

For starters, I wont do an issue-by-issue analysis of AAF 16-18 or UTSM 1-7, because a quick check of a few different characters shows that someone has already tackled these issues. However, I did notice a few absences Id like to bring up:

AAF 16
JOEY PULASKI, who is a major character in AAF 17, also appears on the last page of this issue.

AAF 17 & 18
SUPERCHARGER is an antagonist in these issues. 18 also features an appearance by MAC SANDERS, a TV host Kurt Busiek has used in other places. These are the earliest appearances to date for both characters. 

UTSM 1
MR. WARREN, Peters science teacher, appears btw ASM 2/2 & ASM 8.

UTSM 2
Although BATWINGs appearance in the issue is currently listed, there is also an origin FB in this issue which isnt. Also we are told his first name is Jimmy

UTSM 4
If you blink youll miss em, but PHIL SHELDON and BEN URICH appear at the Spacemens press conference. Since MARVELS 2 opens with a scene from A 6, which was published in July 1964, Phil must appear here prior to MARVELS 3. I dont have DD 341 or 342, so I dont know what Ben does in the FBs there or how his appearance here fits in relation to those issues. Sheldon appears btw ASM -1 & A 6-BTS.

UTSM 5 
Vulture appears here, between ASM 7 and UTSM 12. Also, while checking Vultchs chronology, I notice his origin FB from ASM 241 is not listed yet. It obviously comes before his first appearance in ASM 2, but I dont have W/C-- waitaminute, the Vulture appeared in a Wolverine and Cable team-up???? Via Google I read Pauls review of this issue. Sounds... uh, interesting. I didnt realize Cable had been in our century so long... Okay! Vultures earliest chronological appearance, ASM 241- FB, needs to be added.
Also THUNDERBOLT ROSS appears, after the initial 6 issues of H, but likely before A 5, since UTSM 5 is contemporaneous with Feb-March 1964 comics, and A 5 came out in May 1964.

UTSM 7
I notice that DR. WINKLER doesnt have an MCP entry yet. This was a scientist who worked for Kingpin, who designed a brainwashing machine. Even though Winkler dies in ASM 61, his machine continues to be used in storylines. I would have to double-check, but I believe Hobgoblin used it to brainwash Ned Leeds, and Wizard used it to brainwash Sandman back to villainy. Winkler uses the alias Winslow in this issue. 

WINKLER, DR./ WINSLOW
UTSM 7
ASM 59 (1st app)
ASM 61 

UTSM 8
Synopsis: According to the timeline in the back of UTSM 14, UTSM 8 and 9 take place between ASM 10 and 11. Most likely it is the next day after ASM 10, because the unmasking and capture of the Big Man is front page news of the Daily Globe. It appears to take place on a single afternoon and night.
A nasty Norman Osborn berates Harry and kicks him out of his office. When he hears over a police scanner that the Enforcers have escaped police custody, he sends his vassal the Headsman to find them. They are in Bensons Department Store, about to be captured by Spider-Man. Headsman secretly arranges a meet with them (at ten oclock sharp), then distracts Spidey while they flee. Headsmans axe cuts a slash down Spideys mask, and webhead must flee lest his secret identity is revealed. En route to bringing some photos of the fight to the Bugle, Peter not only runs into Flash Thompson and his cronies, but also into Harry and Gwen Stacy (neither of whom he has actually met yet) At the Bugle a temp is filling in for Betty Brant, who is still on leave. Later that night, when Harry notices Headsman and the Enforcers entering his fathers plant, he alerts Spidey with a flare gun. This time Spidey defeats the bad guys, although Headsman escapes. Harry is oblivious to the fact that the villains were actually working for his father. Norman is so enraged by the failures of first Scorcher then Headsman, he begins to devise a goblin identity so that he can become a supervillain himself. 
Appearances by Spidey, Harry, Norman, Gwen, Flash, Sally, Jason, and JJJ are already listed in the MCP.
FANCY DAN, OX, and MONTANA all appear btw. ASM 10 and ASM 14
This is HEADSMANs first appearance. He appears next in UTSM 18.
JJJs temp is named DOROTHY.

UTSM 9
Synopsis: This issue takes place over the course of a week or so. Im not sure what the rule is about stories which begin in media res-- does the subsequent flashback which explains how the opening came to be count as a FB appearance for the purposes of the MCP? Anyway:
The issue opens with Spidey and the Lizard, locked in combat and falling from the sky. Spidey thinks back to how this came to be-- while at the airport meeting Aunt May upon her return from her Florida vacation, Peter noticed that Dr. Curt Conners was also arriving in town for a series of lectures. As Spidey he swings by Conners temporary lab and convinces him to help try to cure Batwing. It took days to convince Batwing to take a chance on Conners, and longer after that before he let us take a blood sample. Unfortunately (but predictably), Conners is exposed to his chemicals and becomes the Lizard again, bringing us back to the opening of the story.
Batwing helps fight off Lizard, who flees. The next day, Peter is frustrated. The kids at school are shocked when Tiny McKeever shows up with his arm in a cast. Sally is plotting with Jason. Peter stops by the Bugle, (where there is another temp secretary) and he convinces JJJ to buy Lizard pictures if he can get some.
That night, Spidey and Batwing find Lizard again, who has broken the reptiles out of the zoo. They fight him in the sewers, and the Lizard almost beats Spider-Man, but Batwing begins to cry, calling for his daddy. This gives Lizzie pause as he remembers his own son, and the distraction is enough for Spidey to administer the antidote. 
A few more days might pass, because Spideys narration explains that when Dr. Conners returns to Florida, Batwing goes with him. Peter decides not to give JJJ Lizard pictures after all. In Paris, a shadowy female thief (Commanda), decides to go to NY.
Appearances by Spidey, May, Flash, Tiny, Sally, Jason, and JJJ are already listed in the MCP. 
LIZARD appears btw. ASM 6 and UTSM 24
BATWING appears btw. UTSM 7 and UTSM 24
This is the first appearance of COMMANDA, who is formally introduced next issue. 

UTSM 10
Synopsis: According to the timeline in UTSM 14, this issue takes place between pages 3 and 4 of ASM 12. 
Spider-Man interrupts the looting of a penthouse apartment by a seductive supervillain called Commanda, who controls her armor and a host of floating gadgets with her tiara. Because Spidey is unused to fighting a woman, she is able to escape. 
The next morning, Peter hears on the news that the worlds largest ruby, the Crimson Heart, is going to be on display at the Hotel Imperial. He goes to the Bugle before class to convince JJJ to try to sell him unclear pictures of Commanda (her drones obscure her face), and is surprised to run into Sally, who is staking out the paper to learn who is taking pictures of Spider-Man. 
The Hotel Imperial is actually owned by Liz Allans father, and she agrees to convince her dad to give her friends a private tour of the jewelry exhibit. Peter checks out the place, and that night when Commanda comes to steal the Heart, Spider-Man is present for round two. By pretending to be seduced by her, Spidey is able to steal her tiara away. She begins to scream for help(!) and when Mr. Allan arrives with security, it turns out she is Lady Catherine, a guest at the hotel! Security is fooled into thinking that Spidey is the would-be thief, and they shoot at him as he flees. 
The story appears to take place over two nights and the day between, but that is assuming that Liz can arrange for the tour on the same day that it is brought up at school. 
Appearances by Spidey, May, JJJ, Betty, Sally, Jason, Flash and Liz already appear in the MCP.
COMMANDA does not appear again in UTSM.
Im not sure if MR. ALLAN is important enough to get an MCP entry, but according to the Marvel Index he does appear again in ASM 17 and ASM 28.

Hope this is a good start as far as finally closing out this series. I promise to post examinations of the rest of the series by the end of the week. Honest! 

			*	*	*

New Xmen, Amazing Spiderman, some thoughts...
Posted by Kevin on October 27, 2003 at 10:07:53:

Just a couple quick things to throw out:

Is Cyclops appearing out of uniform in Amazing Spiderman 498-500, does this possibly come AFTER he leaves the mansion to 'quit' the Xmen in New Xmen 140, (I think that was the issue)...seems like a good place to me...

Also, I get the feeling the destructions of NYC in both New Xmen and Thor are going to be shown as having "Not happened"...The Phoenix is probably going to wipe that event out of history, and something's going to happen in Thor to prevent all that destruction...

			*	*	*

Re: New Xmen, Amazing Spiderman, some thoughts...
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 27, 2003 at 20:09:15:
In Reply to: New Xmen, Amazing Spiderman, some thoughts... 
posted by Kevin on October 27, 2003 at 10:07:53:

> Is Cyclops appearing out of uniform in Amazing Spiderman 498-500, does this possibly come AFTER he leaves the mansion to 'quit' the Xmen in New Xmen 140, (I think that was the issue)...seems like a good place to me...

Cyclops' attire as a clue is inconclusive. He is not in costume in ASM. He could just be spending free time in Manhattan. It seems if he were missing after he quit, getting involved in the big melee in ASM would blow that missing status.


> Also, I get the feeling the destructions of NYC in both New Xmen and Thor are going to be shown as having "Not happened"...The Phoenix is probably going to wipe that event out of history, and something's going to happen in Thor to prevent all that destruction...

I'm already banking on the destruction of old Asgard and Manhattan in T2 as not actually occurring in the mainstream MU. As far as Magneto's conquest of NYC, I'm assuming (for now) that it will "count." But don't ask me where the Avengers, FF, Spidey, DD, etc. are...

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: New Xmen, Amazing Spiderman, some thoughts...
Posted by Kevin on October 28, 2003 at 18:37:06:
In Reply to: Re: New Xmen, Amazing Spiderman, some thoughts... 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 27, 2003 at 20:09:15:

> Cyclops' attire as a clue is inconclusive. He is not in costume in ASM. He could just be spending free time in Manhattan. It seems if he were missing after he quit, getting involved in the big melee in ASM would blow that missing status.

I don't know if he was truly "missing"...seems like he decided to up and leave the Xmen behind, that's all. Logan found him easily enough...besides which, I figured he got caught up in a big melee just because he happened to be in the area...you often don't get to choose your superheroes battles, especially if they spring up all around you.

It just seems like it's kinda a good slot to stick in an "adventure" of Cyclops after he left the Xmen. However, it would take much more than that to form a definative 'placement' on a calender...I guess I should also take into account Cyclops is IN his Xmen uniform in the bar where Logan finds him in New Xmen #142, (as I recall anyway).

This is just me making an observation, that's all. 

> I'm already banking on the destruction of old Asgard and Manhattan in T2 as not actually occurring in the mainstream MU. As far as Magneto's conquest of NYC, I'm assuming (for now) that it will "count." But don't ask me where the Avengers, FF, Spidey, DD, etc. are...

Yes, I"m banking on the damage done in Thor as being 'not real', but I was also thinking the damage done in New Xmen's probably not going to have happened as well...whenever you have cosmic entities like Phoenix involved, things are bound to get wiped out, (like the timeline itself!)

On a quick personal note, it would kinda irk me to see the damage done to NYC in New Xmen count...why does Grant Morrison and the Xmen side of the universe always get the "major catastrophic events that are canon" in the Marvel Universe? Not one other title mentioned the period where Kang ruled the Earth except Avengers...yet Morrison gets to wipe Genosha off the map, and it has ramifications throughout the rest of Marvel? (Genosha being mentioned in Avengers/JLA #1 being the most recent) Just a wierd bit that caught my eye...

			*	*	*

Re: New Xmen, Amazing Spiderman, some thoughts...
Posted by Paul O'Brien on October 28, 2003 at 19:46:48:
In Reply to: Re: New Xmen, Amazing Spiderman, some thoughts... 
posted by Kevin on October 28, 2003 at 18:37:06:


>Not one other title mentioned the period where Kang ruled the Earth except Avengers...yet Morrison gets to wipe Genosha off the map, and it has ramifications throughout the rest of Marvel?


I don't think anyone other than Kurt Busiek and his editor cared about Kang's conquest of Earth. And since it had no long term consequences even within their stories, I can't blame other writers for ignoring it altogether.


My attitude is that recent events in NEW X-MEN are going to join the long, long list of unpleasant things that have happened to New York.

			*	*	*

LEILA TAYLOR...TEMPO...TEZCATLIPOCA
Posted by Arthur Stein on October 28, 2003 at 18:29:14:

new entries marked **


TAYLOR, LEILA

CA 161
**CA 165 (21p2-22p4)
CA 166

.. .. .. .. .. 

CA 192
**CA 193 (2-3)
CA 201

.. .. .. .. ..

CA 272
**CA 276/2
CA 277/2


TEMPO
**NM 86 (30p1-p3)
NM 87

Similarly from NM 86 

THUMBELLINA
**NM 86 (30p1-p3)
NM 87

and

REAPER II
**NM 86 (30p1-p3)
NM 87


TEZCATLIPOCA

**T 300-FB (12/13p1) left front figure
**T 301 (14p1) upper right 
**T 398 (15) upper left 
IG 2


Note to newcomers. Just to explain what my postings areas an avid Marvelist I had my own version of this Marvel Chronology Project (MCP). I am now comparing the two, and for all character entries in the MCP, I am checking if I have any appearances that may have been overlooked. Validating them. Chronologizing them. Posting them (so others have an opportunity to refute or comment). The aim... to help in the completeness of this magnificent piece of information engineering! 



#129

			*	*	*

UTSM 11-15!
Posted by John Simons on October 29, 2003 at 00:29:31:

UTSM 11

Synopsis: According to the timeline in UTSM 14, issues 11-13 appear between ASM 12 and 13. UTSM 11 appears to take place over the course of two days.

The Eel breaks Electro out of prison with the hydraulic ram on his bulletproof copter (he claims that he broke himself out a few days ago by remote-controlling the selfsame copter), and offers him a partnership. A costumed female calling herself Bluebird leaps into Peter Parkers bedroom. Actually it is Sally Avril, who is planning a career as a superhero and wants Peter to take pictures of her in action for the Bugle. Peter thinks its a crazy idea, and she attempts to blackmail him with the secret that he takes the Bugles pictures of Spider-Man.

Peter thwarts this attempt by doing a class speech about his photography job, thus removing Sallys blackmail ammo. When Flash learns that Peter knows Spider-Man, he buddies up to him and buys him an egg cream after class. When the Eel and Electro attack a Con Ed plant in order to demand a ransom, Peter cant get away from Flash and Liz in order to change to Spidey, although he is able to tag Eels copter with a spider-tracer.

Late that night, Spidey traces the villains to their hideout, and the ensuing pyrotechnics draw Bluebird to the scene. Spidey defeats the villains, although the distraction of Flash, Liz and Jason arriving allows them to escape. Electro mentions going into something safer-- like stealing cars (a hint that his next appearance will be in DD 2).

Appearances by Spidey, Sally/Bluebird, Flash, Liz, JJJ, Betty, May, and Jason are already listed in the MCP, although I do recommend that the BLUEBIRD alias be added to the AVRIL, SALLY entry.

ELECTRO appears btw. UTSM 7 and DD 2

Based on the May-June cover dates of the ASM issues surrounding this issue, EEL appears here btw. ST 117 and DD 6.

Other people named in the issue are RAMON, Electros cellmate; MRS. WINTERHALTER, Peters English teacher, and ABNER and GLADYS, an older couple who notice the concluding battle out of their bedroom window. 

UTSM 12

Synopsis: This issue spans a single day, although the FBs to Bettys past cover a much larger period of time.

Betty Brant wakes up from a nightmare, gets ready for work, and says good-bye to her comatose mother on the way out. Outside the Daily Bugle building, she watches with other bystanders as Spider-Man prevents the Vulture from stealing a briefcase full of diamonds. At 5 past noon (the art shows the clock on the wall), Peter comes by the office to sell photos of the fight to JJJ, and make a date with Betty. 

The Scarlet Beetle goes on a rampage through midtown Manhattan, and Bluebird shows up to try to lend Spidey a hand. Unfortunately, she has brought Jason along to take pictures of her exploits, and he is grabbed by the Beetle. Bluebird is hit by mental energy from the creature, and suddenly realizes who it is and that it has grown so large it has lost his ability to act rationally. Spidey throws one of Bluebirds ether eggs down the Beetles gullet, causing it to fall asleep and shrink back to insect size. 

Having heard that a photographer was in danger, Betty worries about Peter until he shows up to pick her up for their date. As they walk off, they are being watched from the shadows by Gordon Savinski.

Throughout this issue Betty thinks back on her life. In her MCP listing there is already one UTSM 12- FB listing. Im not sure what the rule is governing a series of short FBs which actually continue to skip forward in time. Is one FB notice sufficient, or is there supposed to be one for each time jump? In the following recap I will use ellipses to indicate jumps in time and place:

Betty was still in high school... She brings lunch to her mother at the Daily Bugle. Mrs. Brant was JJJs secretary before Betty. JJJ was just as curmudgeonly back then...she was going out with a college boy named Gordon, who was good friends with Bettys brother, Bennett...Gordon was reckless guy who drove dangerously and gambled... Gordon convinced Bennett to borrow money for gambling...At Bennetts graduation, Gordon told Bennett that Blackie Gaxton wanted his money. Since Bennetts signature was on the IOU, Bennett washed his hands of the whole thing...Thugs working for Gaxton came to the Brant house looking for Bennett. When Mrs. Brant stood up to them, one thug backhanded her into a glass coffee table. The resultant brain damage put her into a coma from which she has never awoken... Over her hospital bed, Bennett tells Betty he must go to work for Gaxton to pay off the debt...JJJ had a hard time finding a temp secretary who would put up with him, so one day Betty just seated herself at her Moms desk and got to work. When JJJ realized who she was he was surprisingly warm with her and hired her immediately...

Appearances by Spidey, Betty, JJJ, Sally/Bluebird, Jason and Aunt May are already listed on the MCP. 

THE VULTURE appears between UTSM 5 and ASM @1

Im not sure if MRS. BRANT is a big enough character to merit a listing. She does appear throughout this series, but always bedridden and unconscious. She appears here between the issues FBs and UTSM 15.

Similarly MRS. GAVIN is a lady who watches over Mrs. Brant while Betty is at work. This is her earliest appearance, she also appears next in UTSM 15. 

THE SCARLET BEETLE appears btw. TTA 39 and IM 44/2.

GORDON THE TERRIER SAVINSKI (his full name and nickname is revealed in a few issues) appears btw. the FBs in this story, and UTSM 14.

BENNETT BRANT appears in the FBs prior to his only other appearance, ASM 11. The same can be said for BLACKIE GAXTON, except he is BTS in the FBs. 

UTSM 13

Synopsis: This is another story which actually begins at the end, with Spidey explaining what happened to the Human Torch. The majority of the story is technically a FB, but Im not sure what the rule is in this kind of situation. The story takes place over 5 or 6 days. 

Ignoring the fact that he could be compromising his secret identity, Spider-Man recounts the story of how a friend of his died. (Actually there is an error in the dialogue; Spidey is telling the Torch this story on the day of Sallys funeral, yet on the opening page he misspeaks and says a friend of mine-- died today Actually it is a few days after Sallys death) Spidey and Bluebird were fighting thugs who were looking to be recruited by the Black Knight, and Spidey purposely lets her get a hard punch to the gut to convince her that the hero business is not safe or fun, and he wont always be there to pull her fat out of the fire. Finally she is convinced to give up her career as Bluebird, although the next day at school Peter learns that Sally has new plans. 

Later (presumably on the same day, as Sally is wearing the same clothes) Emil Stragosz, archduke of Ksavia, and his daughter Elena are arriving for a meeting at the United Nations when the Black Knight attacks. He battles Spidey while his thugs kidnap Elena. Sally has decided to become a photographer like Peter Parker, and has roped Jason into driving her to the scene of the battle. Spider-Man is distracted from fighting the Knight when Sally goads Jason into running a red light, and his convertible is hit by a bus. Thrown from the car, Jason is badly hurt and Sally is killed. The Knight is able to zap the horrified Spider-Man and escape. Later that day, a distraught Peter throws out the film from the death scene, and Aunt May tries to cheer him up. 

Flash forward a few days to the funeral of Sally (aside from the fact that it takes time to set up a funeral, there is actually a radio news report that refers to the kidnapping as days ago) Peter races off when he hears a report that the Black Knight is holed up in the Chrysler building, and an angry Flash lashes out at him. 

The Black Knight is communicating via viewscreen with someone called Baron, a possible new employer. Spidey rescues the girl, takes out the Knights thugs, and then begins to pummel the Knight so badly that the newly arrived Human Torch must stop him before he goes too far. A wall collapses, and in the confusion the Knight disappears. Spidey theorizes that the villains new mystery benefactor rescued him.

This brings the story full circle, and the Torch convinces the devastated Spider-Man that he couldnt be responsible for Sallys reckless behavior. Spidey knows logically this is true, but in his heart he has a hard time convincing himself.

Appearances by Spidey, the Torch, Sally/Bluebird, Jason, May, Betty, Liz, and Flash are already listed on the MCP.

THE BLACK KNIGHT appears just before he joins the Masters of Evil, so between TTA 52 and A 6. 

BARON HEINRICH ZEMO appears BTS the scenes here (unless you count a fuzzy, unrecognizable image on a video screen as an actual appearance), also just prior to the introduction of the Masters of Evil, so btw. TB -1 and A 6. 

(Incidentally, why are the Zemos listed under Z, when most other Baron characters, such as Mordo or Strucker, are listed under B for Baron?)

This is the only appearance Im aware of for EMIL and ELENA STRAGOSZ.

UTSM 14

Synopsis: According to the timeline in the back of this issue, it takes place btw. ASM 13 and 14. It takes place over a day and a half, beginning in the afternoon of one day and finishing in the early evening of the following day. In narration, Spidey says its been weeks since Tiny has been to school; we last saw Tiny at school in UTSM 9. Tinys arm is no longer in a cast here, which would seem to reinforce the weeks remark.

Spider-Man is swinging around when he notices Tiny McKeever working at a gas station. Before he can even think about investigating this, Scorcher shows up out of nowhere and attacks and accuses the hero of hounding him. His attack is so relentless that Spidey must hide in the river until the villain gives up and leaves. Peter goes to the station to see Tiny, who admits he has moved out of his house because his father is physically abusive. When Pete tries to convince him to get back in school Tiny becomes defensive and tells him to leave. On the way out, Peter notices an oddly clean patch on the otherwise greasy garage floor.

At supper with Betty that night, Peter notices a shadowy figure that seems to be watching them. This rattles her and she takes off.

The next day at school is Jasons first day back since the accident, and nobody knows how to treat him. Peter tries to be cheerful and offers him a seat in the cafeteria, but Jason tells him off and storms out. 

That night, more inspirational words from Aunt May convince Peter to try again with Tiny. When Spidey swings back to the gas station, he sees the Scorcher enter the place and go down a secret passage in the garage. Spidey follows and see the villain counting money Scorcher has extorted to not burn peoples businesses. In a three-panel flashback, we see that Scorcher was originally a law-abiding inventor who was framed for embezzlement, and hes been on the run ever since. A heroic Tiny distracts the villain long enough for Spidey to clog up Scorchers fuel tanks. Webhead gets himself and Tiny out of the station before it explodes. Spidey gives Tiny a little pep talk, and the teen seems to reassess his situation.

Appearances by Spidey, Tiny, Betty, Flash, Liz, Jason, and May are already listed on the MCP. 

SCORCHER doesnt appear again in the series. In the letter column of UTSM 21, it is mentioned that he appears again in something called the 1995 Spider-Man Holiday Special, but I cant verify that. The FB is his chronologically earliest appearance to date. In the flashback, the embezzler refers to him as Hudak (his last name, presumably)

GORDON SAVINSKI (the shadowy figure) appears btw. UTSM 12 and 15.

UTSM 15

Synopsis: According to the timeline in the back of issue 25, UTSM 15 and 16 fall between ASM 14 and 15. This issue takes place during a single day.

It opens at 4 AM, with Gordon Savinski having convinced Betty Brant into letting him into J Jonah Jamesons safe. Rather than remove anything, Savinski puts in proof that JJJ is guilty of financial malfeasance. At 7:20 AM, Spidey stops some thugs from hijacking a Daily Bugle delivery truck, and the driver says that several other trucks have been hijacked that morning. (Incidentally, the mornings headline reports that Daredevil has captured Electro, in reference to DD 2)

At school, Flash hears on the radio that Jameson has been arrested, so during his lunch break Spidey swings over to the Bugle to see JJJs press conference where he (obviously) denies the allegations. Peter then stops by Bettys, because she has called in sick. She almost tells him whats going on, but then Gordon walks in and pummels Peter. He has superstrength, and the unprepared Pete is knocked out! When he wakes up, Gordon is gone and Betty refuses to tell him more. When Pete makes reference to her brothers criminal ties, she angrily kicks him out.

Back at school (how long a lunch break do the students get, anyway?) everyone is happy to see Tiny back-- except Jason, who reacts in a snotty way and storms off. Flash badmouths him, but Peter angrily defends Jason after what hes been through. 

After school, Spidey returns to the Bugle, where Gordon is using his leverage to try to convince JJJ to sell his boss, Nick Lucky Lewis, an interest in he paper. Spidey and Gordon battle until finally webhead pulls some giant rolls of newsprint down onto his opponent. When Gordon is hauled away by the cops, Betty volunteers to tell the detectives what she knows about his criminal connections.

Appearances by Spidey, JJJ, Betty, Liz, Flash, Tiny, Jason, Crime-Master and MJ already appear on the MCP. 

This is the last appearance of GORDON SAVINSKI in this series. 

MRS. BRANT (still comatose) appears, as does her nurse, MRS. GAVIN.

This last entry is a tricky one, as it is an early pre-symbiote appearance of EDDIE BROCK. I seem to recall recently on the board discussion of whether Brock and the symbiote should have separate entries. All of the pre-ASM 298 appearances in the Venom entry appear to be the symbiote, when it was Spideys Secret Wars costume, although Im hardly a Venom scholar. Brock appears here as a Daily Globe reporter. 

			*	*	*

Re: UTSM 11-15!...eddie brock
Posted by drew on October 29, 2003 at 11:30:47:
In Reply to: UTSM 11-15! 
posted by John Simons on October 29, 2003 at 00:29:31:

This last entry is a tricky one, as it is an early pre-symbiote appearance of EDDIE BROCK. I seem to recall recently on the board discussion of whether Brock and the symbiote should have separate entries. All of the pre-ASM 298 appearances in the Venom entry appear to be the symbiote, when it was Spideys Secret Wars costume, although Im hardly a Venom scholar. Brock appears here as a Daily Globe reporter. 

I didn't get a chance to pick up this issue. I didn''t know eddie brock was even in it. Most of the appearances of Venom don't focus too much on Eddie brock as a reporter for the Globe. I would guess that this would take place AFTER Venom -1. No real clues are given to when this issue takes place, although Eddie looks really young. I would say it takes place maybe a few years after he becomes a reporter. As far as Eddie Brock's chronology is concerned it could take place almost anywhere. Most of the flashbacks of him are either really early or just before he became Venom. 
Also since were on the subject, Paul was asking about some flashbacks in SPECSM #5. The scene at the church alter is redrawn. That exact scene is in both ASM 300 and ASM @ 26. I thought that was the only one though. I never got to pick it up, my comic shop closed so I haven't been able to get any new issues. I did get a chance to thumb through it though. Any other appearances could again, probably go anyewhere in Eddies chronology, unless it had to do with him becoming Venom or Eddie's early childhood, like with his father. 
thanks,
drew.

			*	*	*

Re: UTSM 11-15!...eddie brock
Posted by Sean Curtin on November 03, 2003 at 21:01:10:
In Reply to: Re: UTSM 11-15!...eddie brock 
posted by drew on October 29, 2003 at 11:30:47:

> This last entry is a tricky one, as it is an early pre-symbiote appearance of EDDIE BROCK. I seem to recall recently on the board discussion of whether Brock and the symbiote should have separate entries. All of the pre-ASM 298 appearances in the Venom entry appear to be the symbiote, when it was Spideys Secret Wars costume, although Im hardly a Venom scholar. Brock appears here as a Daily Globe reporter. 

I suppose the entries could be done like this:

BROCK, EDWARD "EDDIE"
V:LP 1-FB
(etc)
See VENOM

and

VENOM/EDWARD "EDDIE" BROCK
ASM@ 26/2
(etc)

and

VENOM SYMBIOTE
M/SHSW 7
(etc)
See VENOM
From VENOM
VENOM 1

And so on. Appearances of Brock without the symbiote, and vice versa, ought to have seperate entries, either via annotation on the MCP or (better still) through seperate entries on the MCP.

-- 
Sean Curtin 

			*	*	*

Re: UTSM 11-15!...eddie brock
Posted by drew on November 04, 2003 at 02:41:32:
In Reply to: Re: UTSM 11-15!...eddie brock 
posted by Sean Curtin on November 03, 2003 at 21:01:10:

The only problem is all the other people the symbiote was attatched to. They were not ALL called venom. You would have to have a lot of sperate entries and it could get very confusing. Would you distinguish it as the symbiote alone AND the symbiote while it was attatched to people? Aside from Eddie Brock and Peter Parker it was attached to Ann Weying and Ben Reilly. I think they all should be broken down into seperate entities as well, but how accomidating do you want to be. I think that Venom is the symbiote and eddie brock together. I think Sean is saying this as well, but the question can still be raised other wise and I think a lot of things could still be worked out regarding this point.

drew

			*	*	*

Re: UTSM 11-15!
Posted by Sean Curtin on November 03, 2003 at 21:06:00:
In Reply to: UTSM 11-15! 
posted by John Simons on October 29, 2003 at 00:29:31:

> UTSM 13
> BARON HEINRICH ZEMO appears BTS the scenes here (unless you count a fuzzy, unrecognizable image on a video screen as an actual appearance), also just prior to the introduction of the Masters of Evil, so btw. TB -1 and A 6. 

In the scene in which the Black Knight is rescued, he can be seen being lifted by two men, both silhouetted in the smoke, one with strange headgear and one who is fairly large and has a smooth head. These two must be Zemo himself and the Radioactive Man (the latter also fits Skurge's look to a degree, but he wasn't yet a member of the Masters of Evil).

-- 
Sean Curtin 

			*	*	*

Question for Chronologists.
Posted by Jason Powell on October 29, 2003 at 16:30:49:

First off, to the Chronologists here, let me just say, this site is cool, and I love the idea of trying to fit the wacky world of Marvel into a sensible chronology. It possesses no reward other than its own completion, but still -- what a fun project!

I'm thinking of doing something similar to what you guys are doing with your "New Calendar" project with my own personal favorite comic book runs in my own collection, and I'd like some advice. How do you guys deal with the matter of Presidents depicted on panel? If you've got George Bush appearing as the president in one comic and Bill Clinton in another one, do you try to splice it in such a way that an election year falls in between those two issues? (Not necessarily the correct election year, as that'd be impossible -- but at least a year that's divisible by four?)

Or do you just kind of go forward with the notion that in the Marvel Universe, *every* year is an election year?

Thanks,
Jason

			*	*	*

Re: Question for Chronologists.
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 29, 2003 at 20:31:44:
In Reply to: Question for Chronologists. 
posted by Jason Powell on October 29, 2003 at 16:30:49:

The United States of the MU does seem to have presidential elections more frequently than the real world U.S. does. We've half-joked in the past that it seems like there's a major election every year.

Sometimes, though, you might find that a January inaugural month does not occur between MU appearances by two different U.S. presidents. A number of explanations might explain such a scenario.

One unpopular theory I've offered in the past is that the identity of a U.S. president in a Marvel comic is topical (that is, depicted from the reference point of us, the readers). Instead of Clinton or Bush, we're actually seeing "the U.S. president." More frequent elections may help us to consider Clinton and Bush as REALLY Clinton and Bush, but it may not explain every appearance. I wouldn't let the identity of the president play a tremendous role in calendar placement of stories that show presidents. There certainly are more important temporal place markers.

BTW, I love that note in the indicia of every comic: "No similarity between any of the names, characters, persons, and/or institutions in this magazine with those of any living or dead person or institution is intended, any any such similarity which may exist is purely coincidental." Rubbish.

(So what comics are you interested in putting on a calendar?)

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Question for Chronologists.
Posted by Jason Powell on October 30, 2003 at 11:13:48:
In Reply to: Re: Question for Chronologists. 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 29, 2003 at 20:31:44:

> One unpopular theory I've offered in the past is that the identity of a U.S. president in a Marvel comic is topical (that is, depicted from the reference point of us, the readers). Instead of Clinton or Bush, we're actually seeing "the U.S. president." More frequent elections may help us to consider Clinton and Bush as REALLY Clinton and Bush, but it may not explain every appearance. I wouldn't let the identity of the president play a tremendous role in calendar placement of stories that show presidents. There certainly are more important temporal place markers.

Fair enough. That was sort of where I was heading anyway. Thanks for the tips! :)

> BTW, I love that note in the indicia of every comic: "No similarity between any of the names, characters, persons, and/or institutions in this magazine with those of any living or dead person or institution is intended, any any such similarity which may exist is purely coincidental." Rubbish.

Heh. Yeah, I've always found that strange!

> (So what comics are you interested in putting on a calendar?)

So glad you asked! :) I'm putting together a calendar of Peter David's Hulk run. I'm actually starting with John Byrne's first issue (314), as he introduced a lot of the threads that were eventually picked up by David when he took over the title a year and a half later. And then I'm working towards going all the way to Peter David's final issue (467). (I've only just started, but my post was because I'm thinking ahead to the latter issues of the run, one of which has Betty make a snide remark about how she hopes Clinton loses "in 96," and another issue takes place at Stanford, where Chelsea Clinton is "finishing up her first year.")

Right now, I'm having a ball working out the early issues of the David run, when the Hulk's temperment was said to be affected by phases of the moon. I've printed out a calendar of the phases of the moon from 1987 to the present to find a year which makes sense (I settled on 1995 as a start year), and am trying to fit those early issues -- when lunar phases were very significant to the story content -- into a real-life lunar calendar.

Silly, perhaps -- but fun as hell!

Jason

			*	*	*

Re: Question for Chronologists.
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 30, 2003 at 13:12:16:
In Reply to: Re: Question for Chronologists. 
posted by Jason Powell on October 30, 2003 at 11:13:48:

> Right now, I'm having a ball working out the early issues of the David run, when the Hulk's temperment was said to be affected by phases of the moon. I've printed out a calendar of the phases of the moon from 1987 to the present to find a year which makes sense (I settled on 1995 as a start year), and am trying to fit those early issues -- when lunar phases were very significant to the story content -- into a real-life lunar calendar.

> Silly, perhaps -- but fun as hell!

It is fun isn't it? We'll be working on a good chunk of this run someday. Just be aware that plotting any one title on a calendar without considering that title's place within the larger Marvel Universe is frought with pitfalls. But if you're looking at this as an amusing distraction, go for it! And if you compile short chronological analyses for the issues you're reviewing, we'd appreciate your posting them. It might save the rest of us time someday.

FYI, I've mapped out tentative dates for that title from issue #439 on as part of the current calendar and the early stages of the next calendar, covering the period from the Crossing to Maximum Security.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Question for Chronologists.
Posted by Jason Powell on October 30, 2003 at 16:24:12:
In Reply to: Re: Question for Chronologists. 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 30, 2003 at 13:12:16:

I know what you mean about other stuff in the Marvel Universe -- which is probably why I'd probably fail at any attempt to do what you guys do here on the website. I'm not quite as ambitious as you guys -- I'm perfectly happy just to enjoy my little Hulk corner of the universe and ignore the stuff around it! :)

That said, I'd be happy to post what I've got once I've done some issues ... if nothing else, like you said, it might save you guys a little bit of time. Also, I imagine I'll be pretty well-versed on the chronology of those issues once I'm done, so I'd be a soure of info if needed.

As of today, I've completed a fairly good-sized chunk, from 314-334!

> FYI, I've mapped out tentative dates for that title from issue #439 on as part of the current calendar and the early stages of the next calendar, covering the period from the Crossing to Maximum Security.

Oh, awesome! Is that info available somewhere on this site? Could you provide a link?

Thanks,
Jason

			*	*	*

Re: Question for Chronologists.
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 30, 2003 at 21:20:52:
In Reply to: Re: Question for Chronologists. 
posted by Jason Powell on October 30, 2003 at 16:24:12:

> Oh, awesome! Is that info available somewhere on this site? Could you provide a link?

It's not on the site yet. At the rate we're moving it may be months before it's posted. This is just a rough draft, but if you don't hold me to it, here's some info on a year of the Hulk's life for your project:

#439-440: Sept. 17
#441-443: Oct. 6-8
#444-446: Oct. 10-12
#447: Oct. 14
HULK/HERCULES UNLEASHED: Oct. 18
#448: Oct. 20
#449: Nov. 16
#450: Dec. 16
ANNUAL '97: Dec. 20
#451-452: Dec. 26-27
#452-453: Feb. 8
ANNUAL '97/2-FB: Feb. 8
#453-459: Feb. 9-11
ANNUAL '97/2: Feb. 12
#460-461: Feb. 27-28
#462-464: Mar. 3
X-MAN/HULK ANNUAL '98: Apr. 5
#465-466: May 8-9
#467-FBs: May 9, 11
HULK/SUBBY ANNUAL '98: May 14, 17, 20
#467-FB: May 23
#468: July 23-24
#469: Aug. 17, 22, 25
#470-474: Aug. 26-Sept. 1

This covers the year between the Avengers' anniversaries shown in The Crossing and A3 10.

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: Question for Chronologists.
Posted by Kevin on October 31, 2003 at 09:39:06:
In Reply to: Re: Question for Chronologists. 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 30, 2003 at 21:20:52:

Huh, this is interesting, as I considered my work for Paul to be every issue of Hulk published AFTER Peter David left the title, (for the current calender). One of these days I'll go back and provide better analysis for Hulk vol. 2, (or is it 3?) Issues 1 to 21, (from 1999 onward, I think those are the issues that don't have definative calender placements yet, am I right Paul?) 

Somewhat off topic: Anyone care to remind me what the heck "The Crossing" is? I'm betting I missed that somehow...

			*	*	*

The Crossing
Posted by Paul Bourcier on October 31, 2003 at 19:26:58:
In Reply to: Re: Question for Chronologists. 
posted by Kevin on October 31, 2003 at 09:39:06:

> 
> Huh, this is interesting, as I considered my work for Paul to be every issue of Hulk published AFTER Peter David left the title, (for the current calender). One of these days I'll go back and provide better analysis for Hulk vol. 2, (or is it 3?) Issues 1 to 21, (from 1999 onward, I think those are the issues that don't have definative calender placements yet, am I right Paul?) 

Yes. We are still lacking calendar placements for the first twenty issues of volume 3. Once we get the current calendar in shape, I'll ask folks to provide chronological analysis for comics from the previous few years that I don't have.


> Somewhat off topic: Anyone care to remind me what the heck "The Crossing" is? I'm betting I missed that somehow...

"Avengers: The Crossing" was a special one-shot that crossed over into the various Avengers titles and another one shot, "Avengers: Timeslide." It's the storyline that introduced Teen Tony and Bug Jan and killed off Gilgamesh, among other things. Most Avengers fans would like to pretend this story never existed, and a couple years later, Kurt Busiek tried his darndest to explain it so that it made sense in terms of Marvel continuity. IIRC, The Crossing came out around the time Marvel was facing bankruptcy and creators were trying to jazz up the status quo by disrupting the things that made Marvel great (IMHO).

--Paul

			*	*	*

Re: The Crossing
Posted by Paul O'Brien on November 01, 2003 at 08:00:56:
In Reply to: The Crossing 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 31, 2003 at 19:26:58:

>Most Avengers fans would like to pretend this story never existed, and a couple years later, Kurt Busiek tried his darndest to explain it so that it made sense in terms of Marvel continuity. 

It's worth adding that, even by the standards of the time, the Crossing was incoherent junk - it's generally considered to be one of the least comprehensible stories ever published. Busiek's explanation of it, in AVENGERS FOREVER, was essentially that it was all a hoax by Kang, designed to confuse the hell out of the Avengers by making no sense. 

			*	*	*

Re: The Crossing
Posted by Jeph! on November 01, 2003 at 10:52:16:
In Reply to: Re: The Crossing 
posted by Paul O'Brien on November 01, 2003 at 08:00:56:

> Busiek's explanation of it, in AVENGERS FOREVER, was essentially that it was all a hoax by Kang, designed to confuse the hell out of the Avengers by making no sense.

You mean, a hoax by Immortus.

See, it's confusing even us!

-Jeph! 

			*	*	*

Re: The Crossing
Posted by Kevin on November 01, 2003 at 11:11:00:
In Reply to: Re: The Crossing 
posted by Jeph! on November 01, 2003 at 10:52:16:

Ah, yes, it's all coming back to me now...I wasn't buying Avengers during that period...(Captain America being the only Avengers title I was picking up that year) in fact, much of the mid 90's are best left forgotten...it's funny, but Russ's story on the FAQ page about why he almost gave up on comics, (and why there's a 2nd gap) matches my own personal feelings at the time as well.

Anyway, thanks for the answer! 

			*	*	*

Re: Question for Chronologists.
Posted by Jason Powell on October 31, 2003 at 10:47:12:
In Reply to: Re: Question for Chronologists. 
posted by Paul Bourcier on October 30, 2003 at 21:20:52:

> #439-440: Sept. 17
> #441-443: Oct. 6-8
> #444-446: Oct. 10-12
> #447: Oct. 14
> HULK/HERCULES UNLEASHED: Oct. 18
> #448: Oct. 20
> #449: Nov. 16
> #450: Dec. 16
> ANNUAL '97: Dec. 20
> #451-452: Dec. 26-27
> #452-453: Feb. 8
> ANNUAL '97/2-FB: Feb. 8
> #453-459: Feb. 9-11
> ANNUAL '97/2: Feb. 12
> #460-461: Feb. 27-28
> #462-464: Mar. 3
> X-MAN/HULK ANNUAL '98: Apr. 5
> #465-466: May 8-9
> #467-FBs: May 9, 11
> HULK/SUBBY ANNUAL '98: May 14, 17, 20
> #467-FB: May 23
> #468: July 23-24
> #469: Aug. 17, 22, 25
> #470-474: Aug. 26-Sept. 1

Cool! I compared this with my tentative dates for these issues, and they match fairly well. I'll take this one into consideration when I make mine, definitely. Thanks for posting this!

Jason

			*	*	*

UTSM 16-20!
Posted by John Simons on October 29, 2003 at 18:44:29:

UTSM 16

Synopsis: The issue opens with MJ recalling how she learned Peter Parker was Spider-Man on the night of his uncles murder. Now, she is telling her Aunt Anna she doesnt want to go out on a date with Peter. She heads out for the mall, and has some more recollections on the way. The scene shifts, and we see MJ watching the unassuming Peter out of her Aunts window. Next panel, shes making a wisecrack at drama class. Next panel, she is walking through the city and sees Spidey swing by. Next panel, she is making a wisecrack while buying a hot dog from a sidewalk vendor. There is no real indication of how much time is passing, it could be one long day or over the course of a week, there is no way to tell! 

The main action of the story takes place on a single day. It starts out with gym class at Midtown High, where Flash feels awkward around Jason, which prompts an angry outburst and stomping-off. Liz tries to convince Peter to help Jason somehow. 

Later that day, Anna has roped MJ into going to the history museum, where a fight breaks out between Spidey and the Radioactive Man. The villain gets knocked into some radioactive ore samples, which increase the radiation within him so much, he warns that a chain reaction has begun in which he will explode and take the city with him. He flees and as Spidey moves to follow he shares a line of dialogue with MJ. Continuity fans should note that this is the first-ever conversation (such as it is) between MJ and Peter, predating their historic Face it tiger, you just hit the jackpot meeting. 

A few hours later the ladies are back home, and Anna is fretting about the imminent destruction of the city. The radio reports that all exits from NY are jammed with traffic of people trying to evacuate. Feeling stifled, MJ takes off. While walking around the city she sees on a TV in a storefront window that Spidey has caught up to Radioactive Man on the Brooklyn Bridge, and she takes a taxi to the scene. When the taxi gets caught in traffic, she runs the rest of the way. She marvels that this wisecracking hero could be the geeky-looking kid next store. At the end of the fight Spidey knocks RM into a coal barge which is conveniently floating by. All this coal absorbs the radiation and shuts down the chain reaction.

Later, MJ is once again looking out Annas window as Peters classmates show up at Aunt Mays for what turns out to be a surprise Welcome back party for Tiny and Jason, put together by Liz and Peter. Betty sees Liz kiss Peter on the cheek and misconstrues it, leaving in a huff. Flash yells at Peter to stay away from my girl, and Jason the ingrate tells Peter that youre not one of us, and you never will be. Meanwhile, MJ plans to continue thinking up excuses for not dating Peter, because she just isnt ready to date him.

In addition to the above story, there are a series of mini-FBs at the beginning of the issue. The question is if any of them add anything that hasnt already been seen in either ASM 259 or SM: PL.

the first FB shows MJ learning Peter is Spider-Man when she sees him crawling out of his bedroom window on the night of Uncle Bens murder. It is the same as in SM: PL right down to the dialogue, and so can be safely ignored.

FB 2, in which MJs dad is yelling at her mom, is also from SM: PL

FB 3 is something new. MJ is trying to be lighthearted, and her sister Gayle is being dour. Another woman appears in the panel, it seems likely to be their mother, Madeline. 

FB 4 is a panel which mirrors one in SM: PL, however it has dialogue the original doesnt, so this panel merits a ~ notation. Gayle and Timmy Byrnes are announcing their pregnancy, and MJ is noting how sad Timmy looks. 

the final FB once again mirrors a panel in SM: PL in which MJ is watching Spider-Man on TV, but it once again merits a ~ because of an added line of dialogue from MJ, Look at him go!

The only character from the main story whose appearance in this issue isnt already noted on the MCP is RADIOACTIVE MAN. Based on the dialogue he appears here after his stint with the first Masters of Evil, so between A 6 and TB 9- FB.

As for the FBs, by looking back over my notes on ASM: PL I can incorporate this new stuff, but its complicated to explain!

FB 3: MJ, GAYLE BYRNES and MADELINE WATSON btw. their second SM: PL app. and their third ASM 259- FB app. 

FB 4: Mary Jane and Gayle appear during their third ASM: PL app. Tim appears simultaneous with his first SM: PL app. 

FB 5: After the above FB, MJ appears in a few panels of ASM:PL, then she once again appears simultaneous with a two panels of ASM: PL.

Reading the above, it is almost impossible to understand! Heres what it looks like listed:

BYRNES, GAYLE WATSON
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
**UTSM 16- FB
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
**SM: PL~ UTSM 16- FB
** SM: PL
ASM 259-FB
ASM 291

BYRNES, TIM
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
**SM: PL~ UTSM 16- FB
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
ASM 259-FB

WATSON, MADELINE
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
**UTSM 16- FB
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
ASM 259-FB

WATSON-PARKER, MARY JANE
PPSM2 1/2-FB
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
**UTSM 16- FB
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
**SM: PL~ UTSM 16- FB
** SM: PL
**SM: PL~ UTSM 16- FB
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
ASM 259-FB
SM:PL
ASM 15-BTS

UTSM 17

Synopsis: According to the timeline in the back of UTSM 25, this issue takes place btw. ASM 15 and 16. As mentioned in a previous post of mine (3 years ago!) UTSM: SE also takes place btw. UTSM 17 and ASM 16. This issue takes place across about 36 hours, starting one evening and ending during nighttime of the next day.

The story begins in early evening, where Betty Brant is giving Peter the cold shoulder over Liz Allan during a date. Pete spots a shadowy figure swinging from building to building and ditches Betty to get some pictures. As Spidey, he confronts Hawkeye, who thinks he is being followed and attacks. While fighting, Hawk helpfully fills in Spidey (and the reader) on his history, and how he accidentally hurt his ladylove recently in a battle with Iron Man. Spider-Man starts to get the feeling that the archer isnt such a horrible guy. He lets Hawkeye think hes gotten away, then follows him surreptitiously and watches him steal-- medical supplies! He tosses a spider-tracer on him, but then remembers the tracker-unit for it is all the way back at his house!

While Peter swings home to pick up the gadget, Hawkeye walks in on the convalescing Black Widow briefing her boss, Commander Kulov, over a video transmitter. Hawkeye finally admits to himself that she is a spy, but she still manages to sweet-talk him. Spidey hears some of this from outside the window, but then he is attacked by Russian thugs, who get away by shooting a rocket into a theater across the street, forcing Spidey to abandon the battle to go rescue innocents.

The next morning the Daily Bugle blames Spidey for the destruction (of course). Natasha talks Hawkeye into stealing an important component for a missile targeting system from Williams Innovations. Spidey crosses paths with him thanks to the tracer (it is dark, so presumably it is now the next night), but the fight gets sticky when it turns out the companys CEO and head inventor, Simon Williams is actually in the lab, working late. Hawk takes Williams hostage, but Spidey reasons with him that he still has potential to be a hero, and Hawkeye lets the hostage go. He uses an explosive arrow to cover his retreat. The tracer was knocked off during the battle, allowing the archer to get away clean.

Appearances by Spidey, Betty, the Black Widow, Wonder Man and Aunt May already appear on the MCP.

For some reason, the Widows and Wondys appearances are already in the chronology, but HAWKEYEs isnt in his. He appears here btw. TOS 57 and TOS 60.

KULOV doesnt currently have an entry. This may be his only appearance. 

Peter also talks to MRS. GAVIN (Mrs. Brants nurse) over the phone.

UTSM 18

Synopsis: According to the timeline in the back of UTSM 25, this issue takes place between ASM 16 and ASM @ 1. It takes place over about 24 hours, from evening of one day to evening of the next.

It is early evening and Spidey is swinging around when he is attacked by the Headsman, who wants to defeat him in order to prove his worth to NYs crime lords. The webslinger decides to take the easy way out by faking his death under collapsing debris. As Headsman takes off in triumph, Peter is able to make his dinner date with Betty. They run into Liz and Flash in the city, and to everyones dismay Liz insists that they all dine together. 

Later that night Spidey goes webswinging in search of Headsman, but ends up breaking up a fur theft instead. Headsman is just then bragging about killing Spider-Man to Lucky Lobo, when they get word that the hero is still around. Headsman has an angry outburst and flies off in pursuit. A shadowy visitor then tells Lobo that he intends to get rid of both the uncontrollable Headsman and also Spider-Man, then they can talk.

The next day, after school, Flash tries to impress Liz by telling her that they (and Jason) are going to cruise around the city until they spot Spider-Man, so they can see him in action. Spidey decides to play along and coincidentally comes bouncing by his car. This turns out to be a bad idea when Headsman attacks again, and the kids are oblivious to the danger theyve put themselves in. A battle in an artists studio ends up with a giant sculpture about to fall on the kids. While Spidey is saving them, Headsman is approached by his former boss, the Green Goblin, who uses failsafes he built into Headsmans equipment to completely destroy it. By the time Spidey catches up with the villain, Headsman is defeated and unconscious. He wonders who the mysterious attacker was that could take down such a dangerous opponent so easily. 

Appearances by Spidey, Betty, Liz, Flash, Tiny, Jason, and the Green Goblin already appear on the MCP.

LUCKY LOBO appears prior to his appearance in ASM 97.

HEADSMAN was last in UTSM 8. He doesnt appear again in this series. 

HEADSMAN
UTSM 8 (1st app)
UTSM 18

UTSM 19

Synopsis: According to the timeline in the back of UTSM 25, this issue takes place between ASM @1 and ASM 17. In dialogue, Aunt May mentions she met Dr. Octopus a few weeks ago. It takes place over about 36 hours, from the afternoon of one day, to the late evening of the next day.

Peter and some of his friends are attending the trial of Dr. Octopus when Otto tricks the judge into letting his mechanical arms out of their display case, allowing him to take control of them and escape! When Peter brings pictures of the escape to the Bugle, JJJ assigns him to take pictures of a block party in Forest Hills over the next couple of nights. 

Peter stops by the festival with Aunt May, running into some of his classmates, as well as Sgt. Thompson, Flashs good-natured cop father. As Spider-Man, he searches for Ock and catches up to him stealing stuff from an engineering warehouse. Unfortunately Ock gets the drop on him, literally as he brings down machinery onto Spidey head, knocking him out. By the time he comes to, the cops have arrived, so naturally he gets blamed for the theft.

The next day at school, Flash is angrily defending Spideys honor, and tries to convince the other kids to come with him again to the block party that night to shout down JJJ, who is planning an anti-Spidey rally. Jason begs off and acts funny. Meanwhile, Dr. Octopus is strolling around Forest Hills when he bumps into Aunt May, who is still oblivious to the fact that he is a villain, and invites him to dinner! When she encounters Peter at JJJs rally, she tells him about Ock and he races off to find him.

Spider-Man figures the best hideout in the area for Ock would be the warehouse where he once caught Uncle Bens killer, and sure enough Ock is there, constructing a remote-controlled flying bomb, with which he will blow up the entire city if they dont acknowledge me as their master! They fight, Doc launches the bomb, and everyone Spidey knows and loves is imperiled. He tricks Doc into smashing the bombs rotors with his arms, and the bomb crashes into the river, where the detonator goes off, but not the explosive. Doc is knocked out, and Spidey turns him over to Sgt. Thompson. Flash and JJJ get into an argument about the webslingers guilt or innocence, and Sgt. Thompson nearly arrests Jameson for shoving his son. At home at dinnertime, Aunt May drops a dish and confusedly refers to Anna Watson as Anna Watkins.

Appearances by Spidey, Tiny, Liz, Flash, Jason, Betty, JJJ, May and Anna are already listed in their MCP chronologies.

DR. OCTOPUS appears btw. ASM @1 and ASM 18.

This is the earliest appearence Im aware of for SGT. THOMPSON, who appears next in UTSM 24.

UTSM 20

Synopsis: According to the timeline in the back of UTSM 25, UTSM 20 and 21 take place btw. ASM 17 and 18. Although Kurt Busiek usually integrated his stories with the originals pretty well, I have to admit I dont care for these few issues, as Peter is supposed to be giving up being Spider-Man lest something happen to him and no one is able to take care of Aunt May, yet in UTSM he is running around as Spidey as usual... This issue takes place over 24 hours, beginning during lunchtime of the day after Aunt Mays heart attack, and ending at lunchtime the next day.

It is the day after Spidey ran away from a fight with the Green Goblin, and it is the topic over lunch at school. Flash defends Spidey and Peter plays devils advocate. Liz notes how weird Jason continues to act.

That night, the Vulture is flying across the city on a mission. Reminiscences about his origins (nothing that hasnt already been seen in ASM 241- FB) segue to a more recent FB-- being sprung from prison by thugs in police uniforms with phony paperwork. They took him to crime boss Nicholas Lewis (soon to become Crime-Master), who gives him an assassination to complete in exchange for his freedom. As he ponders the Daily Bugle headline about Spider-Mans cowardice he notices Jason on the same rooftop as him, standing on the edge. When Jason admits that he was thinking about killing himself and tells the villain why, the Vulture rants about how Jason should place the blame for Sallys death on Spider-Man, and exact revenge. 

Peter visits Aunt May at the hospital, and gets the cold shoulder (again) from Betty Brant, who is also there to bring May flowers. As Spidey swings around town, he sees Vulture headed to his target. Vultch knocks the webslinger off of his web and flies on. An interlude at the Century Club shows JJJ gloating about Spideys absence and Norman Osborn pointing out that no Spidey means no headlines to sell papers. 

As, Spidey recovers from a bad fall, the Vulture has reached the office of his quarry-- Wilson Fisk! Just as he smashes through the window, Spidey catches up, and they fight. As they fight, Spidey points out that it isnt really like the Vulture to murder, or to be someone elses lackey. The banter works better than our hero expected, as the Vulture breaks down, proclaims himself a sham, and turns himself in to the cops! 

The story ends at lunch the next day, with the kids discussing the nights events and Jason has nothing but bad things to say about Spider-Man...

Appearances by Spidey, Jason, Flash, Tiny, Liz, May, Betty, JJJ and the Green Goblin are already listed in their MCP entries. 

THE VULTURE appears between ASM @1 and ASM 18.

The KINGPIN appears between AAF 17 and ASM 50, but I dont have DD2 13 so I cant place this issue before or after the FB in there. 

A lieutenant of Kingpins named FLINT also appears. He doesnt currently have an entry that I can find, but he does crop again in places like ASM 50-52 and throughout Frank Millers run on DD. He may even appear in DD comics beyond Millers run, but someone with a more complete DD collection than I have would have to check on that. 

FLINT
UTSM 20
ASM 50 (1st app)
ASM 51
ASM 52
DD 174
DD 175
DD 177
DD 181
DD 185
DD 186
DD 190

Also named in this issue is CARRUTHERS, who is some guy Kingpin is talking to over the phone, and MORT a member of the Century Club who knows JJJ. 

			*	*	*

UTSM 20-25
Posted by John Simons on October 30, 2003 at 12:09:09:

UTSM 21

Synopsis: This issue begins with a quick glimpse of the Menace teams heists, then skips ahead to a few evenings later, where the main action of the issue takes place over a single night. 

A caped masked villain, Menace, and his blue-skinned minions, the Minutemen, perpetrate a series a robberies in New York, with Menace ranting all the while about the superiority of mutantkind. Because four different robberies take place within minutes of each other, this leads the press to believe that Menace may be a teleporter.

A few evenings later, Aunt May is at home recovering from her heart attack, and Anna Watson tells Peter to get out and get some fresh air. He takes a subway into the city, where he runs into Liz, who is on a shopping trip. They decide to have dinner, and naturally Betty sees them together. They happen to go to the same beatnik coffeehouse that the X-Men are at, and the Beast happens to overhear Peter defending mutants when Liz expresses fear of them. 

Menace and his Minutemen attack the offices of the Van Lunt Trading Company, looking for bearer bonds and securities to steal. One employee sneaks out, bursts into the coffeehouse looking for help, and soon both Spider-Man and the X-Men arrive on the scene. Liz calls Flash to come pick her up, and Flash and Jason get into another argument about whether Spider-Man is a coward. 

When Spidey continually overhears radio transmissions Menace is sending and picking up, and begins to question all of Menaces mutant superiority rhetoric, he rips into Menaces costume, and finally realizes that Menace isnt a mutant at all, just a guy with an electrical harness to generate his powers. With the X-Men he takes down the Minutemen, who turn out to be nothing but robots. Spidey guesses there are probably four or five others Menaces around the city, all committing crimes at nearly the same time. The X-Men decide to go round up the other villains, but Spidey demurs because he is worried what will happen to Aunt May if he gets hurt. 

Checking around the MCP I now see that all of the characters in this issue are already listed. Wish I noticed that before I went and examined the thing all over again. :)

UTSM 22

Synopsis: As noted in the timeline at the end of UTSM 25, the events of this issue interweave with the events of ASM 18. It takes place over three days.

The issue starts at night, with the Scarecrow on the prowl and robbing a safe in an apartment. The next afternoon, Peter is fretting around his problems when JJJs car pulls up and he assigns Peter to get some pictures of Scarecrow. (This scene appears to pick up directly after p. 19 of ASM 18, where Peter is walking through the city fretting) Swinging around town, Spidey does notice the villain breaking into another apartment. Although he plans to just hang back and take pictures, Scarecrows crows alert the villain to Spideys presence. Spidey flees rather than fight, convincing Scarecrow that the papers accusations of cowardice are true.

Peter returns home and has a conversation with Aunt May that mirrors page 20, panel one of ASM 18. Peter speaks to Anna Watson, then goes upstairs. Then the scene crosses over with ASM page 20, panel 2-5, in which Peter throws away his Spidey costume. He goes out to get some air, and screams at Flash Thompson when they cross paths (despite that fact that, for once, Flash was being nice to him). Meanwhile across town, the Green Goblin offers to let Scarecrow into his gang, but Scarecrow turns him down. 

The next morning , the issue once again overlaps with the rest of page 20 and also panels 1-3 of page 21 of ASM, as Dr. Bromwell pronounces Aunt May on the road to recovery. Then we see a short scene of Peter at school, obviously much happier than his classmates have seen him in awhile. Panel 4 of page 14 of UTSM 22 then overlaps with panel 1 of page 22 of ASM 18 as he yanks his costume out of the garbage, then he makes the speech at the end of ASM 18. The rest of UTSM 22 takes place after ASM 18.

A few hours later, Spidey catches up with Scarecrow and makes short work of him. He eventually tricks the villain into cracking open one of his web cartridges, trapping him in a giant balls of webbing! Elsewhere, mystery hands caress the phony Spider-Man costume previously worn by Flash Thompson...

The only character in this issue who is not currently in the MCP is SCARECROW, who appears here between TOS 51 and FF @3.

UTSM 23

Synopsis: According to the timeline in UTSM 25, this issue and UTSM 97 take place between ASM 20 and 21. The main action takes place across one night and into the next day, with an epilogue which takes place a few days later.

Its early evening in Forest Hills, Queens, and someone in a Spider-Man costume throws a rock with a threatening note attached through the window of a suburban familys house. Meanwhile at the Daily Bugle offices, JJJ is berating Ben Urich to get to the bottom of the kidnapping of world-famous scientist Dr. Bartholomew Carson and his daughter, which Peter overhears. 

Elsewhere, Carson is working (against his will) for the Crime-Master, programming some musclebound men to brainlessly follow the crimelords orders. Peter stops by Bettys, but she gives him the cold shoulder. Out on the street someone calls for help because a bank is being robbed. In moments, Spider-Man is battling Crime-Masters puppets, but they seem to feel no pain and are incredibly strong. They knock him down, although he is able to throw a spider-tracer on one of the robbers before they escape. 

Sometime later, back in Forest Hills, Flash and Liz see that Peter is all beat up, and suddenly someone dressed as Spider-Man dumps trash on their heads from a rooftop above. Changing to Spidey, our hero grabs his tracking device at home and homes in on Carsons lab. He sees that his daughter is a captive, so he nabs Carson to get the scoop. Carson reveals that he has invented a cerebra-chip for the repairing of damaged brain pathways, but the Crime-Master learned that an unintentional side affect of the chip is it can turn people into mindless slaves. The crimelord took his daughter captive in order to force him to create a super-squad. Spidey uses his tracking device to home in on the frequency of the super-squads chips, disabling them. 

When the cops storm in, Carson is arrested, but Peter helps to clear his name through the power of the press: the next days headline is BRAIN DOC INNOCENT! In thanks to Peter for his help, Dr. Carson agrees to take the still-comatose Mrs. Brant to his private clinic for treatment, free of charge. For once, Betty is ecstatically happy with Peter!

Appearances by Spidey, JJJ, Crime-Master, Betty, Liz, Flash, and Jason already appear on the MCP.

I believe BEN URICH appears between UTSM 4 and MARVELS 3, unless DD 341 and 342 (which I dont have) say otherwise. 

This is the last appearance of MRS. BRANT in this series. I have no idea if she ever appeared again (she doesnt currently have a MCP entry). Maybe the treatment didnt work after all...

I have no idea if BARTHOLOMEW CARSON or his daughter (who is never named in the story) ever appeared again. 

UTSM 24

Synopsis: According to the timeline at the end of UTSM 25, this issue takes place between ASM 22 and ASM 23. It takes place over one afternoon and into the night, and ends with an epilogue at school the next day. 

This issue comprises two separate stories which take place on the same day, but dont really cross over until Flash and Peter cross paths on the final page.

In the first story, Flash Thompson is playing detective around the neighborhood, trying to get to the bottom of the vandal Spidey running around causing trouble. At dinnertime he gets some unsolicited advice from his father, who is secretly taking nips from a flask behind Flashs moms back. Flash and Liz finally catch the phony Spidey spray painting graffiti on a storefront window, and follow him to his warehouse hideout where he unmasks-- its Jason! Jason is so startled he pulls a gun on them, but almost immediately he breaks down, admitting that he doesnt really think its Spider-Mans fault that Sally is dead. Jason was driving the car, and he tearfully blames himself. Flash gets the gun from him and promises to get him help.

Meanwhile, Batwing is back in town and irrationally trying to kill Spider-Man. Spidey webs up Batwings eyes and flees, hoping the creature will calm down. After supper, Aunt May goes to Anna Watsons, and Peter has a chance to phone Dr. Curt Conners as Spidey. In a short FB, Conners describes that he injected Batwing with a serum that should have cured him, but for some reason seemed to have no effect. Batwing became irrationally angry and suicidal, and he flew off. Spidey goes to the home of Mrs. Santini, Batwings mom, but she is in serious denial and refuses to even believe that Batwing is Jimmy, let alone help. Spidey encounters him again on the waterfront, but soon they are surrounded by police who are ready to blow Batwing away. Mrs. Santini finally arrives, admits she was wrong, and begs his forgiveness. Hugging his momma, Batwing finally mutates back into Jimmy Santini. 

The next day at school, Liz is telling Flash how proud she is of him for the maturity he showed in dealing with Jason. Flash is feeling so good, he doesnt even make the time to insult Peter as they cross paths!

Appearances by Spidey, Flash, Tiny, Liz, May and Jason already appear in the MCP.

LIZARD/CURT CONNERS appears between UTSM 9 and ASM 32.

This is BATWINGs last appearance in this title. His name Jimmy Santini is revealed. In addition there are two flashbacks, one in which he goes to see his mother after his origin and she wards him off with a bible, and a second, taking place between UTSM 9 and this issue, in which he flees from Dr. Conners lab.

BATWING/ JIMMY SANTINI
**UTSM 2- FB
**UTSM 24- FB
UTSM 2
UTSM 7
**UTSM 9
**UTSM 24- FB
**UTSM 24

This is SGT. THOMPSONs last appearance in the title, previously seen in UTSM 19.

MRS. SANTINI also appears here for the only time Im aware of. 

UTSM 25

Synopsis: According to the timeline in the back, this issue takes place between ASM 23 and 24. It starts with a prologue at night, then the main action takes place over a single afternoon.

In a darkened warehouse on the waterfront, Crime-Master and Green Goblin agree to join forces, on the condition that the Goblin reveal his identity, since Greeny is already aware that Crime-Master is Nick Lewis. Goblin complies, removing his goblin mask to reveal the face of-- J. Jonah Jameson!!! Only after a satisfied C-M departs does the Goblin remove his second mask and reveal himself as Norman Osborn, who swears to eliminate Crime-Master once he helps Osborn gain control of the criminal underworld.

Peter Parker visits Empire State University as part of his high schools college visit week, and his science teacher Mr. Warren has agreed to show him around his old alma mater. Flash and Liz are also visiting and Flash is disgruntled that he and Parker could end up going to the same college. Mr. Warren introduces Peter to his brother, Miles Warren, who is distracted during the introduction by Gwen Stacy, walking by the window on her way to meet Harry Osborn. Also during the tour Mr. Warren shows him a seismic ray device that the school is developing, and also they stumble on the dedication of a multi-environmental testing chamber hosted by JJJ and Norman Osborn. 

Peter notice some men in coveralls that he recognizes as gangsters hes fought before, so he changes to Spidey to see what theyre up to. They are trying to steal the ray for Crime-Master when our hero bursts in. Unable to change into the Goblin while JJJ is around (lest Crime-Master realize they are two different people after all), Norman knocks the publisher out and locks him in a storage closet before changing. Gobby gets ahold of the ray and chases Spidey around with it. Wouldnt you know they end up getting locked in the environmental chamber, which Crime-Master activates. Spidey even manages to save Goblins life as they avoid the chambers deathtraps, then he uses the seismic ray to overload the chambers power feeds and blow them a hole out. Goblin flees and JJJ accuses Spider-Man of sabotaging the expensive equipment. 

As the series draws to a close, Crime-Master is rethinking his alliance with the Green Goblin, the Goblin is regretting the pretense of being JJJ, and both Flash and Peter separately decide to attend ESU.

Appearances by Spidey, the Goblin, Crime-Master, Flash, Liz, Anna, May, Gwen, Harry and JJJ already appear in the MCP.

MR. WARREN appears here after UTSM 96. Not sure if he ever turns up again, but since Peter graduates high school soon after this its quite possible he doesnt.

WARREN, MR.
AAF 15
ASM 2
ASM 2/2
**UTSM 1
ASM 8
ASM 15
**UTSM 96
**UTSM 25

JACKAL/MILES WARREN obviously appears here prior to ASM 31, but I cant place this appearance any more precisely because I dont have ASM 149 or SSU 1. Sorry!

			*	*	*

Last but not least, UTSM '97 and UTSM -1!!!
Posted by John Simons on October 30, 2003 at 12:21:32:

I guess Im not going to bother looking at UTSM 96, since it seems to have already been examined for the MCP. The only addition I can make is that MR. WARREN appears there between ASM 15 and UTSM 25.

UTSM 97

Synopsis: According to the timeline in the back of UTSM 25, UTSM 23 and this annual takes place between ASM 20 and 21. Thus, in trying to determine when in their chronologies all of the various characters appear here, I zeroed in on Jan and Feb 1965 titles as a starting point. The action takes place over a single day. Its hard to determine what day, however. There is no school this day, but Betty Brant is working at the Bugle (then again, maybe Jonah makes her work on weekends and holidays!)

The story beings at sunrise on a Manhattan rooftop, where scientist David Patrick Lowell is peacefully tending to his plants with a young neighbor girl, Mary Kelleher. A few hours later, however, he is commanding powerful energies on a rampage outside he offices of Osborn Chemical. Spidey swings by and engages the attacker (later dubbed Sundown), but Lowell flies off after Spidey is doused with chemical waste from a burst tank.

Ninety minutes later. Peter Parker emerges from the shower at home, and decides to take the rest of the day off. He stops by the Daily Bugle but Betty is too busy to join him for dinner. Meanwhile, Sundowns continued frenzy attracts the attention of many other heroes, including Daredevil, the FF, the Avengers, the X-Men, and Dr. Strange (the latter joins the fight in visible astral form). Peter is back in Forest Hills, encountering Flash and the gang, when he hears the brouhaha which has now erupted, and rushes off to help. 

Spidey decides to investigate Sundowns background, so he swings back to Osborn Chemical and eavesdrops on a conference between Norman Osborn and some of his scientists. He learns the Lowell was passed up for promotion, his project on photogenesis was being shut down, and Lowell in desperation ingested a chemical formula which gave him the power to absorb and harness solar energy. Spidey then looks up Lowells address in the phone book and listens in as Mrs. Powell tells the police what a loser David was, and she was threatening a divorce if he didnt demand a raise at work. Spidey also meets Mary, and begins to think that if he had tried to reason with Sundown in the first place rather than getting into a fight, a lot of this misery could have been forestalled. 

Spidey arrives at the fight and suggests that Mr. Fantastic find a way to cut Sundown off from his energy source. Thor tries to summon a cloud bank to cut the adversary off from the sun, but he is blasted before he completes it. Only after Sundown accidentally blasts Mary and badly damages her hand does he come to his senses and turn himself in.

Appearances by Spidey, Sundown, May, JJJ, Betty, Flash, Liz, Jason, Tiny, Daredevil, Giant-Man, Wasp, the Fantastic Four, Captain America, Iron Man, Happy Hogan, Thor, Dr. Strange, Wong, the X-Men, Hulk, Sub-Mariner, and Norman Osborn already appear in the MCP. 

Note that SUNDOWNs full name is DAVID PATRICK LOWELL.

MARY KELLEHER appears here prior to ASM 97. 

Because Daredevils costume undergoes some subtle changes in DD 5, he, KAREN PAGE and FOGGY NELSON must appear here between DD 4 and DD 5. (and DDs entry already reflects this, the other two do not)

Similarly, although Iron Mans and Happys appearances are already noted, an entry for PEPPER POTTS HOGAN must be added. She appears between A 9 and TOS 60. 

EDWIN JARVIS appears between TOS 59/2 and A 16.

JANE FOSTER KINCAID appears JIM 111 and 113.

BETTY ROSS, THUNDERBOLT ROSS, between TTA 59 and TTA 60/ 2. Although I initially thought Glenn Talbot also appeared with them, he didnt actually meet the Rosses until TTA 61, so this must be a random mustachioed military man.

Other characters who appear are MRS. LOWELL (Sundowns wife), and JENSEN and CRENSHAW (two scientists who work for Osborn). 

UTSM -1

This issue take place about 14 years before AAF 15, because in this issue Mary Parker announces she is pregnant with Peter. Unless Im mistaken, Petey was 14 when he was bitten? 

Before I even get into the interior of this issue, the cover has a whopper of a mistake. Its not unusual for a comic cover to be misleading about the issues contents, but it this case its not the artwork that is misleading, but the gigantic lettered blurb on the bottom of the cover that proclaims Richard and Mary Parker: Agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. Now, I dont have a Ph.D. in Marvel history, but Im pretty sure SHIELD didnt even exist yet 14 years before the origin of Spider-Man! Furthermore, the contents of the issue make it quite clear at several points that that Peters parents work for The Agency and met at Langley, in other words they are CIA. Im not sure what the cover designers were smoking when they whipped this one up!

There are several one-panel FBs in the book that fill in the backstory on Richard and Mary and their relationship. For clarity I decided to list them in chronological order:

FB Page 9, panel 2: A young MARY FITZPATRICK PARKER is horseback riding with her father, OSS operative WILD WILL FITZPATRICK.

FB page 9, panel 3: Mary as a teen, working in a chem lab on a school assignment. 

FB page 9, panel 4: Mary weeps on her bed after learning of her fathers death. A man in the shadows walking away from the bed, apparently whoever broke the news to her.

FB page page 8, panel 3: RICHARD PARKER in military fatigues is disembarking from a plane and shaking hands with NICHOLAS FURY (who is clean-shaven, smoking a cigar, wearing a black suit and tie, and NO eye-patch). Fury is asking Richard if he would be interested in joining The Agency.

FB page 9, panel 5: Richard and Mary meet in the halls of CIA HQ. Thanks to her good schooling and connections to her fathers Cronies, Mary has gotten a job as a translator and data analyst for the Agency.

FB page 8, panel 4: Richard is sitting and flirting with Mary, who is seated at a table with some papers and a microphone, doing some translating for The Agency.

FB page 9, panel 6: Richard and Mary, in stealthy black clothing, leaping into the water off of an exploding pier. Mary has gotten field work due to her budding relationship with Richard.

FB page 10, panel 1: Richard and Mary wed, with BEN PARKER as the best man and MAY PARKER as the matron of honor. 

FB page 7 panel 4: The Parkers are in the Imperial Casino, the French Riviera, when they spot the Baroness ADELICIA VON KRUPP and known gunrunner GUENTER SCHMIDT. Richard decides to follow them, which leads to the opening-scene action.

The main story opens with Richard in a wetsuit and face mask, climbing on board a yacht anchored off the coast of the French Riveria. He overhears a man with a cocktail telling the Baroness that their network has captured the CIAs Agent Ten in Mahasashtra. He has resisted interrogation, and the Baroness orders him sent to the Capital for the Supreme One to interrogate personally. Just then Parker is caught on board. He shoots gas in the face of the gunman who tries to capture him and although shot in the arm manages to escape the boat, where a scuba-diving Mary helps him to safety. The Baroness escapes via helicopter and blows up the yacht to cover her tracks.

At the American embassy, the Ambassador (unnamed) tells them that the Baroness has an uncle in the SS, and she has been suspected of neo-nazi sympathies. Agent Ten works for a friendly power and disappeared four days ago in India. The Parkers volunteer to go to Bombay as an American couple on vacation. They are supplied with some James Bond-esque weapons and gadgets by a man named BOOTHROYD. As they fly to India, the two reminisce about their past and how they got together.

In Bombay, they wander the streets pretending to be tourists for 2 days, until they spot the Baroness on the streets and follow her to her hideout. Unfortunately they are captured, and taken to a chamber where a man in a mask is torturing Agent Ten, who is shirtless, strapped to a block of cement, and being zapped by electrodes. Agent Ten is clearly a pre-WOLVERINE Logan, and the Supreme One admits that the name Logan is the only piece of information he has been able to get from the captive so far. The Parkers fight their way free and release Logan, and they escape while the hideout burns. The Baroness and the Supreme One flee through an underground tunnel into the sewers, and the Supreme One is revealed to be BARON STRUCKER when he unmasks.

The story ends with the Parkers and Logan in a safe doctors office somewhere. Logan is thanking Richard for the rescue when a doctor comes in and announces that Mary is pregnant. As the Parkers embrace, Mary expresses her belief that the baby is probably a boy. 

Unfortunately Im not versed enough in the early histories of most of these characters to really say where these appearances fall. The best I can tell you is this story takes place between 13 and 14 years before the modern Marvel Age.

RICHARD and MARY PARKER- their main appearances here are already listed on the MCP, but only one FB so far is listed in the chrons. Possibly closer scrutiny of their appearances in ASM 370/2-FB and ASM2 26-FB and how they might relate to the FBs listed above is called for. 

WOLVERINE-- working as a secret agent but the specific agency and country is unrevealed. He only goes by Agent Ten and Logan here, not Wolverine or Weapon X. There is no clue one way or the other whether he has adamantium bones, in fact he doesnt even pop his claws in this story. 

BARON STRUCKER-- after WW 2 but before his Sternanko ST appearances. Is that vague enough?

I have no idea if BARONESS ADELICIA VON KRUPP, GUENTER SCHMIDT or BOOTHROYD are new characters. Given Roger Sterns rep for reviving obscure characters and continuity I wouldnt be surprised if they appear somewhere else, but currently I find no MCP listing for any of them.

Heres a question: both UTSM 97 and UTSM -1 have humorous back-up stories by Fred Hembeck. I have absolutely no idea if these are supposed to be canon or not. In one, Lil Petey Parker accidentally picks up a Hydra weapon from a toy store, while Baron Strucker ends up with a supersized water pistol which sprays him in the face. The other story has a rather contrived encounter between a pre-teen Petey and a pre-blindness Matt Murdock. 

Anyway, the question is, presuming these strips are not in-continuity, does the MCP just ignore their existence? Or should the main stories in these comics be described in the MCP as UTSM 97/ 1 and UTSM -1/ 1? 

			*	*	*

Hembeck Petey
Posted by StAkAr Karnak on October 30, 2003 at 15:50:38:

In Reply to: Last but not least, UTSM '97 and UTSM -1!!! posted by John Simons on October 30, 2003 at 12:21:32:

> both UTSM 97 and UTSM -1 have humorous back-up stories by Fred Hembeck. I have absolutely no idea if these are supposed to be canon or not.

There is a discussion of these stories back in post #4619.

- SK 
